l a. ..., 5v .. .n in.” m...” a. n .w C. I... «a... a; w n»... if... .. J nu. .. H...” A . . hm... r5. 4 u ~ ' A ‘u... 6..“ .. z. r-II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIWH. Date 0.7 639 «lullllwllllllll 3 l Ii ‘lllll . This is to certify that the thesis entitled A GUT'BMAN FACET ANALYSIS OF ATTITUDES TOWARD THE WAR 'Z‘pISABIED IN THE REPUBLIC .OF VIET - NAMz' CONTENT , STRUCTURE AND DETERMINANTS presented by WILLIAM JACK DOWN MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY 1974 has been accepted towards fulfillment of the requirements for Ph. D. MAY 17-, 1974 degree in EDUCATION l ’i I. v t V “straw-zap", I. .4 L. . “i O". " 3f , m it L/ Nat Rack. Major professor I, . , 7.1..)‘6. rd. J‘U‘ . n . 51L“ .s.; ' ’r \“HUUE- ‘ .' '- littu“‘ .;: 1 target crass :a.’ qg . ..' 1‘ .. '4‘! ‘ a Phu, Lolicgc ' “9‘58, E-ast Lanslv‘.‘ ‘ l" ,g...lt . o ’- ‘ " v. * . ... . '- o In ’ ' . o'- .- u R ‘ "-<- c o.--.. _ ' . H ....... ;... - ' o o... .. .fl. _. ‘.. ' o- .- "'- ‘ o .. . . 0 .v 1 H- (In 1.. "1lllll' ‘317' ~—————————————————___________________ ABSTRACT A GUTTMAN FACET' ANALYSIS OF ATTITUDES TOWARD THE WAR—DISABLED IN THE REPUBLIC OF VIET-NAM: CONTENT, STRUCTURE, AND DETERMINANTS BY WILLIAM JACK DOWN It was expected there would be a great number of war-disabled in Viet- Nam, but that a possible 17 per cent of the population would be war-disabled is almost beyond belief. Before large scale programs can be augmented for these pe0ple under proper conditions, the attitudes of the general public, and the individuals of power, must be known. Programs are operational now, in fact have been in operation for years, but the viability of such definite- ly is dependent upon complete knowledge of all attitudes toward the disabled. The present study is part of a comprehensive program1 to research atti- tudes among various specified groups in selected nations. This cross-cultural series includes nations which are industrialized, developing and traditional. The present study was made in Viet-Nam because it added to the cross-cultural knowledge and added a South-East Asian nation to those of Europe and the Amer- icas. More specifically it was done because the author had lived there, liked it and found a compelling need. Moreover, there is a strong sentiment that the U. S. Government had used this little land as a base to fight a selfish war and the study appeared as an opportunity to negate this in a small way. Too, while one previous study had been made in Japan, there is much to be learned yet of the societal structure of the Orient. 1This study is part of a larger cross- -cu1tura1 attitude research program directed by John E. Jordan, PhD, College of Education, Michigan State Uni - versity, East Lansing; MI 48824. , a ,J' aim-27!" “1-1qu ‘I. l . _ ._ ' . ~" " a, \ 2'. I v . I -- .. n v ‘. t. ‘0. .u“. I ~ A .. 1‘ _, . in. . . —— 3" d o c «a o . . C' .l“ .0 - ' . w' n "' A I a. no .- a "0. U‘OI. A.- ... ' , Put r .- 'l I. .1. 1-0“ 0 _.¢. . ... ~..' ‘ - 3‘ ’r‘- "" . v. -. u 4 . " n~.__ nu. . K a... ' ' . ¢.u “ "no. 0 a - - .u‘ 4 n — ;' _. v. . ‘ .‘ _ ‘h‘t. .- ‘ a. . 2- _r : .., ' - “ e— . v... I ;".I0' '0: u .5 b.: .r - , o v. o - .‘H "o. n ‘ 6-. ‘ .I, .r -,...- a. .. -.- . ..I n . .‘ - . ., An’. ..._ .5 ‘re— ‘ I ‘ ‘ . - .I . '- -.' a. ‘o . ‘ - .‘ ‘-_ -.' fl § "2. . '-. u: -. ‘ ..'-" c, . . '¥ :1 {'0 § - m .P ‘ ' ' h a. .. I .'-“ e". :- ’I ‘t . ‘ _ a. l \ |"! I' ‘_‘I, u d-:. ._“ .‘.~I’ '~ .Io. _ . . i. ‘u :§‘ C.- . n. : ‘- .'. a u ' - Cr-- I .. r. 'C U ‘5. a . .‘ . ‘ ‘ c 6‘ - -. 6 ‘c ‘ U '4 ’0‘ . .. U.- -. I“. ‘ ‘- Q 's.- '.' a... u '- l‘. . - , . ." “0.... n. . 'o n. u .‘ .'--_ -'.' Q "., p, . t ‘ ~s d ‘0'. 3‘. ’. ‘5 ‘ I ' Fa ‘ . .- C. s 1". ... _ \ William Jack Down C3 There are,in any society, those who are in positions of power. Four basic power groups were used from previous studies and, in addition, eight more groups were added, all of whom will have a direct bearing on the plan- ning, implementation and final results of any programs that aid the war- injured. Incidental to the study, it was discovered, this study would be one of the-first recorded of any nation's attitudes toward its war-disabled. V/_ Instrumentation and Theory Guttman's facet procedure, which is the basis for the instrumentation of this study, is based upon the premise that any attitude universe can be organized into a number of substructures of varying degrees of personal con - tact, which are then systematically arranged so identical concepts are in - volved in the items or questions posed at each of the levels of personal con - tact. In the Guttman procedure this notion of levels of personal contact were envisioned as being from a weak, or very distant and impersonal form of con - tact, to a strong, or directly involved contact. Jordan took Guttman's orig - inal theory and developed it into six specific 'levels' of contact, which are, from the weakest to the strongest: (a) Stereotypic, (b) Normative, (c) Moral Evaluation, (d) Hypothetical Behavior, (e) Personal Feelings, and (f) Person - al Action. Also included in the scale were sections to measure for various basic determinants of attitudes. These were: (a) Values, (b) Contact with the war-disabled, (c) Demographic Factors, (d) Religious importance and adherence, and (e) one's attitude toward his physical world and his confrontation with it, termed EFFICACY. Previous attitude tests and scales have been plagued by imprecision and subjectiveness.CIhe Guttman process has the advantage of being planned a priori, 1.e., before the fact, and the points to be made or examined are identified and v antiwvwv-w . Q 'w e... -'-'r‘;P° ' . \ on I' ' . u.v. .‘l n/\ ’ (I- ~.... :9 . .- ..._' ..-..pI-~ I All ‘I’ O In I!» ‘I' William Jack Down understood before the test is given, not after. The concept of levels is extremely important also, for it is the first instance where there is de - sign to elicit not only what a person claims he does in a situation, but what he thinks, as well as what he thinks a number of others think and do in the same situation. It is difficult to 'fake' a scale such as the Atti- tude Behavior Scale (ABS), as the person who attempts to make himself look good is unlikely to 'gloss over' the situation for everyone else he is asked about, and his reflection of their attitudes is related to his own. Results First, the general reliability and validity of the entire ABS procedure was enhanced through the logic of the results. There were no aberrations or abnormalities demanding explanation. The theories appear to be verified. The independent variables of adherance to religion, amount of educa - tion, one's age, one's sex, one's desire for governmental aid to education, and one's wish for centralized educational planning failed to be adequate 'single' predictors of attitudes toward war-disabled persons. One's religion neither failed to predict, nor would it predict; being on 'middle ground'. Efficacy, contact with the disabled, and change orientation did become 'weak' predictors of attitude toward the disabled, and it should be noted that be - ing MALE (not female as hypOthesized) was likewise a weak positive predictor. Only when experience was coupled with ease of avoiding contact, personal gain from the contact, and an alternate way of making a living, did contact become a strong positive predictor of attitudes toward the war-disabled. The concept that group 1 (family and disabled together) would be more positive than group 2 (rehabilitation workers), which would be more positive ,4 a- . n:r . . a! I‘D . 0M ' ‘~~Oc. '0' ,- r a a CA: . I William Jack Down in attitude than group 3 (regular teachers), which in turn would be more positive than group 4 (employers and administrators), was verified. A new ABS procedure was especially developed to test for specific attitudes toward the war-disabled which has promise for further use and development. A number of interesting, important and valid appearing obser — vations were found through this methodology, but they must be tempered by the recognition that the procedure is experimental. Thirdly, a large body of Vietnamese cultural data was assembled into tables but left unexploited. It is hoped that there will be agencies in both the Republic of Viet-Nam and the United States that will be intrigued by this fund of data and will find resources to use it in further research, study and development. Two general perceptions were unexpectedly revealed that appear to the author to be of prime importance. First, is the lack of homogeneity of the Vietnamese people. Groups varied considerably, and a small sample of Viet- Cong were so singular in their variance that it is postulated that Viet—Cong are NOT typical Vietnamese and do not represent the general population. The second unexpected speculation is the concept that war-disability in Viet-Nam is so universal that completely differing psychological phenom - ona toward disability are in operation, and it is hoped that this situation can receive further study. Tm. ". r i "A -1..." ~_ g .r'ir‘i. - b: ,- lT‘r‘ ulv' Tr )- : h A GUTTMAN FACET ANALYSIS OF ATTITUDES TOWARD THE WAR-DISABLED IN THE REPUBLIC OF VIET-NAM: CONTENT, STRUCTURE AND DETERMINANTS W WILLIAM JACK DOWN A DISSERTATION Submitted to Michigan State University in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY College of Education 1974 "'f‘r 5. .. 1 NW E .30!“- .‘4' jun, 19% ‘ filth. l“)? '3'}. (hound. ‘V‘Nfiimu G! 3 . 3rdfliortr... , 3&5 the it"wé a, .. awatztzm ~::_~ .. -. «Suzie items 1 .' = : - ’ aka-Hithe— ‘ (Offecttve 3 ""' ‘1' ;' ...._ i L. 7 Australians? ‘ ’~‘ m from - “if" ‘ " "‘ 1e23, p-3fil- I i .19,” _ Q "‘P h V a z’..’ 'n it no. I U Q..- I u. .‘la:.:r :‘ v F! 9 ‘ ’ . 0. £ 0-. Q 'Op. ‘ 3"": t ~:.n.. . . ' O, . . ’w. . ‘ a .‘u i. I . . ‘ o 0 an. “1" (a .- “.2" " u» .. 0:3" :4 0" .' . "' i" ‘ :.- "1 9'- :- o .0 ‘-‘f‘ .. : '1’. EE '5 I .I .' ‘PF' .4 I. .6 ' ' '1‘ ."‘F‘ I- ‘p ~ " - ‘33:: . p._:. .F at). \ .F ' ' ‘19 . e C 0|; A. ‘ ’. I... I u J..‘: ~- 2“ .. . c-‘._“£ r *2 -':-‘n.‘ ‘ 1 ' " 3: 1 "Sn o :n :M ' ' I 3H) 1. .l l‘ 3' 0-. 2' '9’... v-' I, ‘ ’4‘.' ‘ ’- ' . :i "‘ v '.':- .‘ ‘0... ’ n ' I'. .0 a. a - . . v. nl 'r .F a U o‘- -; ’3'- PREFACE This study is one of a series joint1y designed by the thesis dir - ector, Dr. John E. Jordan,and severa1 investigators (Brodwin, 1973; Erb, 1969; Ga11ager, 1973; Gott1ieb, 1973; Hamersma, 1969; Maier1e, 1969; Mor— in, 1969; smith, 1973; Whitman, 1970) as an examp1e of a cross-cu1tura1 graduate research program. The instrumentation and theoretica1 questions common to these studies are used in this study with modifications to ac - commodate differing situations and areas. A person with a handicap ref1ects preva1ent socia1 atti - tudes of se1f-depreciation and se1f-hate. In the new1y disab1ed, on the other hand, negative attitudes previous— 1y focused on members of deva1ued out-groups may refocus on the se1f with devastating resu1ts (Si11er, 1967a, p.1). The degree to which an attitude is important or centra1 to the individua1 is one of the most critica1 attributes requiring measurement (Krech and Crutchfie1d, 1948, p.251). Despite the centra1 position in socia1 psycho1ogy and per- sona1ity, the concept has been p1agued with ambiguity. As the student pours over and ponders the many definitions of attitude in the 1iterature, he finds it difficu1t to grasp precise1y how they are conceptua11y simi1ar to or differ - ent from one another. Even more important, it is difficu1t to assess what difference these variations in conceptua1 definitions make. Most definitions of attitude seem more or 1ess interchangeab1e insofar as attitude measurement and hypothesis-testing are concerned (Rokeach, 1970, p.110). Guttman proposes the fo11owing "necessary and sufficient“ conditions of attitude items: "An item be1ongs to the uni - verse of attitude items if and on1y if its domain asks about cognitive behavior in a {affective } moda1ity toward an object, and instrumenta1 very positive its range is ordered from { to } towards that very negative ' object.“ (Gratch, 1973, p.36). 1 I I .. . . e Z. - v P r e ..§ . . ~ O u «a. 4 u s S. o e .3 '0 I... p: “u. o 9.. 2. 3. _ u .' o P .o F . i r a .c m u .. r . . .- :. 4. K. r... u... .3 o. t. - I .3 r. :u n 2. . h. . h c :— ‘ .r». .u .- o r .3 .2 a. .5 :5 a e 4.: f . e . u o e .. .3 ~ I .2 . J . e 0.. :- 0 n P 3. I. an. I .u a v . e. s e r. .. a r J . e r r o o I r P . . a s p . . .a. 3. u . u q- .. . . 9. . u o n . . v... en. .6. o .\. o. o e e o . e an. I n u I: o . ed. A . .-. f n .c o O u a .u. I o o t. a l as. O a I n w mo: 0 u ”no" u. “\n unfix 0.- . v- .1.- u‘n I... tesv . . o u n u e n . 9.. ~. u.” ... . a ., . .. ... : . .. .,.. I: .,. , n. ~‘ I. p .u e .. i. h a. .u Q. ~ . M. 2. Ge. r . . . N. r . . .._. A n .u 1 I». p .s . “do I .e . J o . . u . .- .u. n n u n .b h a... e c. I o .. \.O Q . ' __ L. s i .- :s . .h a . a u . ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author had often wondered why others used so much space and time writing something rare1y read; his acknow1edgements. Now, after having ex - perienced the job of writing and owing so much of his success to the 1iter - a11y thousands of persons who gave of time, experience, support, suggestions, he1p and money, it is difficu1t to know where to begin or stop. First, I must thank my committee members for a11owing so much 1atitude and for their continued support both in the writing and the securing of funds. My committee chairman spent hours reviewing the rough drafts and aiding in the rewriting necessary. I must especia11y thank my thesis chairman for his unf1agging encouragement and he1p here and whi1e thousands of mi1es away. I must express gratitude to those numerous persons who ear1y in my re — search took the time to answer 1etters and questions, offering suggestions and aid, a11 of which made the trip 1ess rocky. I must especia11y thank Mr. Robert Ni1son, Project Director of the Sai-Gon branch of Wor1d Rehabi1itation Fund and Mr. Nonnan Firnstah1 of CORDS, Sai-Gon, both of whom gave promise of varying amounts of sponsorship and then came through. I must a1so thank Mr. Hi11iam King who he1ped imp1ement the promises of Mr. Firnstah1 and a1so the USAID VOLAG Office. 0n the Government of Viet-Nam side (hereafter referred to as GVN) I must thank Major Genera1 Pham-van-Dong, Minister of War Veterans, who ear1y offered support and a1though we never met, was prestigious enough that his statements a1one opened doors that may have never opened otherwise. No acknow1edgement cou1d be comp1ete without reference to the Honor - abTe Nguyen-cong-An of the Washington Embassy of Viet-Nam whose continued ii i‘ t _: z i E '1 L I . .0. i ;" ; vh‘ ... .oub I _ . “' '2'”: U ' ° r n... ' l . '... .!~ -~ . O | I I R ' l;--; :"' “ F. ‘DII no" -' " . ' Q . P 4 ~ :- -AC’I . .rl': ; f _ .. . u u o o 0- ’ V ”:Y.". a 3'; .7 u ‘C" I U u U 'fl'nza‘ '0 a. z,- ~'v- - I .5 ‘J- . U _ . . ‘ Q‘ .‘ 'l‘r'.‘: 3 “ ' a I , . .l.:‘. "" .nflI-‘. " "" u- b: u . u. . t. ':fi' 9 ‘ I V.“ I an... o O. ~u.: 4' ..c I. e ' ¥ -.1 ”I. “v (“a _ z 'N- er“... ‘ . h :1 '1'.“ U V.__ '. .t.‘.' n u. ‘1’.“ F 9‘- H v . :-.'o._ In \ L 1.. h t p. 0‘ c l‘ h Mi,“ U ‘. C Q .I- :.‘ \ ‘ § In ". fil' v f“? '- 5. ' l9; ' o .1 r“, . l .‘ : . I“" T. 'g . ‘ .P Q ‘F: '1 D- " u‘ re .- ' I 9 ‘u v. ‘r 0‘ a, I- B 1 0.. ' Pzn. ‘ v ~ "- r:l't ‘ I: . :aL ‘0 \. h I I. . .-‘ ‘- ‘o-‘i-fl' . " rZI-e C . . l2... ' C " v ‘0 O '- 5 n. a .v 1 he1p and 1etters of introduction gave easy access to officia1 p1aces from Sai-Gon to Tokyo to Paris .... and encouragement when I needed it most. Specia1 acknow1edgement must be given to my attractive secretary - assistant — trans1ator, Co Tran-kim-Phuong who so ab1y put a1ien words in- to her own tongue, and then put the responses back into the a1ien tongue. I must thank Ong Le-quang—Thieng, Ong Nguyen-tri-Ly, Ong Nguyen-hy-Quang, and Ong Vu-van-Hieu, a11 of whom spent hours on trans1ations and/or dis - cussions of socio1ogica1 factors invo1ved in trans1ating certain situations. A big "Thank you" is due to the severa1 CORDS advisors in charge of the Vinh-Long office who cooperated with my every request and often made it possib1e for the wi11ing 1oca1 Vietnamese emp1oyees to cooperate in my severa1 samp1e questionnaires, as we11 as in the fina1 one. Many provincia1 and departmenta1 heads in Ving-Long such as T/U Truong-cong-Bien, and Ong Le-quang-Qui as we11 as Bhikku Thich-minh-Chau of Sai-Gon must be thanked for a11owing me access to persons who were needed to answer questionnaires. Ong Nguyen-van-Loc of Vinh-Long must be thanked for his printing. And 1ast but not 1east are the "Thank you's" for the basic facts of finances. Dr. A1fred B. Swanson and the Ford Foundation's sma11 but en - couraging grants before the fact of the study gave me the nerve to go ahead. The USAID/Southern I11inois University's Center for Vietnamese Study's fina1 and generous grant made it possib1e to take the time and money to do things right. In between grants specia1 note must be given to those who tru1y saved the situation. USAID with air transportation and supp1ies; Co tran-kim-Phuong, iii n. O u .' 0" . a: 6- a: O u u- . . ..-. IA .. ‘. O ’ a 0 v... . ‘u ’34 . g: ..r :2F‘h pp-l-zerli _ . u again, who worked weeks without her pay; USAID advisor Ni11iam w. Ba11agh whose door to my 01d home in Vinh-Long was a1ways open; and especia11y to Ba Nguyen-thi-Tuyet who hocked her go1d jewe1ry to keep me in rent and food, deserve more than can ever be returned in the way of a heartfe1t "Thank you." And one a1ways thanks his wife, but this one not on1y gave up years of evenings but gave me up for one who1e year entire1y. To a11 these and the 1itera11y hundreds of Vietnamese who took from one to three hours to fi11 out my 1ong questionnaire, I send my quiet and gratefu1 "Thanks." Committee Dr. David K. Heenan - Chairman Dr. John E. Jordan - Thesis Chairman Dr. Co1e S. Brembeck Dr. Char1es A. B1ackman iv . I w“..— :- . n v— , 1.- . no I I. I F: . u l o o o 's".u:‘J:‘~< 3... J. . ‘ - J 0 o " On: Da- 0 .I I 0... O O u DO . ‘ A-oa TI! I:-u,-.p o '.\s - 'k UV ‘bhbv0v~1.~ I‘::‘-o.:c . '01.. 3‘73 A. fi'VA‘- 'v-vu.‘ .E'Eeaticp C‘ t: 13.5 3‘ h (t . "ear, Th ts VEJ‘ u" I 'ruSL 0“ ‘I F I ‘I‘t' emufsa Tao thriS“2n1d P ”J F .‘H‘Ival Iflncip 3‘: :3] 1‘ I b I In, ‘Ueflpc We D .3“ ; .90: e TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFACE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS LIST OF TABLES LIST OF FIGURES & ILLUSTRATIONS LIST OF APPENDICES Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION Statement of the Prob1em De1ineation of the Prob1em Basis of the Study Major Thrust of the Study Inf1uences Of: . Geographica1 Cu1tura1 From China Re1igious Inf1uence Animism Tao Christianity . Cao Dai & Hoa Hao Buddhism Protestantism Po1itica1 Ideo1ogies Socia1 Inf1uences The Peop1e The Fami1y Harmony Lord Buddha and the So1dier Language . Education Reasons for Se1ecting Viet- Nam Study Limitations . Page ii P I‘m ~ S -ov-‘ f‘ ‘d c ’1 .-'fl -bU-b -.5' D ‘~.00n.. - P I 3.: {-51. “.13 lotc'b n' p i D.‘ 1‘ - . a».vF~ ,. a. no .u v we... 49 G {a I. F r 1. a» w— .. u e if r 3.4 2.. .» Atat- ee C.‘.. a» r C.‘III Fl 2. fit r Cur.» .‘ rue o. C. t... . s . {1 .3 .1 S nJi: .11 a ...J B1- ‘C M. «a 3. PL Au 3 E .1 r » Fr a 9.1 .3 -C-C‘ICE‘.r.I. F . r a. 1.- . a. .6 ..PC 3 y C. V vi .9. a 2. Q11 .3 .11 9.1. .nu t; E no. a . .11.» VI 3 it :4. e (V . 0 Sb wrap-U11 .11 V e .H lutC (15.- true: C593. V- .1EE~ $...10.1.H-..h4.19 r C. - . 9 «z : a a C 11 «L n D- D. E... Co MU MI 11.1 PO vie t. .1. .. P“ x. r Ce..‘l “W 9 -~ . U . Q.”- C o... J! .1. e... yam :. J r : 35 u1 .1- . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. r. .. . 11.11. e P. A. e-r- A. at c n1 a. I... t . J : .f...l r. r . .etp..»»rE V.» . . sl. .......\..- .. I}. 6» P. .. einlusllz34e¢l fiihsIT-uk .\ . P 4 h .Au '. IV a v. F. V. VII r. o . a: . - .1- o . G. a» e . 3.- .5 . e P. o... 1 Q -\v‘. I a. An» — -\..- A. u o u h I. L. F. Ah» P. . 1.1. a: C» P H 0 AT. u. as. e a Ev. ' u H. Al n\~ a u C e H...” .N.\ . l. .. .v 2 .fMMm-iuhl 3E5...ij E Chapter II REVIEW OF RELATED RESEARCH Attitudes Toward the War- disab1ed Current Rehabi1itation Situation in Viet- Nam Chapter III INSTRUMENTATION AND VARIABLES Facet Theory Attitude Research Design and Comparison Facet Theory . Contiguity Hypothesis Item Content Intensity Sca1es Va1idity Re1iabi1ity. Instrument Limitations . Re1evancy: The Disab1ed in Viet- Nam . Independent Variab1es . Demographic Change Orientation Educationa1 Aid and P1anning Contact With Disabi1ity Efficacy . Know1edge of Disabi1ity Vietnamese Revision Chapter IV DESIGN AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES Samp1e Description of Groups 1 — Disab1ed and Fami1y #Th-d-Sfifl —h¢'D #wm Rehabi1itation Workers Regu1ar Teachers . Emp1oyers and Administrators Students Mi1itary . Government Officia1s Civi1 Servants VN - USAID Emp1oyees VN Graduate Students Studying in the U. S. Viet- -Cong Prisoners Genera1 Popu1ation vi 30 39 43 nan-l I l g,” ggegticnnaire LF-E w (‘1 m'; 1. l()l'_l‘t.fl-‘-' .‘escr1cti ye Corr-91:31:12": ire-11515 c.‘ C Fn“‘r;p-‘ :' Abu- b~ S: :13. vr: .\‘. I‘F“ 55:1-151753. 1.!- .J'Zav’itév- ‘2‘ ' AP .---s .- T-E 51:: ’“" h s.. n'.\ i“. 5". "' 9'-‘-13..111t}’ 7. “Tor 2 ' ' W. .Esearch L... i'1 -1 f£:_.: ' g. ‘1 'u' - 2: 3'3. H - 3: CCF. 1: ,- ' ' 4: Cr‘“ H - C. 9‘ . v. ”JO“ u D ‘ 62 °e‘-~‘ l E- 7: :‘Z".s: .- u 8: Eh.” H ~ “~ .- j- 'g o P‘e H - Try ' IU.r.:oI—c 11 .5. '(VC’)(') Chapter V Questionnaire Loss Continuing Research Hypotheses Minor Hypotheses (H- 16 through H- 32) Ana1ysis Procedures Scoring Procedures Basic Variab1e List Computer Systems Descriptive Statistics Corre1ationa1 Statistics Ana1ysis of Variance Statistics Kaiser Simp1ex Approximation Test Significance Leve1 Specia1 Process for Minor Hypotheses Statistica1 Procedures for Minor Hypotheses "Comparison Score" RESULTS OF THE STUDY ABS Re1iabi1ity and Va1idity Major Research Hypotheses H — : Efficacy : Omit 3: Contact 4: Omit 5: Avoidance- Gain-A1ternate 6: Re1igiosity 7 8 9 I N —-I : Adherance to Re1igious Ru1es . : Education : Ag e . 10:Women vs Men . 11:Change Orientation . 12: Government Aid to Education 13: Centra1ized Contro1 - 14:Attitudes and Group - 15: Kaiser Simp1ex . Specia1 (Minor) Hypotheses Resu1ts Genera1 Comments H — 16: Shame - 17: Compensation 18: Heroic IIIIIIIIIIIIII 19: Embarrassment . 20: Specia1 Privi1eges 21: Karma . : Sexua1 Prob1ems . 23: Adu1terer 24: Being Inept at Work 25: Worrying Excessive1y 11111111: I I I I I I I I N N vii I ) nth!) I (t: . 0 00' J '5 . 1’ ”2" JV u| I ‘ J - 31 Fee. H- 2. ”e" n A; .- 4. a... Soeb!a S-dv! 5:»: 3‘535191 vs 0- -ri.‘ _‘ h H :fl¢;y’::S-~QS,,. .' Errary Durccqe valatEd : :: laurferté: JES1gn and 1 ~.-. DESJ‘ItS Thigh” 0‘ the V“ IESeargh c. étt‘tudes attitudes i Attitudes : 5:11 Udeg ; fttittdes : Tttithdes ;. “fro, ”£12193 .' : H S a 26: Withdrawing 27: Disgust : Specia1 Aids . 29: Fee1ing He1p1ess 30: Ma1ingering 31: Fee1ing Bitter -32: Menta1 I11ness 13:32:12in 111111 N a) Specia1 Study Data Chapter Disab1ed vs Nondisab1ed Group Rank Order . Rura1 vs Urban . Disabi1ity Re1iabi1ity Check Fee1ing Toward Disabi1ity Check Frequency Data Tabu1ation Specia1 Re1igious Data Summary of Means Difference Between Pairs of Groups Change Orientation Data . Contact with Disab1ed VI SUMMARY, DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS Summary Purpose . Re1ated Research Instrumentation . Design and Ana1ysis Resu1ts Discussion of the Resu1ts Muor Minor Research Statements Attitudes and Efficacy Attitudes and Contact Attitudes and Re1igiosity Attitudes and Demographic Variab1es : Attitudes and Change Orientation Attitudes and Education . Attitudes and Group Membership. Attitudes and Simp1ex Structure Hypotheses Statements . Fee1ings and Aff1iction Expectency of Aid . Se1f-concepts and Perceptions . Karma Sexua1 Inadequacy. Working Abi1ity . Worrying and Menta1 Hea1th V111 £1 g—JiiIW¢s.3_i .5311 -" B ' ' r naaTersaticns ° Ciass Ezra: iehati1ita: Frecuencv C Viet-Ccn; r- te” fla'Z‘f I D“ a. 19H #23 ~12 ‘- 1911' ”6:13;: Letter Persore1 C" Genera1 Remarks and Recommendations Typica1ity of the Four ”Basic” Groups Group 1: Disab1ed and Fami1y Group L: Genera1 Popu1ation Mass Disabi1ity Phenomenon C1ass Structure . Rehabi1itation Worker's Attitudes Frequency Co1umn CoUnt Remarks Viet- -Cong . Recommendations for Future ABS Studies Form Changes . . New ABS Proposa1s New Methodo1ogy BIBLIOGRAPHY Letter . Persona1 Citations APPENDICES ix _,—‘,....__ 4-, M‘ I t ‘ I - ‘ .12ar'scno‘."rcan c": U . . Zrzfnaticn cf Five 7113' :.;-;p“; an u' Cvlv ~ ’ -’=‘ t ' .. 1 'E «van, S1X-]EIEI S =‘..P Pg, ‘ h A 0‘ :"f ’1 '=~ - "f1 tes. 5,8 ”Th‘r366n, . . .1 '-.|\,1 S l.- o "'F' 13" u: v 11.3:161 TFECre§1CA~ :""‘-"3t‘0.". 'i‘trix II :PI'H I . JONCf ScOreS {A -":r-: n - ... “ix Q v;-$.a'l .h n . 'I'evrettca1 3.: NIP-519 “a 1 . 3..J_'0 ' . ' . and officials are to show their responsibility to the heavens, not so -13- much by paying respect or obsequies to the Power of Heaven (although, of course, this is done) as by being "proper parents" to his "children": one‘s subjects. Once all this is followed, there will be automatic harmony in the universe and there will be positive signs to prove this which the peo- ple will see and accept, such as peace and prosperity. As can be imagined, with such a belief-system, the terrible destruc - tiveness and duration of the war can have meanings not expected in the West. Damage to one's body can likewise carry meanings not common in the West. The Western person might likely say that God is punishing him for this or that sin, or even believe that God is punishing his country, but the conno- tation, under the concept of harmony and a ”Mandate of Heaven" in which the powers bestow peace and prosperity upon a land as a way of acknowledging the prOper actions of both the collective people and the rulers of these people, is less one of punishment and more one of a simple statement of fact, that people ARE living together as they should be. No study was made to assess such a viewpoint and the war, but it is assumed that the connec - tion is made by the common man. Religious Influences It can be assumed that religion has played an important role in influ - encing the behavior and attitudes of the people in Viet-Nam. While there are several religions which can be identified as separate entities and claim separate adherents, there is a great deal of overlapping and syncretism which has evolved into what might be termed a "popular religion" of Viet - Nam which is encompassed in what is called Buddhism. -- l'fi'.‘ 3 mass". the . . .9, 0H . . , .3 Ph.. as 0“ «I. 2. ~ c. 2.. -14- Several persons expressed the contention that this "Vietnamese Bud - dhism" would be a pervasive influence on the religious dogma which would create a "universal" Vietnamese belief, and it is of interest to note that earlier research (Down, 1973) indicates that the various religious groups do have individualistic dogma that does influence its individual members. For this reason the individual religions of Viet—Nam will be briefly outlined and their individualities discussed, with the understanding that some of these have been extensively syncretized and that the interchange between these various groups is likewise common. Animism In the case of Animism, it is assumed that the influences are almost universal in Viet-Nam. However, as the common man goes, it is not consid - ered a separate religion (as is Confucianism, for example) and is basically an influence upon ALL Vietnamese religions. Basically, Animism is the belief in spirits of many types. There are spirits of people, but beyond that there are spirits for special occasions (usually negative, as good spirits, being good, do not need propitiation), and even spirits, not necessarily from the dead, but of various natural causes wherein brooks, ponds, trees, stones, hills, or mountains can each support their own spirit. To the believer in Animism all existence is one and the same. There is no division between the animate and inanimate. All have spirits. All must be tended to. Many of the rituals of Buddhism, Taoism, and Confucian- ism can be traced, not to beliefs inherent in the religion itself, but to ”Concepts carried in from an earlier Animism. I u ‘. nr’ ..- ll' q Ie C n+;-; bvuu Salt". ill: .32»: is a ‘- '- \ . 0 ~- 0 ‘I pu‘ Irv av”... . ~-u . ~u, I... -.. u a. .I - u - . n9. 4 . A . p n; a r a‘ a n ‘C ...) ~ 1!. ; .. v «A. r: .‘t 9 .l r. E V ml r a a. C. ..‘I a‘ u‘ll F!» n‘ l 6 u n u. r- ..C‘I. 3.— Qv h». c; a C O .a .. u n a - Ti P: «I... .. - n1» .1; ..a. a .l; A v .1 - § u \a& F 3. .9.- 2‘ inl .l a . v a a n . 2» .... .. ad :- P '0 a an: a \ ...: as c 9 ...x-u F. u u. s . ...s .... ... : ; . s... . . tin? 4”: I.“ -3- 3 , -15- Illness has a special place for the Animists and a residue of ancient belief often accompanies the sick of Viet-Nam as he seeks first (or last) the services of a "Chinese doctor" or an M.D. Illness is spirit-related, so for those with little concept of a germ, it is easy to treat for a "bad spirit". Sick Vietnamese are often rubbed with coins or buttons in streaks until the blood is actually forced out through the skin, presumably liber - ating unclean spirits as well. Such beliefs will contain an influencial residue as people come to the rehabilitation centers for physical, mechan - ical, and rehabilitative aid, especially when they do not experience immed- iate satisfaction. Spirits do walk the paths and inhabit the waters1 and any rehabilitation program must be ready for them. Tag The Tao had a differing tradition that is also now a factor in the Vietnamese spirit of living; that of balance, of things "evening out", of YIN and ZANG (McGuire, l973). While the Buddhists have the concept of the “Middle Path" (after all the Buddha did first reject the material life and then later the life of the mortifying ascetic) these two philosophies are only complementary, not identical. We have the Taoist view of the natural- 'ness of water "finding its own course" among obstacles vs. the Buddhist View of "taking" a middle position on a posible dilemma. The results may appear the same, but the basic approach is different. This Tao philosophy 1A friend once described the path that lead from her village to her home, passing a bamboo clump that housed an awsome spirit, when she was a small child. Now, as an adult, she indicated that were she there she could walk by that clump without tru1y expecting to be snatched away, yet she indi - cated the feeling was still within her for there is little in her culture to convince her that this was only a nightmare of childhood. Were she to return with her children, they too would undoubtedly hear of the waiting spizit, and as their mother, truly believe. (Nguyen-thi-Tuyet, 1972). .1 1;: ‘57:" _._Im ' . , . “fi‘ . ....- . , . ...-A .1" " ,...I! '9 , at each 05"?" "9.9:: Cya7'c n4 ~ - uv.‘ V 4.4-5 a u --.... .' c; '3 . :5 9‘ 9C: ”'7 ‘r5 'u. ' ‘ -_.-: *n ‘99 ..,- '--I\ ”aniline a ”azcr‘: . -.i. , ~.':F Pas-ea ‘ -- k...'..., 1,75" ‘- ul; “I- I“. ‘r ‘ D =. Ir a” I 'c‘ta ti‘e C~ “i :VQPA' . "" ”-0 h‘Ere i -16.. has colored an entire cultural grouping's method of dealing with macro- events, time, and each other. Christianity There are two divisions that can be made of Vietnamese Christianity as it relates to values and attitudes toward the war-disabled. There is dogma and the effect on the value system of the Christian minority, which happens to include a majority of the indigenous leadership of Viet-Nam for the past 50 to 100 years. Secondly, there is the historical background of the Christian opposition to Communism which likewise influences attitudes . toward the war and therefore, the war-disabled. In June of l862, in Sai-Gon, the Emperor Tu-Duc signed the first treaty with the country of France. Emperor Tu-Duc had been one of the more energetic of the persecutors of Christianity and his agreement which granted freedom of worship to Christians was no more than a scheme, a bid for time. In fact, the Emperor promptly continued his persecution, giv - ing the French, who were intending to occupy the country under any circum- stances, an emotion-laden reason to pursue the policy with vigor and clear conscience. This support, which was really incidental to the French plans, given the Roman Catholic Church by the French was a very mixed blessing, caus - ing problems which are visable to this day. The 19th century persecution had the effect of great polarization of the people and was in contrast to the usual Eastern methods of settling problems. Under such a system the Christians were clearly given the mantle of traitors and/or "foreign-de - vils“. The "European priests", stated the edict of Emperor Minh—Mang in _l851, “are to be thrown into the depths of the sea or the rivers. The An - ‘?‘6"C'. p pa U d . nlc ‘ UUI . I .IQO 'I I 0. .1". o nar‘ .u‘ b .. - . .P.V; -...l 0' . a "Q- .16 i .fv and * A. " o . ' v‘l namese priests, whether they trample the cross or not, will be cut in two -17- that all may know the severity of the law." When one had such a "cross to bear", one did not need the ”protection" of a hated, conquering horde; and this was the direct effect of the 1862-1885 "protection” given the church by the invading French. Cao-Dai and Hoa Hao There are two 20th century Vietnamese religions that while small have had an active part in the war and facets of the war; the Cao-Dai and the Hoa Hao. Both of these became small feudal states within the physical bounds of the country and with French support developed armies that menaced the early government of South Viet-Nam. It eventually became necessary, from the point of Ngo-dinh—Diem, for the GVN to confront these armies and phy- sically vanquish them. The Hoa Hao especially is an issue within the war and within atti - tudes toward those fighting because of the execution of their leader early in the conflict. To this day the Viet-Cong do not loiter in Hoa Hao ter— ritory. As far as religious doctrine is concerned, attitudes toward the phy- sically handicapped are probably similar to those of the other Vietnamese indigenous religions. It is the political side of these two religions that are probable factors in attitude toward the disabled. Buddhism It is apparent from the discussion of Animism and Tao that it is dif- 1cult to discuss Buddhism in Viet-Nam. Long before the Christian influence m i J: $113!!!!“ 3.1.. ~.‘-".:'i=.' ara' Tao "3" Ch :I‘E ace-1g :35] it is 1‘ "'_|. I.» "y‘- 4 Oh v '- .r‘ r c '5 allara , u‘ f.‘ ..... S- 5'4 Hr‘—‘.IS~. my .. r‘ -.. h'vd Lr‘es 1n :3 w ~' an...) recewed the . ..ZI‘ A H ‘0 ' __.;. “3“" "' -- dJ‘uu TS , Infl‘ U o =‘191'i3tirca-gh Chir :--“' ' ‘\. Pp- ..g‘ls tfan influenc . ~5T_... a .. H‘- .E‘" .olic county 'u _ o. In :9 - e that differs , :‘r ,4: - v-‘ference are “iii-eat ‘ =55]. Ireland 9 -.'-‘r .r, 9!“ to th E "3: “to H.‘ H II‘ $de dethr 'bn Q. :. Ale :f ”flu-J .yg'al ‘ ~ J, State”: r c . . . o . ,r ~.€‘ Cour+r . g . E». ’ 3" (PM a ..." i4 ...“ be ”:4 I .‘I “‘Je ~.‘,'o ”if n.“ 54‘], '7‘- . .:1.. H "' "J r. ~ ”55’151 .. a ’A. S C‘I" t":lc.. u‘d-JS h MF'N . 4.." ts -13- the Confucian and Tao from China had combined with the Animism and Bud- dhism of the East creating in China a special syncretism which had in - fluenced those of the Viet civilization. Some people feel it is improper therefore, to even speak of Buddhism in Viet-Nam as one speaks of Buddhism in Ceylon, Burma, or Thailand. This is not because of the differences found between the Theravada form of Buddhism or the Mahayana, but is due to these local influences from Tao, Confucianism and Animism. Where many countries in Southeast Asia (i.e., Burma,Ceylon, Thailand, Cambodia, etc.,) received their Buddhism more or less directly from the Mother-land of Buddhism, India, Buddhism as it came to Viet-Nam generally made a side trip through China and therefore is different. Just as the USSR has a Christian influence (or had in 1917 anyway) that is far differ- ent from most Catholic countries elsewhere, so does Viet-Nam have a Bud — dhist influence that differs from that of neighboring areas, and the ef - fects of this difference are just as striking and profound as might be found between, say, Ireland, and old Russia. Should one refer to the Vietnamese as Buddhists? It is the author's .belief that one should defer to the statements of the Vietnamese themselves who both in everyday statements and officially claim Buddhism as the cen - tral religion of the country. Protestants Mention should be made of the Protestant Church for this small group is very active, and they, as well as the Catholics.have supported schools ‘and other badly needed social agencies. However, in considering the effects 6f Various religious groups on the total society of Viet-Nam, only one con- .-Ei££ a..- w, '15: ‘ -9: (1' 37:3." :e rea"'ed; as v. ‘ with I ‘I : 3!... 5" little Cf. C: V‘- Q n P"..A.FV - a as I'uv -- b :.rrer.t political s‘. . F: “W ‘- ' ." :::- U‘ Tafiy as 3 u l «':I- . A . .E 3" .4 v .. w! 0"‘er f‘ester‘r‘ ..:' ye educated Cal”. {‘93: :'r o 5 U1” t%s varic“ . *'3€F'S‘3ri on M ”hard the Mr I ..I 1 h r a“ 3‘ w a: fi \. -19- clusion can be reached; as was noted of the early Catholic church, it was there but of little effect until now. Political Ideologies The current political struggle began a new phase about the time of World War I when communism was first introduced to the Vietnamese. Com - munism was seen by many as a force to aid in the liberation of Viet—Nam from France and other Western influence, and this movement commenced main- ly in the northern areas around Ha-Noi which incidentally included a large number of the educated Catholics who were both a power in the existing government and in the various agencies of liberation. An understanding of this crucial period is basic to an understanding of attitudes toward the war, of attitudes between the present North-South factions actually working to govern South Viet-Nam and, therefore, of at - titudes toward the disabled produced by this war. At the beginning of the post World War II period, it appears there was a strong general unity against the French and other Western influence. The Viet-Minh were seen as the cohesive force that would unify the people of Viet-Nam in their struggle for independence. Gheddo (1970) notes that at the beginning the relations between the Catholics and the Viet-Minn1 forces were the best and it is with some con - cern that one year later the feeling was rising that the communists were attempting to usurp all the power at the expense of other groups which were fighting with them against the foreign powers. 1The use of the term Viet-Minh here is a great oversimplification as there were a number of agencies of liberation, many of which are now considered to be of commnist influence. .P h “V .rrer of l9 u... e, "a( y for the ‘ :3 U. 2‘51? as re - ,Foe I Q 6 - CONE r ._ t' r w crer ' o . LB". .or E0 II :rr“ .4 ‘ " :‘Cn‘fq: ‘ \ k“arse-”:Ed uni 'gnq -20- The question of Ho Chi Minh's belief priority regarding communism vs. nationalism will not be made a point that by the Summer of 1945, with the assured with the dropping of the two ization was ready for the liberation France or any other power that might during these times, as one reads and liberation, that one can surmise the who were strong nationalists but were not pro-communist. that one can begin to understand the Ho Chi Minh the nationalist by those or understanding for Ho Chi Minh the Of this period Fr. Gheddo says: At this point - March 1946 of issue here. Sufficient to say end of the war in the Orient being bombs on Japan, Ho Chi Minh's organ- of Viet-Nam from the oppression of feel inclined to take over. It is feels his way through the fight for wrenching conflict involved for those And it is here veneration given to this very day to who still have no or little concern communist. - there is no doubt that the Viet— namese were all united around the coalition government and quite decided to fight the dependence with arms. French if they were to oppose in - But with the spring of 1946 everything began to change and Vietnamese Communism made clear the goals it would pursue: undisputed domination of the country through the elimination of the non- communist resistance forces.(p. 53). Relations worsened until in 1954, with the final expulsion of the French and the establishment of the Demarcation Line between the two new- ly created countries of North and South Viet-Nam, the Roman Catholics and others were uncertain enough over the situation in the north that numbers1 of them migrated south, making a complete break with their entire back — ground. 1Th9 actual numbers of this migration vary, but apparently over 750,000 did actually leave the north, while about 100,000 people went north from the south. In addition, it is claimed without good verification, that thousands more, maybe even more than 1,000,000, tried to go south, but were prevented by Ho Chi Minh's government. Lyme-J; MN“ "- L' 1‘15. fine first fitfu‘. Z';‘:.;‘rt various local .5 :‘J'Zi-‘EC, p. 17), the 5.: User.» ... :..::r:"q' fig5.: t. - cen ".e O ‘- .s:'::s :eza'e wcrlé r.-,- ‘ '2’:ES .r- "_ , 1‘ 'pe 504:", “at“ 1- I I '5'...» “A s ~~ A ...._Jr p ‘ , 25: a: _ “n1! 1 " awer ' m the H: "r . ‘ '- 5:“ ~. .11] a feCtn, ‘ 1’5 !' Q V. ind. d . drlp-u ‘ w l V‘. :3 t _ J,- " ’ and w Fn‘ .-fn ‘PHF VJ . “:3 tfiirn w u: -21- After the first fitful beginnings of the GVN during which Ngo—dinh- Diem fought various local armies more than the Viet-Minh (see the Cao-Dai and Hoa-Hao, p. 17), the political posture changed with the major infight- ing appearing between the Buddhists and the GVN (the leaders of which were now mostly Catholics). It was during this time that the Buddhist self- immolations became world news as the Buddhists tried to make their presence felt. This was occurring simultaneously with the escalation of the fight- ing with the Viet-Cong and the growing presence of the U.S. and placed the Buddhists somewhat in the positions the Catholics had once occupied as the disrupters of the liberation and freedom movement. With the 1968 Tet Offensive the beginnings of the present coalition of forces in the south were beginning to form. This offensive marked the apex of both the American "involvement” and the Viet—Cong, as well, and both were reduced by events from that point, as the issues became more clearly between the North and South, again. The ramifications of all these problems and the conflict are still in evidence today. Only in recent years have the Buddhists gained true places of power in the Vietnamese government hierarchy. The North-South division is still a factor in non-political infighting much as one could see in the U.S. during the early portion of the century, as a result of our civil war, and the political North-South situation is even stronger as northern troops take up positions in the south, left vacant by the rapidly diminishing Viet-Cong. Q‘... q I. . s4— ‘1 I F r. \ IV C\ F , 2‘ I. .y a.» h. _ ”h‘ r. HM V... E C ah...“ QV .F. Q\ Nu (I. «a a . r, S t. .4 “L n. M». S .t a. .3 .2 a c r e S CL a .2 a e e a; a 3 .3 pb .‘il «am I.“ 95 n I r .u VII. r I ”2 h P». a n am Q r. . a e u PP F. 31.: _ t + .. r - a .... C 3. a a 3 t t C a .o a .11 .‘l .Mi .5 fit Fu 6 ‘1: S #1.. PH Cl Q» :1 ...i T a. a. e V. .- a, A c S e - ..i .l a a .. E C +5 P.~ t M ~ . rt ‘all r. v. \ A\U F v F. ‘ 5 AV r. nr a A: V E t a N .9. a. E a: ii “a .l. . A .o z . . L . . I. ‘tll . ......a w... .9» ”C r. e .3 an: “5 A. M- n. ..1 M a s .1 a. c- r- o: e C .5.» a. .a h r. .. . n1 . . :i 44 .6» . C ... r- t. a . .. ..... . . f n a- c .c a . c s.- V. l: a . . . a .. ... . c a . 2.. a n E 3 M: “lo .M» At .3 . ....,. c. a . _ .... ... ...: ... .. a. ... ... .— .... .fi. .. . .r. x. .... ... n .... .. ... ...i. .... .- . . . .... .... v ..u. ... u” o .- . n. u». ... v.... ...-... . . .... ..x. I . ... .. .. .... .. ...a .s . . a . ... . ...: -22- Social Influences The People At least 85% of the 16 million people are ethnically Vietnamese. As a group, they exert a paramount influence on the national life through their control of political and economic affairs and their role as the per- petuators of the dominant cultural traditions. Among the remainder of the population the largest minorities are the Chinese and the various highland groups collectively known as MONTAGNARDS. In addition, there are smaller numbers of Khmers and Chams, both of whom figure prominently in the population of neighboring Cambodia, as well as Indians, Pakistanis, Eurasians, French, other Europeans, and Americans. A preponderance of the population is distributed over the fertile Delta of the MeKong and along the narrow coastline to the north, adjoining the South China Sea. The inhabitants of the low lands include nearly all of the Vietnamese proper and all non-Vietnamese except the Montagnards, who live in the highlands out of direct contact with the bulk of the population and in partial isolation from each other. Most of the Montagnards have, or at least had, little sense of identification with either South Viet-Nam or with their distant ethnic relatives in North Viet—Nam, Cambodia, or Laos. Like their forebears, the vast majority of the 14,000,000 or so ethnic Vietnamese of the 1960's were predominantly villagers, skilled in the cul — tivation of rice and fishing. A minority live in the urban centers such as Sai-Gon or Hue (although many have moved in for safety), where they are or prefer to be engaged in a variety of occupations and hold positions at all levels of the socio-economic scale. The educated elite consists almost 3. . ’0! 53-5; l _ 1, a:'.=.‘.:.’~.,.r of the ethnic ‘i' 232:7 it. '-:::'-:‘ng to recent G.‘ titration into tte C‘ .*:'O {nu-$4; ......thr in this is 1‘"~ .-.'.EM.’-est to retail“ .2-” .: -; .‘-.:.;F 1‘ ‘ " L'b’rally 1n ”~Et-l r4; . .n-J -, ..‘g 1|“ trafl701|pr , w. .17.! 575.3." fcr . e villaze feaf‘erlife is l 553'. were are r'ar "'sa‘fly intact . ‘t' itself as incl u? i .-:.1 "lql 4'! “S are Sgt. ._: \ ‘ 4:“;- 5 or- . s. U; " slink ~‘_.—.- -23- exclusively of the ethnic Vietnamese and a high percentage of these are Roman Catholic. According to recent GVN and USAID reports, the trend is turning now from immigration into the cities to a return to the village and farm. The important factor in this is pacification, and the appearing wish of the Ha-Noi government to rebuild in the north rather than continue the war. The Family Traditionally in Viet-Nam, as in China, the family has been the so - cial unit, and in traditional Viet-Nam, the village or at least the sur - rounding villages was the limit of the social world for the average peasant family. Because the family does include the dead as well as the living, and immortality for the villager lies in continuing his lineage, and because bliss in the afterlife is partially insured through the proper veneration of the dead, there are many ceremonies and requirements which must be met to keep the family intact and preserve an individual family member's good graces with himself as well as with family members. The fact of the ancestral home with the tombs pieced nearby is an in- dication of the closeness of the family, and indicates the solidarity and veneration of the family and ancestors. The Lunar New Year (Tet) and other special days are set aside for the particular visitation and refur — bishing of ancestral tombs. Ceremonies are held in which ancestors are expected to spiritually attend fine feasts. As in the traditional Chinese family system, this family cohesiveness A v — J dly cc ‘3 us U u‘uJ-u. eturn ho'e f 73‘s l‘ ‘90 0!:¢ .945, "T"- it up '5' Q A y .9 C Ck PM .r‘ 5‘. 4. Few ., 3 E \1 Ln 5 6 a. a. S at .G 3 .C C. . O .5 .r? ‘8 S r t C... 9 #4 h fly ‘ko 1?: W0. v. a Q~ find ‘55 AU Q5 2. r e -P sls ll 0 Va .n . A.» .5 \ll fl 2. .3 ...! t » II\ ..u tn- r t a a: a l C. Pi. r C at : u a C. P,» A: a? n Cr- V AI» 5 . C. a. .7: S C :l n. 0 e n... «c S m a r A b ‘ .b ‘47‘ ‘ITL AH» : . la {\ a... .... «1. Ad Ad hug c s n: a. ‘1. v c c Au- 0. v '. urn II B 1'1- ‘ u HI..- .§ . a I, F :u (o a.» (v a v. "a o ll . F _ «1" PW " ..r , ...: n ,, .. ‘C. ...-s .....1 s . ... In Q N. m... ... . . .. a ...... ....4 ...: .c .e .. . .- u . m.... ~ ciao “huh \~ ‘ . \-- .4 . _ T -24- is the Vietnamese form of social security. It was recently stated1 to the author that undoubtedly one of the reasons the society of Viet—Nam has sur- vived the years of disrupting war as well as it has, has been due to the extended family. Even during the most active fighting periods, if at all possible, family members would travel unsafe roads in even more dangerous busses to return home for a funeral of a family member. Family members have kept in touch and those who have stayed in the village travel to the cities to see kin, just as the city relative returns to the rural areas. Cadiere (l958) has concluded his studies on the Vietnamese by saying that the latter always "live within the bounds of the supernatural." He feels it is necessary to connect this belief to practices of their popular family celebrations and festivals found seasonally in the countryside. These rites do serve to commemorate the eternal returning to the world from the world of the departed, and as mentioned, Tet is foremost among these. Chester Bain (1968) says it well when he writes that the family itself is thus a little cult, with the eldest male as its high priest. He must make offerings of food and wine and hold ceremonies at the family altar which dominate every home, no matter how small. Each generation must pro- vide sons to tend the dead souls who otherwise would wander homeless for- ever, as untended souls are dangerous. One important difference between the Vietnamese family and most Nest- ern families, is the emphasis upon the family group in contrast to the Hestern emphasis upon the individual within the group. The wishes of the lDr. Malcom E. Phelps, Director of Health, USAID, Washington, D.C. Interview, 1973. - A u The nee: .5 back 0“ .. o '0': ...” :re first. O .- - ..- etr.a"ese fa”? H.‘ I l r'fia 'vb intergerSQl‘ .. :fl win {we ioctri he 0‘ cultural :— .3- c» ‘4‘ a.- .y a Ira-‘1 5» hi .Pg 44 ' U U T vs:- .4 -25- family come first. The needs of the family come first. Only the most crass turns his back on his family to attend to his own wishes and needs. Harmony In the Vietnamese family, as in the entire society, the concept of harmony in all interpersonal relationships is important, as well as the accompanying idea of the harmony present and necessary within the entire universe. The doctrine of Lord Buddha's middle path, and the Confucian and Tao feelings of the Golden Mean and the proper balance of Yin and Yang emphasize the concept of flexibility and avoidance of extremes. There is a Vietnamese cultural phrase which refers to "bending with the wind". This refers directly to a general attitude of compromise and harmony. The Tao allegorize with the concept of flowing water which seeks its natural path and flows around all obstacles .... and in this too, there is the feeling of the power of the water to eventually wear away and reduce to nothing all that does stand firmly and powerfully in the way. During these past several generations this ability to adapt has ap - parently been strengthened as it became necessary to accommodate first the French and then the Japanese, then the Viet-Minh and other warring factions of the Delta, and finally the Americans. And it must not be for- gotten that the Vietnamese were subjects of the Chinese over five times as long as the United States has been a nation, plus another length of in- fluential time that is even longer, and yet they have remained individual- ly Vietnamese. The ability to accommodate adversity yet remain true to one's own culture is well practiced in Viet-Nam. Bain (l965) says, "Face is important to the peasant as to all East 25‘s.:st....».+era fa a .r "r. .'...'..:M . .- r:'-::':a~.t to the East t” 7.»: "= iiiiciel his *' ...-... ,' H _" .: .35 war, to. re "" ...“: .l" .22., .|.1S'J"b -- ~ ’33-"- abstra” . ‘ -25- Asians. Face involves maintaining appearances, but is more complicated and important to the East than in the West. The landlord may exploit his tenants, the official his public charges, and the village merchant all who come into his power, but no man should totally destroy another]. In an ar- gument or civil suit, a Victory must not be pressed to the point where all face is lost....where face is lost there can be no harmony and harmony is more important than abstract principles of justice...." The Lord Buddha and the Soldier Within all religions, and Buddhism is no exception, there are dichot- omies which preclude a religion from providing a single guideline for a course of action. This creates a dilemma for the professing Buddhist who on one hand is expected to be the exemplar of charity and on the other, would seemingly be obliged to reject all perpetrators of violence. In such a study as this there is a logical question as to the place of the soldier in a Buddhist land as it could be assumed that the soldier would receive much negative feeling. In writing of the soldier in Buddhism, Ch'en (l964) said: The Buddha's position toward this [war] is very clear and definite; he is against all violence and killing....in one place we read, 'putting away the killing of living things, Gautama, the recluse, holds aloof from the destruction of life. He has laid the cudgel and the sword aside'. The right livelihood stressed by the Buddha excludes the pro - fession of a soldier2 ..... To the Buddha, violence never settles any dispute, for it only leads to further violence. 1Consider this and wonder at the American military goal of absolute and complete victory in Viet-Nam. 2Italics the author's. uo"‘- . n .- . O "a an O ' ~o~ v ' ' «a n, D n I n I. - nun-n,- 9 r ' -\I ’- u.- .ese is the lamp" bir‘r‘ r“ ee- ‘|'\' 'a any :r‘fl‘ese , at: I ‘. icr‘lt‘les. '5'c'-.‘Tet'wa*ese “r: 3.st*r7:a.lv erogere: "we S'irese, ruszer {$3.15,er fringe k:. Ch “.9 Qtrcr pg. L. E :vai‘ . ‘2'31359‘11te, Frone‘» ' h 5 ‘° .tecrinn o.» t . 9 SQCC' “H "a: "Mrs has CCr .;_ c_~ ‘d the‘ 16‘: ': :‘ ‘1 b- ' l a a." ' x d this {Pit I. ,. 6d“ ‘3 '5r tk . l'e F .-?~ 9'. r: 5 ‘ luffh . ard ;-._ 'U t ' 2: o I r'd-‘k VG N -P Of ta ' E and a- I 5:29P. 1::r A: ‘18‘11 x L -L'V‘ " » ‘VIA lS , 3‘. “5r: -_ ‘J- ‘ '5 Esta. :: l cted * s.‘1'._.: ‘ ”e 5+; “Cr-p- Language Vietnamese is the language of daily communication and the mother tongue of the ethnic majority. It is also spoken with varying degrees of fluency by many Chinese, and in increasing numbers by members of other non- Vietnamese minorities. The non-Vietnamese minorities, of which the Chinese constitute the largest ethnically homogeneous group, use their own language among them - selves. The Chinese, numbering perhaps one-million, speak mainly the Can - tonese dialect, but those born in the country are usually also fluent in Vietnamese. 0n the other hand, not many of the 350,000 to 400,000 Khmer- speaking Cambodians or the smaller number of other minorities Speak the national language. Among the elite, French is the language of culture, although English is rapidly becoming the second foreign language. Education One of the greatest changes in the lives of the children in the past ten or fifteen years has centered on schooling. During French control, it has been estimated that less than 5 per cent of the children received any schooling at all, and this was reserved for the children of the influential and the rich. After the French left in 1954, there began the power struggle both against the North and the several resisting feudal-type powers and edu- cation, among a number of things, was the loser in this. Nevertheless, dur- ing this time and especially during the l960's with the heavy fighting, a great number of schools were built and staffed. While figures are difficult to obtain, it is estimated that at least 75 to 85 per cent of the Vietnam - ese young people were attending school in l970 at least two to three hours :113Siicethediffic. '11: my easy pioreti c ...:u..p n A: 1" .ar prowce l.. I no Q I" l i I .3 ”u m 2 ”1 7] C) (II rt m l h k ..r........'. .... l“ .m 0‘. A b 3 er 0‘ the C “ :"T'cr‘ ~ 3 . M" Cr: the ‘u‘lo. 5 - . ”Rn ..s.,-.:ls rm. w:- 5 ;. D‘eashr . \"‘ 555%.? -. .p: ‘ 0: g . [a] I . fly hell ¥€ :v‘CS‘:_‘l',e c 10r +53. 51.“,- ng the preV~. “327:“: 1‘ I. '.“":- h 15 a . a p‘rt106n+ '“3r~.. J "rcl'led v ‘ H pers‘h {a. an: . ls tn:s ..l V9». 2:.- J v.5 “‘5 .‘H ~v . traVQ ‘r. k ' z: ‘0 .. ‘ Ere er a \ \“‘ir -28- each day. Since the difficult Chinese characters have been simplified into the very easy phoneticised Roman script (QUOC NGU), even those few hours a day can produce literacy in a minimum of time. Vietnamese traditionally honor education and desire that their child- ren receive one. Yet, this very education poses problems for Viet-Nam just as it has for most emerging societies. As the children become more educated, the less likely they are to remain in the village or on the fam- ily land. Many peOple have seen their children leave for the army or the city school and then lose their desire to return home. Yet, in spite of this problem, one of the closest forms of contact between the central Sai- Gon government and the Vietnamese pe0ple, has been this increase in edu - cation and schools for their children. Reasons for Selecting Viet-Nam The selection of Viet-Nam was not done for specific reasons. Having lived there two years, the culture and situation as well as certain indi - viduals were fairly well known. Perhaps more important was the wish to do something positive for that beleaguered land, a wish that had not been satisfied during the previous employment there. Too, it is a fascinating place, peopled with gracious persons who are proud of their heritage and would, in most cases, be cooperative and interested in any study of them. Viet-Nam is pertinent,however, for other reasons. There are few lo - cal funds or trained personnel to make such studies. The posture of the entire output of that land was ( and still is) aimed at winning the war. In fact it is this very war that has created the subject of the study and one only needs to travel the streets of the cities and the countryside to realize that there are war-disabled soldiers and civilians who would bene- L.._.- ......e. .- ...,,... \“b . H A " :-'~~"=5"3 £518". a": ....' ~- T‘s in wcrld Q‘V'er* ‘I --o . s ‘: 7.x... _sgnd€g;r11, _"h o a . q . ‘ IO: M *1: aw better understa" ‘ 4 .Q o I -s:,sirce this lS C' a':.'::ere stcu” he iv“ "- I“ U 0- I -J U‘U -~ . ettively W33"; U, '91: 1 . IS no ‘n‘af‘t + ~54 A “x 2.?Ege s:_._ Unbrh‘gro‘r‘: ’- ‘-r .. hl Pr ‘- v‘e .‘fir‘ b t“: i‘tect « b0 refic‘lln ._ ., ‘ " ily. i-l .‘ t C 5 ‘ nng v . r 2..., C l . 2' * “I .0 * Bhe Stud ' i‘.:“_ “J. “"2!- 5 EA ‘vrb cf A Nata. 'l 1" h: \ ' ”3th- : ~111ta‘. '. tn.” ifs ‘ :1 'jetl‘ax - - - Q» a' .‘B: ‘59 J era; a. “‘ ah... . 1‘ ~23 .. 0 -29- fit by any better understanding of their problem. Also, since this is one of the first ABS studies in an oriental land, there should be insights possible regarding cross-cultural factors that may add understanding of different cultures, especially the under- standing between East and West, which is so needed and necessary at this crucial time in world events. Having at hand the results of the prev- ious studies on disability, and being able to further assess the "gener- alizability" of the predictor-variables and the ability of the facet ap - proach to effectively work in cross-cultural attitude scale construction and analysis, should allow further evidence in the attempt to develop cross-national comparisons. StudyLimitations There are specific limitations to this study. There is no intent to write a history of any phase or portion of Vietnamese background. There is no plan to be definitive in religion. Even more important in the interest of objectivity was the author's complete intent to remain neutral with all phases of the study. The in - clusion of Viet-Cong prisoners, for example, was done merely to add anoth- er dimension to the study, not a political issue, and the findings and recommendations presented herein are completely based upon standard in - terpretations of data; not upon emotional or irrational desires or feelings. Current rehabilitation programs are now including work with the drug culture among Vietnamese. In l970-7l no one the author spoke to voiced his concern in this area and for this reason there was no mention of this pro- blem in the ABS or any work surrounding it. L afllfiflafi {-21 3!) r” hams doctoral C are :az‘rgrcund and de .- .02‘ on 1‘ ‘. t... newton. dea‘r- Hrrzt' ' ‘I . . ....re, for WU :32: 3: covered sicniff ...;:_:,: H‘ ..,..ra..y, and tea: ..:..15‘eteria‘. is a". 9M, the reader I-. h I ...:"'F,' ‘ ' t : attituces tower fifr‘ c " \c dilference: '“~‘5'. tEEre '13 s » :S's -- h 0 have ‘1‘: -;r J ‘l bquk‘ -...efl th v “VOLT“. " 't tin “3:9; 4‘ d-t t"; t it F t- 3 J? 4- e t.ltudes ‘5'. Cr Til 1&3!“ \L’ j trc: "itcf‘firs. .5 Fade TC .EZtS a: Ul t‘n ' .113 A ° 22‘ H .11. O: E“- to -v‘_:Q CHAPTER II REVIEW OF RELATED RESEARCH Previous doctoral dissertations using the ABS have carefully review— ed the background and develOpment of the ABS and its use in such areas as mental retardation, deafness, blindness, race-ethnicity, and others of a similar nature, for which the original scale was developed and used. They have also covered significant research regarding attitudes toward disabil— ities generally, and toward the previous specific disability under study. Since this material is available in these publications and in the biblio - graphy herein, the reader is referred to these sources for a full treatment regarding attitudes toward these various disabilities, disabled persons, and racial-ethnic differences. However, there is such a similarity between the situations involved with persons who have visable traumatic physical disability and those who have been disabled through the trauma of war, that it would not be correct to limit the discussion of research on attitudes toward the war-disabled, to literature on this subject alone. This is especially true due to the in- credible fact that it appears there have been few major studies anywhere regarding the attitudes of a people or group toward the war-disabled either civilian or military. Therefore, the first portion of this chapter will focus on studies and literature which deal with the physically disabled, on the assumption that statements made regarding this group will undoubtedly generalize to the subjects of this dissertation. Most of these studies will relate either general acceptance-nonac - ceptance type studies and most will be restricted to a single type of dis- -30.. l... J 93mm- ' , 1; Salt (l959) in one c‘ ...; gvarious New York C :35‘2r trase who were shew. perscns felt ' 00-“ 433-3, as well as 5.3-“ t-oa'7u5 ‘L. . .‘, ‘ v v e hiring of :z'KEr, hrl EDT. 9 V9,} ‘ p jtfhard the DTYSlca‘ '. :“E .‘l r- . =9 9’61 TI-utli: 9.3.: :‘l, '1 ‘ :.¢& :4“ v- - "'3 530" et al (l 5' ..s f», 3 ,.‘:: lcs‘ Cl!“ ‘ ‘QlCe t: Childreri . VGA ch1 " ld-en s : br dCe 0n the :6 ‘fifi ":5 H\ 1}. 3 (H) Ore ‘ . r33, ‘h . ezrlll‘iCWt.1 iheSQ E - \ UDif 34:: \ Va] -31- ability. Baxt (1959) in one of the earliest studies, spent three years inter- viewing various New York City employers regarding their employment prac - tices for those who were visably handicapped. He found that those who did employ such persons felt it necessary to use them in sedentary types of positions, as well as some other 33 major findings of interest to those considering the hiring of the handicapped. Barker, Wright, Meyerson and Gonick made a survey of attitudes gen- erally toward the physically handicapped in 1960 and concluded that al - though the general public verbalized attitudes toward the disabled that were usually mildly favorable, a sizable minority Openly expressed negative attitudes. Richardson et al.(l961) conducted an investigation among 10 to 11 ,year olds from varied backgrounds, asking them to rate six pictures from first to last choice. Each picture showed a child either with no disabil- ity or one with one of five conditions that would be considered a disa - bility. The children were very consistent in their choices and ranked the unknown children as follows: (a) no handicap; (b) a child with crut- ches and a brace on the left leg; (c) one in a wheelchair with a blanket over the legs; (d) one with no left hand; (e) one with a facial disfig - urement; and (f) an obese child. A later study by the same group that worked with Richardson con - firmed one conclusion by the previous group; that cultural uniformities, which are not explicitly taught, affect how children rank pictures of dis- abilities. These uniformities are contingent upon, (a) the child's ex - posure to the value, and (b) the child's ability to learn the value (Good- Ill! (IV-1' 6‘ l .. 13‘ it...” l of? El“, \9E3\ . 2cm l‘EE’») had pen-fa rm: were either perry“- ”1::1'5: these disabled 13):, or actively prefe 2"“.rent ass-roaches .utsnip exists tE‘ ES .. a 81“] by KT] .. ‘: -engmy lsi .eee.‘ an, and t‘e , r i). n .3" :‘an- PP.- - ‘:d tern ‘ \ helm. : ' 3: ~n (in. ‘42:) . 9 1r -32- man, et al., 1963). Dow (1964) had permanently disabled children rate photos of child- ren who were either permanently disabled themselves, or were normal, and found that these disabled children either indicated no preference between the two, or actively preferred the disabled (70%). Different approaches and theories were used in a small group of stud- ies which attempted to test for a relationship between attitudes toward the disabled generally and the personality of the individual involved (Chesler, 1965; Cowan et a1, 1958; Epstein and Shontz, 1962; Jabin, 1965; Whitman and Lukoff, 1962 and 1963); most found a relationship of some type. Cowen et a1 (1958) found that " ..... the person who sterotypes the minority group member, and who places a high value on strength and authority, is al- so likely to have more negative feelings toward the blind." Epstein and Shontz (1962), using the Journard BODY—CATHEXIS test, found that ”.... a relationship exists between the non-disabled person's body-cognitions and his expressed attitudes toward persons with physical disabilities.“ In a study by Kinnane and Suziedelis (1964) it was hypothesized that those with sensory (sight and hearing) handicaps would produce more concern than rejection; and that the third group which had cardiovascular handicaps were expected to elicit a show of concern over the 'control dimension' of independence as found in the instrument they deve10ped. The hypothesis was given significant statistical support. Siller and Chipman (l964b) found in a study that adolescents general- ly responded more negatively toward the disabled than did other age groups. Jabin (1965), in a detailed experimental study reported that: fie intensitv of re .L, . .1 . ....eat ad. the deg; . . 0.. .1? -L' . ..1..C..:..1PS, '."::.=e persons tore tree nee-is cr 7.52:1 :f pity with underl . ngsically disabled .}_' ”its alienated per, ‘1.“ 1...- ‘ ‘ lento-.531 also .5: .. :0 to predict t“ ‘ E~31". . . ..E:: 5;» ‘... '- C -33- One rejects the disabled to the degree to which one's own se1f-concept is threatened and insecure; The intensity of rejection relates to the degree of felt- threat and the degree of alienation from interpersonal re- lationships; Those persons more dependent on the environment for accep— tance needs or mobility will tend toward greater attitudes of pity with underlying hostility and repulsion toward the physically disabled; and More alienated persons express more hostility and repul - sion, though also harboring attitudes of pity toward the physically disabled. Whitman and Lukoff (1965) developed five major components of atti - tudes toward blindness through a factor analysis and then compared them with the generic category, PHYSICAL DISABILITY. They found that 'fair' predictions could be made from one component of attitude toward 'physical handicap' to the same attitudinal component regarding blindness, but when they tried to predict to a different attitudinal component, the system did not work satisfactorily. Nevertheless, it was shown that an individual's method of thinking toward the blind would also be used to a degree when con- sidering another disability. Jones, et al.,(1966) tried to rate the unacceptability of various handicaps including the physically handicapped, in a large grouping of handicaps such as emotionally disturbed, blind, delinquent,and deaf. A comparative rating was obtained but his main point eventually was that the severity of the handicap was the major factor in the final rating of un - desirability. Meng (in Barker, et al., 1953) found that fear and avoidance of the physically handicapped by the nondisabled is widespread. He listed three Specific reasons for this: (a) belief that a disability is a punishment, 5:242 the disabled per 'srezeserved such a punis ..'-- T s . 1 .. ,rrpting unrea s :r 3:1":r 3.‘ ore's unacce;te "; hale ‘ ‘f. 'ou:l L Ir an— s‘ b“ a: we latte' . x. P ,- “E'M other inves a... . . ‘ :rc d': - .. -ucl-Jl CONCEVtS ‘5: Sé’erally, that . \- J. . l “: EXCEZIlon to t." m. :°ES:rJCt‘.r~ ‘” 0f the l l l. 3"" . ...-4' u as fOJqd Win] {:1 ._ a 4” 3* urea Se CES‘Sltrat ":z- - ' " .9 t" are, ' \ WYQn the fl A 3) whi1QVX 1 .- Q h .‘.c_ #75. ~ ‘4 . .‘Q‘ ' ' .1: 1_\“ t ‘ I , Era. ‘ ‘ '1‘. \, dd‘f‘ .‘ K -34- and hence the disabled person must have lead a bad and dangerous life to have deserved such a punishment; (b) belief that the handicap is unjust, thereby prompting unreasoning revenge in the handicapped himself; (c) pro- jection of one's unacceptable feelings upon the disabled thereby enhancing the belief that the latter is evil and dangerous. Several other investigators spent time in studying possible involve- ment of Freudian concepts such as castration fears, Oedipus complex, and the Electra complex, in attitudes toward disabilities, but it is the opin- ion of the author, supported tacitly by the lack of results from these studies generally, that these were merely exercises in erudition. The one possible exception to this negative remark might occur in cases involving the destruction of the legs or other organs in the genital area of men. No study was found which did exactly this, but for the loss of a complete leg to increase castration fears, assuming they were already present, or to create them when they weren't, is a hypothesis worthy of testing. Weir (1967) worked out a three-phase plan useful in schools attemp — ting to design a curriculum of special use to those who have become handi- capped, including the physically handicapped. The main point of the pro - gram was to train such persons to be economically independent in their adult living, which tacitly infers the attitude that it is not only pos - sible, but proper for education to have such an aim. Ingwell, et al., (1967) found, as had others, that the nonhandicap- ped significantly preferred nonhandicapped friends while the handicapped also preferred nonhandicapped friends, but not at a significant level. Siller, Ferguson, Chipman, and Vann (1967) postulated that high ego strength would predict a positive attitude toward the disabled, and that ”F terse would be true ‘ n «xter of parse-ax D ' . .- m:.?elw;:t“eSlS he: 4 . . r '29 state gr 1:: , i. " :- P‘ ... u'b "‘V'.' 5 l‘ ' fl ..-‘ F , 5"- n ..‘. ‘~:- .e.5~. .5 t. \u\A H .t - ‘q—~ ualfin \ 3" a y» ‘6 cfidi 9" o s V o p ‘ : q‘~.a I! u ‘ "\ -.A‘1l coast. H\ x. . . --' na~p.n‘y‘ pu L.e LO 5-6‘K LJAAQ Ah I I.“ ... ‘ -n‘ . \ ‘ .- ' '9 i-h‘hfies’ All\r‘\e 9“- J-- :--....' 1‘ --.. 5.1.4.55. V7.91”; ‘ In; 14.. run ‘ ‘5‘, H‘\nuAe‘C1L.->> .L-‘ s -7‘ “vlfi- , .u . h~é¢ r3.v§:ECLA .‘3 . I q. . r~~ 43' :. icac‘on of i :‘F~~C ' .‘ h‘ ' . --- Vi?“ ‘ r. .‘ 4 'M “35709122 or. v ‘ q.- o‘ 1--) ‘. Bertie: ‘. . -5’W7r 15.;- ‘3. -35- the reverse would be true. In a complicated and extensive study which used a number of personality type tests and even more scales for these tests, the hypothesis was supported. The above group, in an evaluative study on perception of specific disabilities, had the following to say regarding amputation (which should be closely related to war-disabilities, being that so often the war-dis- abled have exactly this particular disability): Most persons thought of amputation as a traumatic rather than a congenital event. This enabled them to view amputees as 'normal'....thus our respondents see the amputee as being able to maintain his social competence and self - sufficiency in many areas. . males, however, showed more concern over a leg loss than did females. Where blindness was not the most feared disabil — ity, middle—class males most dreaded the leg amputation in 'their prospective mate. A replication of the Richardson (1961) study in Israel, where there is a great variety of ethnic and national groups, by Chigier and Chigier (1968) showed several interesting results, the main one for this study be- ing that children who were from middle-class backgrounds, where day to day physical dependence on the body was less paramount, found the physical dis- ability less important than the facial disfigurement, while the reverse was true with those children who had experienced the need for a whole body and the luxury of a pretty face was secondary, if one had to chose. Feinberg (1967) makes a point that bears directly on the ABS withtMIt intending to. His study checked the relationship between social desir - ability and the bias of non-handicapped's expressed attitudes toward the disabled, and found that social desirability did influence measured atti - tudes toward the disabled. It was a secondary finding, however, that was :2: to this study. he 1?: tie'selves in a so; .u 33'1““; t‘e disabled. .1 L’if'fi‘f'él 5*ujieg an” IWSE this factor ‘r. '- :rA‘” no- r- . ...-...er ayeraL—n, :. r 3!! ' .. rECCvery lelC ' b A a "3 . rd‘ra ut‘e .:'-" I , 3.3,, ES 3TC“-fl‘. ' . ..z-c' — - .. S a, lQHQ- Iry1 'v', ' I .E’e :“~" . -.. + hdHes LO’vw‘l‘ f.: 4 "“54 lr‘o +-.. wry " ~2'E fl. Ll'l f‘h. . P 3",STCa‘ C 5'. (u #:7‘9 . ‘ C‘I‘. u 1 ei‘i. ‘ i -EEF\ 1.. x 3 -4 ‘ ';. V “1':- \ :C-‘a‘. ‘ -:".:.:..d t . Q FEMK‘ d;.I U ‘brapn - 5.0"“ a" . halo '1 ':’. F ., ‘_ 2 ...- “nd‘l‘ner S a. .. ~ ~ ' 533%..“ .- ‘ and tl ‘ s! in + x D 37% ‘ O '5. ‘.- t"5 \w' ~_ rquu s- ‘P- ‘5 's -.e, ‘ t3 ,_ -36- pertinent to this study. He found that the need of the non-handicapped to present themselves in a socially desirable light influences what he says regarding the disabled. This, of course, has been a major factor in old- er attitudinal studies and it is the a priori design of the ABS that tends to diminish this factor in all the studies of the Jordan series. In another approach, Barry, et al , (1967) showed that patient moti- vation for recovery following some traumatic event which has left them disab1ed, is directly associated with favorable attitudes toward the self. Wright indicated in her book (1960) that the disabled can be viewed as a minority group, subject to prejudice and bias. The fact that several of the ABS studies (Brodwin, 1973; Del Orto, 1970; Erb, 1969; Frechette, 1970; Hamersma, 1969; Irvine, 1974; Jordan, 1973; Smith, 1974, Williams, 1970) were attitudes toward blacks, furthers this contention. Semmel (1968) delved into the problem directly with a comparison of attitudes to- ward those with physical disabilities, those who were of another race, and those who were gifted. The results confirmed the hypothesis that conno - tative meanings are commonly assigned to mentally and physically handi - capped persons by non-disabled groups in our society, and that this atti - tude is extended to members of racial minorities. Richarson, again(1970) worked with his pictures of the handicapped children in another study. Children ranging from kindergarten to seniors in high schOols, and their parents, were shown the same sets of disabled children as the 1960 study, to check their values toward the disabled. Re- sults showed that the values changed with increasing age. At 12 the values of boys and girls resembled their parent's of the same sex. Older females conformed more to peer values than did older males. From the first grade -‘- _——. Ll'lv .4 + aame preferred t'?‘ ~13 1.41. ' “=‘="e'.'a:e icing so r-, O .' - Q‘ 6‘ ‘F: as'z,tiech‘.;dw1c.. 1.. . ‘ - .1 :2" :aza‘e 710 re .‘avo re s - ‘1 ‘. ;' ..s‘fgurefient, be: pa .‘,4 l . ‘- Muir Mlcn .: Q in. .: “Sealed. Sil. .“-.\ar Ffiln R Lb 'Ceets an, 7" ' P."- W '5h a larhe .u 3ka|e was damn \'~ in,“- b- n Strai . A. .‘l " i ‘1»,- “5.33 . v 1tar1ar L‘rES’Qa-d . . 3:“ “‘£1 LL] \ 2 S lcar - a as .3 __ 3.35% -37- on, everyone preferred the non-disabled child and after the third grade the percentage doing so remained constant (boys 50% and girls 71%). In general,the child with the leg brace and crutches and the one in the wheel chair became more favored, while the child with the missing hand and the facial disfigurement, became less favored; this was the strongest with the girls. In a study which tested the opinion-holder from a personality-psy - chological point of view to check if personality of the opinion-holder was a factor in one's opinions, Noonan, et al ,(1970) found that regarding vis- ibly disabled persons, intercorrelation of personality measures showed that authoritarianism is inversely related to positive attitudes toward disabil- ity. It was also found that ego strength and field independence are pos - itively related to acceptance of the disabled. Authoritarianism was consis- tently found to be the best predictor of attitudes of the non-disab1ed to - ward the disabled. Siller, et al ,(1967a) also reported three studies us - ing simi1ar concepts and methods. Siller, et al., (1967b) reported another study in which a large grouping were similarly tested and through factor an- alysis a scale was deve10ped in which virtually identical factors emerged: (a) interaction strain; (b) rejection of intimacy; (c) generalized rejec- tion; (d) authoritarian virtuousness; (e) inferred emotional consequences; (f) distressed identification; and (g) imputed functional limitations. While' there is little room here to describe each factor, just a quick perusal of these seven indicates a strong negative connotation. Attitudes, of course, are found in many areas, and housing is an im - portant one as far as many minority groups are concerned. Columbus (1971) found that when a group of physically handicapped had a choice of housing IV A 4 '1 .01 ii 1,! ...al sefirifor(a) hardica 22:77::aticss for a fer. .-. i 'rfuasfsr a few ncr- 'airdyrpi-disatledl .2» ,_. ;. 3.3e m dlsablllt’ .' ’ l’3l';(‘v‘.-. :0 (3‘ - :f .t; and :v : ud'::r : ‘F— L' r.“ 1 '. “d av‘kya | f. P“ ‘bA ° .. f" ‘ -: ' I“ 3 H» FR... 7 F-vl» .'~~= bf‘ef ¢ . . ..-...- .: -1 A.-. ..- 44:1,‘FR Ha“ a A 3 ~czl-r: .'. . _. u- .4... u v:,,':S Cf prfik‘ ~'l .1‘ 4" 1. cm -+‘ v ‘I' H .21- "‘-ZI"r Ii ' “959) an.” ‘ I C: '1‘: ‘L A, . -‘ bay! the " T‘Q+‘ .. ‘tiiv "“04ld c~ ' liar“ c legs -i:./ a. .3 k." V. ‘1 "7 R. 5:53 :‘ET‘ 4“. l b "V; * . - L trIESc; .E.‘::_. {.2 x “n 5a.“: I .“ I .\\.~ _-‘ \ .“ ‘ ... . h “‘4“ ‘3\\| w—‘K ‘ : \ u .o. ‘- _. ‘ .38. developed for (a) handicapped only; (b) mainly for non-disabled but with accommodations for a few disab1ed; (c) mainly for the handicapped but with facilities for a few non-disab1ed; or (d) for the disabled mostly, with a few elderly non-disab1ed, regardless of demographic variables such as sex, age, type of disability, income, independence, etc., the choice was over - whelmingly for (b) and the least preferred was (a). After age 60, the per- sons were naturally 1ess likely to reject (d); the rationnale being that the younger automatically reject the aged as well as the handicapped, and also lump them together in the process. Persons with visible disabilities accepted housing designed for the disabled more than did those with non - visible types of problems. An interesting study, after the one by Columbus, in which it would appear that those with a disability, but not one that is visible, do not empathise with those whose disabilities are worse, is the study by Wilson and Alcorn (1969). The hypothesis of this study was that the necessity of going through the motions, or somehow being closely associated with the disability, would cause a person to be more empathic with those who are disabled. Were this true, it would seem that the Columbus study would find those who were less disabled still opting for a plan that would accommodate the badly or visibly disabled. However, it did not! It is possible that the fact that these people would actually be living in the housing may have - influencedtheir answers from a strictly selfish point of view of having enough troubles of their own without borrowing more. In the Wilson and Alcorn study a group of students were instructed to select a disability (including several physical disabilities that were list- ed) and then simulate the condition and resulting problems for an eight hour a. b I. :r‘.‘ :roverer‘ - e v .y ard £3!“ t<3n PA I—n .re a .atr -‘-- a '— ..‘.;rli. l ...-g ‘r . -..o:'. .iere W . .r- c . . .. . ht .. F... F» r h Pk o e _h PK~ :1. CC <1. . . .. c S .... n r t- .. . t - a F i 4. Au .\ v r. .l c - e . e .l \- .J - a l - - 1 c 1 e N . c e S -- u t C t t e a - a s s -a c a o ) .. a t ... - a s ._ s a 4g H“ D» New AL Fl. a: t if t s 11.. r x v \~ § 0 C :1 E .1 :c . . 5 n. a i F a n1 a. t: S C- C S e .l . . p S .. \ .l - 7 h . a. 11 e .. d V 3 ...-n C c a A. Q . Db P h '1.\ s. . .HI r .b 2. $ .. ... r R . .3 Way H n. . NIH-— H1. ‘ul ‘4‘ A Q\ «\v ’I a 1 2 . .. . ...-h K0 S . . 9 «L s s .r. o. . e r. q . . . A . E o h H. H. .5 ~, \- lu a: A C E “ . i. . § . -. q: ...—b .u.. ”a .3» I .o... Jr.» .0. .o L v C» .H s ‘5 I. s. l t. P; o .p l ... ... :4 ... .. - R. .r. v. . . 11. u :- \ . :- -: .- u." ...L J. u... . A ~ ~ 9. ... u .c . § .3.‘ s .s. K n . .. q .‘ ,.. l. .... ...;w L... . .... V ... Z... .-... . c...‘ s.. c \- x - -39_ period each day for a total of one week, the plan being that this would bring more empathy and thereby change attitudes. The results showed no significant improvement (as measured on the Attitude Toward Disabled Per- sons Scale - ATDP) between the experimental group and the control group, although there were various reactions developed according to the disab - ility chosen. The Urie and Smith (1970) study was different in that it was con - cerned with methods of changing attitudes toward the disabled. A group of 96 male and 117 females worked closely with various handicapped persons for an eleven week period, and it was found that while the females dis - played a 'significant' change in attitude, the males did not, although a small change was noted. Jordan (1968) in his 11 Nation Study_on attitudes toward the dis - abled, assembled the results of various doctoral dissertations under his direction. This was the first of several publications all of which lead directly toward this ABS study. Attitudes Toward the War-disabled The above studies all had reference to one degree or another toward physical disability. The problem was to find a study directed toward spec- ifically the war-disab1ed. Genera1 abstract directories indicated no ex - tant studies on attitudes toward the war-disab1ed. Next, the book, DISABILITY AND REHABILITATION: A SELECTED BIBLIOGRA- PHY (1971) was searched and no titles appeared that referred to population attitudes toward the war-disab1ed. Various issues of REHABILITATION LITER- ATURE were researched without locating any attitude studies toward the war- disabled. In fact only one article was noted from Viet-Nam of any type and 4_._ .- a. - ‘ l I ..r. ....- _ . r .d a: a: . ..u .5 .n 9 1| in . r _ c‘ I I‘I‘ O 1. 9 . . JJ é... a 3 cu.- .. v e .1“ VJ 1 .FM . . «#9 a: 3 all N: a ... .l a: :. n... .J r . a P» u 0 C MU . . AU S a .10 Ill\ :u (a d d on” S e e m» mu.- I. a C- L.- r. ,1. m: T. .C . - .: ... .-I. I. .3 L. a .5 in . o s o - ... ”I ..rw L s .- H. n: flu. ”be . u. u" a.“ ....- o . .. . u . u p. «.... u a n . .4“ a . In, W. .m.~ K. ... .« Re R..- : H .s- t . .- sou t .,.g . “a . R e :5. --.. a. :1 ... .1 - r: s ..a . ‘2. i . I . ... :\\_w x“.‘ ‘mu ~w %.~ ax . a e T.» ‘\ ..F s. \ .m. ~.\~ \ . S ‘1 - t- . ea 3 u. - o . I ... 5 - - _ -. - : E .. . T‘ . z ... ..a. .... ;... ... _ .. . . . -40- that referred only to war-related back injuries. Upon writing the editor of the above journal regarding this lack of data, the following response was received (Graham, 1972): I am not surprised that you are not finding any published references in REHABILITATION LITERATURE or in any other indexing publications... The editor, as did several other helpful persons, suggested a list of persons associated with other rehabilitation or veterans organizations. Through these suggestions and other sources the following organizations were contacted. Each is listed with a salient quote from the letter re - ceived: 1. WORLD REHABILITATION FUND, INC. 400 East 34th Street NYC 10016 Mr. Eugene J. Taylor, Secretary-General I think the best source of recent materials on attitudes toward the war-disab1ed could probably be obtained from Mr. Norman Ac- ton....[he] is particularly interested in this subject for he served for a number or years as secretary-general of the World Veterans Federation.... 2. UNITED NATIONS NYC 10017 Mr. Esko Kosunen, Chief Rehabilitation Unit for the Disabled Social Development Division It seems to me that not much has been published on the attitudes of peOple toward the war-disabled. At least we have no records of such publications. Most of those that come to our attention deal with the benefits accorded to the war-disabled....you might also wish to contact the World Veterans Federation.... 3. HEADQUARTERS-UNITED STATES MILITARY ASSISTANCE COMMAND VIETNAM APO San Francisco 96222 Mr. Norman P. Firnstah1, Deputy Director CORDS, War Victims Directorate In response to your request for a bibliography of articles of Vietnamese attitudes toward the disabled, I'm afraid we have come to a dead end. Mrs. O'Connor [Sai-Gon branch of World Re - habilitation Fund] whom you know, has no information either. oaljo; DI .\ ‘ v'o yd an . d v-.. ”AA QA. ’- a. . .3 1‘.” \.‘"3u ..J lab. v. ...». n g. A. s-pqrnbnr r 3 .1)...«...,u.y. 0.. a .1. Yr (‘31‘ A Dr ‘ 1‘ - vi" .115 ’ ‘ 91- ~:....:,: 1 .~v‘ I. 1 a , ‘-“--—e-u . Lu.. . .,1...,... ., ,2, .n '5.“ v - ~u“ ~ ' a ‘ .. . ‘ 0~-4 ‘O-.~a- __ . . ~3.u~ Eton. \ 3.. .. ‘ It...‘ Os he ,1. , ,. ‘ ...‘-b 5,, . _ \ . .. . 'I’...3 ‘ F.)\‘ . .“‘ be». u_.~“‘ . .. .O‘: \e‘v001p.. " :‘.. ‘ “¥~u"’ ‘ ' onbp AP ..Op, .,.‘ ... .' ~ . ¥;."“:n ‘A‘fl JV"..- . :3..crtr_.3 ... ‘~ I ' a- .4 ‘ - P ~. \' 6" ‘ 4 b. ..J' Jral“ :FC‘ER .‘u'? ' 3‘ II ' :, . ‘ “I ‘ (1A) ' I “1' :.' p . .. r:r( u S:h-. - ‘5“. . - , w -.._.i LU \\ r v . ... .....4'. 1.67.2“: ‘ . C“u £0 '. “ ”’w- . “.“VN a§§." :‘ ‘ . §§‘L‘l\‘-A\ Q N .. , ' 4: I“: ‘. . ”A" ‘Q.L' . ... -;.__ I.."1A . "k >- . ‘l 7..- C 1‘ ‘ O s r- p. ' u \t f ‘ . ..., 5‘9” ST!” 1' .FA' ‘. ..- . 6" 3-‘1'h . ‘-. .A‘ F .. ‘ “a “‘h . v“ - \ ..~‘:‘~ B a. . Q . ‘\ .- ‘ v (1".‘- “x.“ - . u '0. g . ‘, - ,‘ >_, '5 .. ' \ . | ‘lv‘ .‘n k . o ‘ - A or. f‘ 4‘ r \ . .:-.; 4- -C-r-.3~_ ‘ ‘ ‘ I] A p l. _ :-.-, D p , 1“: '1’. _ “'1." 4:1 . . .l‘.‘ ' :1 1;». ‘ ‘ ‘ ll ' a "‘$ \_ a "l -41- There has been established an Association for Social Scien - tists in Viet-Nam but they have done no research in this area todate.... UNITED STATES COUNCIL OF THE WORLD VETERANS FEDERATION 1508 19th Street Washington, D.C. 20036 Mr. Stan Allen, Executive Secretary I'm afraid I can't be helpful in terms of your letter of 29 February because I have no awareness of unpublished or hard- to-find studies with regard to the subject you have raised.... I hate to be appearing to be passing the buck but I suggest you write directly to their [World Veterans Federation] De - puty Secretary, Serge Wourgaft.... STATE OF MICHIGAN - DEPARTMENT OF ADMINISTRATION Michigan Veterans Trust Fund 122 South Grand Avenue Lansing, MI 48913 Mr. Frank A. Schmidt, Jr., Executive Secretary In reply to your recent request, we regret to inform you that to the best of our knowledge there are no attitudinal studies toward the war—disab1ed.... VETERANS OF FOREIGN WARS OF THE UNITED STATES 810 West Baltimore Detroit, MI 48202 Mr. Raymond G. O'Neill, Director Veterans Service ....in regard to data on attitudinal studies regarding popu - lation attitudes toward the war disab1ed, we have no informa- tion at this level....I have sent your letter to Washington.... REHABILITATION INTERNATIONAL 219 East 44th Street NYC 10017 Mr. Norman Acton, Secretary General I regret that we are not immediately aware of any attitudinal studies or documents....relevant to your research....I assume you are in touch with the Veterans Administration....the World Veterans Federation.... THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION Information Service Washington, D.C. 20420 Mr. Edwin Williams, Assistant Director 1e . -- I~OL v UV ‘0' ~AA 0‘. a p L'... I :3 rm; ‘ Q .:r'( I :w I n... J :1“ . u. .v . . b... 94" , . . ' T “‘ TY“. doe Ah»; . n . 'I' «o , .ub VA A Dvps I..C h ...! 535- ‘v ‘I h‘”e ’ 1‘”. Cf“ lbw- -42_ ....We are inclosing a bibliography although there seems to be nothing of interest to you.... 9. WORLD VETERANS FEDERATION 16 rue Hamelin Paris l6e, FRANCE M. Serge Wourgaft, Deputy Secretary General ....as soon as we have received from you further clarification as to the kind of data you require, we shall try to look fur - ther.... lO. VETERANS OF FOREIGN WARS OF THE UNITED STATES National Rehabilitation Service 200 Maryland Avenue, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20002 Mr. Norman D. Jones, Director Some information as to the attitude of the public toward veter- ans is available....not so much is available as to the public attitude toward the disabled. However, it can, I believe, be construed that the attitude is favorable as reflected by Con - gressional-action concerning special benefits for the war-dis - abled.... ll. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION AND WELFARE Social and Rehabilitation Service Washington, D.C. 20211 Mr. Martin E. McCavitt, Chief Division of International Activities ....unfortunately we do not have studies concerning that topic.... In passing it should be added that the Disabled American Veterans and the International Rehabilitation Activities were contacted and no reply was received. Also, the World Veterans Federation was sent the requested infor- mation in March 1972 and no reply was received. Undoubtedly this is reply in itself. ,f .4 ul ~u ..~ HV .0. ..Z. .4 ’ ‘I I ‘Hu C\ ‘d‘ .5 ‘\ .P a] P4 . - :; ... . r c. .l ..C ...L C s + - C E ,: 7. a 1.1 L c P. ..l. .3. a C .5 n: L. 3; ~ 2. r- Pk A. .C r x. . r: u .‘l. ml. 9.1.1. by Ca II: F s —L~ r .flh 2“ r Ab Q\ 2 F5 “Md 3 91 8 £ 3 J. ‘1 .VI! h I. 5 n. an. -‘|1 r N M A» o‘lo H , a] .‘II.. .. said I “IV D H Fl. r S a» y I 1C Q av ‘41“ .~II t ‘Ib q r ‘lui Hr : I up ..J .11 .r r I F C .... hf. ¢ .. -. nl H. .N I ‘C - .r. H J U.“ C a d ..L 2. y .l n» h D. no A. e rh- d a. ..I r. . FL 6 . S P- F; é . . -n .11 .C ‘C P. n .hr.. 5 3 ~ . F» .7: t 5 II n: or. S 0.. Ad .l n. e A- r. - : C- .1» hi. a - C n I P. . S .l. a n- II n at r. F- l a c n. A; Z - - d .5 :1 .. :1 S - d! vile 2n n e a ...: .31. .71 b .5 :5 ... l ‘I AL 6 .- 0‘11 as 59 PV r w I. I ex ‘11 a .1.‘. P U .‘i- w." u.” ‘ b n l t 3- n1 I r r. PM A. ”l ”5 nil: A V N U P .d IF‘ n b .s. I ....- .wl l a. .1" .... e . C .3 fit r... .2 t 3 .2 .u. :- .. .- .1 - C A: n C “...l ‘5 121! ME. O MP.» :75 f :3» ".4. on u .0 v — as h - a u A J a .- «Hg 6 a ; as. ». ”av » s NM- . U 9:..I Q II \.. . l v n - Ahfi ‘4 I ’ I: s \ Pl. . It n n no.“ r u M».- o W.- ..c o ...-u A. — p . “\H a. s so,” 9 H. I‘d :s a a» a. a ...»w Ah!» ..x.“ w u .n‘ o r a U..- a . v u: 0?.» M.- I" .-» I o . a.» . N. v on w h n n as . § 0.. “ax" MI» ,u. o . .. 5... ha a. .4 \n n..- .«c. Q .o n .0- . u n I {A .b» en. a. - .... .. :4 ... s - .... ..~ 5 n ... ... u . p ‘s . ~ .. « ..- .. . u . r . . . . . a u . . . .. . x .. . Q. . u . . . .. . . . - . A. . .. .. .1 . a . I ‘4 » Prue. 13931.33; m n _- s CURRENT REHABILITATION PROGRAMS; PUBLIC AND PRIVATE The American Council of Voluntary Agencies for Foreign Service TAICH report (l97l) lists a number of agencies working in Viet-Nam for various purposes. Some are distinctly social and others distinctly medical. Some are directed toward the civilian populations and others are concerned dir - ectly with the military and their kin. All in all there were 70 such vol - untary organizations listed and it can be said that each is concerned in some way with either physical or psychological rehabilitation of those who have been affected by the past 20 to 30 years of war. Some organizations are very directly concerned with physical rehabili- tation, and the WORLD REHABILITATION FUND is one that has achieved consider - able results through direct involvement. In conjunction with the United Na - tions Development Program, the Vietnam Christian Service, the Unitarian Ser - vice Committee of Canada, the World Vision organization and the Lions Club of District 3ll, the National Rehabilitation Institute was established in 1966 from the old ”Prosthetic and Vocational Training Center" in Sai-Gon. Through growth and expansion there are now centers located in varying parts of Viet - Nam: Da-Nang, Qui-Nhon, Can-Tho and the most recent in Thu-Duc, established in l972. The NRF organization is attempting to reverse the tendency toward bringing all major medical and rehabilitative programs into the crowded Sai - Gon area by establishing centers closer to those being served. These centers have extensive physical rehabilitation programs for those who are especially seriously disabled and do include some vocational training programs such as the WRF printing center. They serve both civilian and military and it is pos - sible to see a child who has lost a leg being served beside a veteran who has likewise lost a leg. -43- /' Irrer Cf I9- .- \ d ., .’c ,= I-lh . a b “A r at one Of t". . l ..v u '7! .,..f .4»_ 45¢ .:d*en. F .q II" ..l ‘- -- 1' .n . ‘4 J k ‘ ha in T 91' 83] c A V U .- \ v 45;! A r‘ 'E‘.E f \A n- v: a}: I .3... v a“ .. ,. .... .- i \v . 0.. 9 ¢., I a 0 ~ -p. "A y-C BRA hwy A. .4, p,— . {-6 l c -l e- T", V'JVT‘: o~~~ ‘ .1 in In no I. ...-I aI S w; an R5 .M.\u z. .u Fe Q. am so .s; ~ .n..w« a“ I a» .1. ... t c i a .c a . 1‘. Y. t C x . 3 S s. cc qekn .‘axsur ‘_ m. 2. r e \d L; 3 .R .. 1‘ s; l « «Q n: my» :. Ce a.» e .: r 3 ._ u C . I a: K ; s. \S .g .. b..\ T .1 . . ... c .1 . . L. . . . . ‘. ... .: ‘...... ‘. ‘7‘. .. .. I ... Ce . w .. x . ,. . . 3... .. . L. . . .. -44- By the summer of l972 over 70,000 disabled persons had gone through their program at one of the above centers including 20,000 amputees and l0,000 polio children. Future plans include a National Physiotherapy School, a paraplegic center in Vung-Tau, and another rehabilitation center in Plei- Ku. It can be expected that there will be problems in the future for the American volunteer organizations. Viet-Nam is passée. In an article in the Family Weekly (6 January 1974) regarding the posture of Americans regarding a number of timely issues, it was stated while four of five Americans, even including the 18 to 25 age-bracket, felt we had no responsibility in the re- building of North Viet-Nam, 53 per cent of the voting age people polled in the survey (some 60,000 persons volunteering to answer a 30 question poll), indicated they felt the United States had no responsibility to South Viet- Nam, either. Groups such as the Pearl S. Buck Foundation, with its well pub- licized and emotional emphasis upon the "Sins of the Fathers" (i.e., the Am- erican servicemen who 'left behind' thousands of children sired while in Viet- Nam), will pull dollars from groups concerned with less appealing physical and psychological rehabilitation of the disabled, regardless of the relatively small number of children who are actually abandoned or who were unwelcomed additions to the household.1 1The 26 January 1974 issue of the Lansing State Journal carried an article that is a perfect example of the emotional-nonfactual reporting that is a prdblem. In a 'First Anniversary of Peace' article, the bulk of material con- sisted mostly of emotion. Typical of this emotional approach in the media that will plague mundane rehabilitation funds was a story told the author by the director of a Sai-Gon clinic (who wishes to remain anonymous). He told of being approached by a small group accompanied by typical newsmen, who indicat- ed they had a great deal of money to aid in his work. They praised him and asked to see his hospital. After a complete tour, they asked to see his na - ll 5‘ v . U :- c u.» 0 t f r- s c: e :- r . S t a. ...l O .3 3. . A» 1... as :- ‘- a. 3. a» :- 3 r: Ii 5 t .n 2.- 3- .r- -u .b. r. :- w ‘I e C r.” (w e t r.“ 3- C. +c C t C P. t .1. k - f ..i b r .m w .m. i f ...... e e .. v t 1\ ti in n . a . a. n 1.! .- S ....I ...: C e at .L e a 2- I C n 1|. n“ h .5 r . .U a a J: .. 1. ..I nl :1 (I. a .5 - A: A...“ . .05 AP. 8 J, I r: .V\ S . #. .I if. B .. ... b s .... i : ... r ..- r a r .- -. .t r v A f... u . l: S 3 .S .c." n- E h as... M: -5 J a e .2. .w ...... .e: .n. .. ... ..... ... T r ... :. ... C t. s T ... .. ... . .\ I. D. p - ._ . o A... r' - ‘1 v u o? ... u: my.» “4” fl - P— In r. ...u. ll .u . 95 PI 3‘ F. . u u ... ... ... ... . v P a i. .s u .I «u» n . .Vil: gnu Au‘ . Z a. .- .w... .. o . ...u e ~ .F s H J: s9» ...y “.- P: a ,. . w . ~u W... .m"... ...... .. W... . .. . ~ ~ .3. u q isgd.‘ . u 7‘ .. ~. «(a .... 4: I . u... . . ... o .C. . . ...; a. -45- The GVN itself has been involved. Laws have been passed with regu - larity giving benefits to "....disabled veterans, war-dead's families, and wareveterans". Such benefits often consisted of disability allowances, medic- al and social support (i.e., treatment, death benefits, burial expenses), employment reservations and training, lending programs for home building and land ownership ("land to tillers" law), and other miscellaneous benefits. The Ministry of War Veterans is the youngest ministry in the GVN, hav - ing been created in l966, merged into the Ministry of Defense in 1968, and separated again in l969. The job of this ministry is enormous considering the great numbers of those directly afflicted by disability due to the war; considering the miniscule pay given soldiers which leaves their family close to destitution while the soldier still lives; considering the militancy'of the several veterans organizations as they fight for deserved benefits; con - sidering the great length of time and fierce fighting involved even to this day, and considering the lowered U.S. support of all programs in the country. Yet, in July of 1973 the Minister of Veterans Affairs indicated in a speech given at the Viet-Nam Veterans' Day, that new laws were being passed to aid veterans and those in need of rehabilitation. New centers (those listed in the previous paragraph) were mentioned. He announced the issuance of 30,636 pension books to veterans, and special programs for some l0,2l6 disabled soldiers. He announced the building of some l0,000 new housing Continued. palmed children. The doctor said he had none, never had had any, and in fact had never seen any although he had heard of several cases. The visiting delegation became upset, accused him of hiding the children, finally declaring that they would not support his work unless he produced “them. As they left it became obvious that support had never been the in - tent. It was all a trick to secure inflamatory photos of badly burned and scarred little children to feed to the U.S. press for emotional news re - leases. None of the other real and needy patients even mattered! A. f0 .e file J telli .eran Cl“ 5&- y t #155 A ve ls,te -» I'vv ‘ .4 .90 ' ‘.".-.I ‘ fart; ..,... .n \‘ ... v c-I" _ I I -, .ng-n . \ . ~‘II. r r S E -d - .. ...... i ... «L .d .d g- .” 7.4“» r. ..hsl Mike G AH~ ‘l .- - -.r__ ~ H § 3 . . . - . ”PM N: “we -\r p r. .. . o. . .. . 1 . P I. c..\ a. b N~ u ‘ . . s n... u -45- lJnIIS and an allowance of $ VN 60,000 ( 690 piastres equals $ 1.00 U.S. :15 of 10 March 1974, an increase of about 40 in less than two months )1 'for each disabled veteran to build himself a house, with a total of 15,745 (iisabled veterans aided through this program at the above date. In addi - tion, several other house-building programs were announced. Similarly, announcements were made for "wards of the Nation" regard — ing high schools, technical and community schools in Hue, Da-Nang, Can-Tho, and Bien-Hoa. Enrollment in the 1972-3 year already totaled 5,489. He said, ”So far 257 children of deceased veterans, war-disabled or war-orphans, have been granted scholarships in such countries as the United States, Great Britian, Switzerland, West Germany, and Nationalist China." He continued by telling that the Ministry has two vocational training centers in Da-Nang and Phu-Loi. In 1972, 3489 of 8083 veterans presented for work in GVN agencies were admitted as civil servants without entrance examinations. He continued describing the thousands of acres being reopened to the public after years of Viet-Cong occupation. It should be noted that such areas were visable in the early 1970's as contrasted to the years of the great Viet-Cong TET offensive, by being cultivated and dotted with new aluminum roofs glittering in the sun on the many rebuilt and refurbished houses of the delta area. The speaker also noted that after a request for wheel chairs, 200 were sent from the Republic of China, 100 from New Zealand, and 1000 from West Germany. The magnitude of the problem is so great that even with good organ - ization and sufficient funds, adminstration and fairness will be difficult. Dr. Alfred B. Swanson, in a personal letter, March 1972, said, ”I have spent 1Letter, Diep-thi-Lieu, March, 1974. H N1" fin of "v :3 , ”Nw.. rfirpafle. Iha; “ "15!) 1'0'8 Iacn I, .":‘€;tte Vietnares~ .;Hes you wri e '1“. .- Av AAA: h— aualt57.' ,va ,vu . . 1"—' — — — — _ -”E7asandless A» "’=‘sewi'itfie 'hser, the 61“ ca ’23 All the Gill be d;xnidly counter "31 Sugmr ed a, ’“fiteand non-G 7:35 fll'w nhlted by thg a -. Tip‘fi“: . ‘ .0 ..J e fro”. +I'le "JEEJI‘ . . i] It ‘5 arm“: u': :" § 4. *E': .1 u : ..f‘ c3t a d‘ 3y ‘ PAIN" I : knotPPr l \ V‘ C CIIQW U § H Cf ‘I v a :"| V‘L r930r* .:-. 5 v: r .c E“CEG= e‘ " “ ".l‘ -47- aabout $ 40,000.00 of my personal funds to assist the medical care of the Vietnamese peOple. I have made 6 trips to Viet-Nam, 17 trips to Washing- ton, written more than 1,000 letters, given more than 150 presentations, all to help the Vietnamese people and their medical care problems.... I would suggest you write your local congressman....the Vietnamese medical budget was cut $ 7,000,000.00 last year from 19,000,000...." The future will see less and less American monies funneled through the GVN, just as will be the case with the voluntary agencies unless opinions change. However, the GVN can not give up. Only through honest attempts and programs will the GVN be able to satisfy the disrupted-disabled properly and successfully counter the continued anti-GVN propaganda and fighting of the Northern supported and based opponents. Private and non-GVN agencies have apparently published more regarding future plans than has the GVN. A 1973 report by the Department of Interna - tional Education of Southern Illinois University indicates rehabilitation services visited by the team. While this report referred to more than phy- sical war-disabilities, 1.e., drug rehabilitation, since over 50 % of the clients do come from the military, and since drug addiction can be considered a war-result, it is proper to include all the facilities in such a report. The SIU list was impressive, but much appeared tenuous. Many facil - ities reported insufficient personnel, equipment and especially funds. Often funds were almost a day to day situation which is scarcely conducive to long range planning. Another major problem reported was a lack of vocational train- ing and/or follow-up of those who had completed residency. In the SIU report the drug problem was given a high priority but the re- settlement of refugees was given the first. The blind received sympathetic consideration and the empathic reaction was to place them first in all lists. rarisTy "entioned reg: :t‘:'te'..ied to get in t ;.as :3: corensurate w‘ * for technical it‘e'seds of the blin: -‘::e? was constructe .- ‘1’ all proposed pr- Cw; addiction Ail -48- .As previously mentioned regarding the Pearl S. Buck's orphans, this emotive situation tended to get in the way of facts and tended to prompt funding that was not commensurate with need. Both the training of the disabled and the training for technical workers to work with the disabled, were rated above the needs of the blind in the final report, even though reluctantly. A model was constructed for the drug program which was intended to be typical for all proposed programs: 1. Drug addiction was to have a high priority; 2. A training population was to be established to work with drug addicts from the addictive population itself; 3. In order to achieve the above an 9n the gob Training (001) program would be established, and the personnel to do this would be recruited from U.S. graduate students in and from appropriate academic areas; 4. To solve the language problem it was pr0posed that the easiest way to solve this problem would be to supply translators ra - ther than teach each person Vietnamese, and the most available source of reasonably good English speaking Vietnamese would be the currently unemployed prostitutes. A 1971 Ministry of War Veterans (GVN) report listed a number of seg - mented programs: military retirement pensions and benefits; rehabilitation of disabled individuals; education of national wards; vocational training and professional orientation; assistance to veterans associations; housing for the disabled veterans; and continued by making specific recommendations for centers and programs such as orthopedic centers, hospitals, a physical the - rapy school; several national war schools; a weaving plant; a pilot agri - cultural farm; a peanut farm; scholarships for national wards; a fishery co - op, and a surgical team for Viet-Nam. 1There was no discussion regarding the possibility that the society would not be pleased with female interpreters or much less with exprostitute-interpreters. .- . un‘ L ~‘ L. I‘u‘QFI'SDr 1973 tra .. the '.' S, QTIICE C 13.. L9: ~- 1 .. in. ""-“"“. 01‘. I10 43‘“ amp-- . .. . .. mas and ,3, 71's“? the Christi 3: ere a’e sis? =:=jSa1-Gon] ox‘e‘. L::L1i:g the Vietn i.ei' on land. . . .t ‘:.e Eager. gone I‘" secure areas in final c:..trol. -49- A September 1973 transmittal letter from the GVN War Veterans Min - istry to the U.S. Office outlined some pr0posed possibilities such as con- centration on housing for veterans, computerizing of claims processing sys- tems, increased activities in physical rehabilitation and education of the disabled, increased protection of veterans housing and increased vocational training. Specific proposals to implement the preceding generalizations were included for various parts of the country. Last, to balance the above statements for it is easy for bureaucracy to publicize ideas and plans without the taint of short-comings, a recent article from the Christian Science Monitor is included (January 1974): "....there are signs of disillusionment among American officials here (Sai—Con) over the way the U.S. and Saigon governments are handling the Vietnam refugee problem....Refugees are being 'reset - tled' on 1and....too poor to lead to economic se1f-sufficiency.... the Saigon government, with U.S. support, is moving refugees into insecure areas in an effort to consolidate and expand its terri - torial control....” And so goes the rehabilitation program in Viet-Nam. L. I I. 5-¢.-&-_"-L-5-“" 135 ’he instrument use $353535ng attitudes The theory underl "zeta'il since one mus “:1:: rderstand the ”2‘s :urpcse of coll Tz‘e'titself, studyi “3:32:31": data and i 33’: heir own war-di “retest basic ur "I lul ' ...:ie is the “a 4"“: "*3“, variously "W to active. “' h "Iop “" 0“: “w. to .s "" 35' ittltudes here 5”“ concentra- .‘. advanCed t. shifted : I CHAPTER III INSTRUMENTATION AND VARIABLES The instrumentused in this study to measure the attitudes of the Vietnamese people toward their war-disabled, was an adaptation of the AT— TITUDE — BEHAVIOR SCALE: MENTAL RETARDATION (ABS-MR) originally developed for assessing attitudes toward the mentally retarded. The theory underlying the construction of the ABS will be outlined in detail since one must understand the basic concepts behind the instru - ment to understand the findings and their importance. This study has the triple purpose of collecting information about the usefulness of the in - strument itself, studying the nature of attitudes in general, and collect- ing specific data-and information regarding the attitudes of the Vietnamese toward their own war-disabled. The most basic underlying dimension or concept of the Attitude Behav- ior Scale is the PERSONAL INVOLVEMENT of the respondent in his 'Attitude - Expression', variously described as cognitive to affective; other to self; or passive to active. This dimension has also been operationalized into a continuum of WEAK to STRONG, and this designation will be used to char - acterize attitudes herein. Guttman's facet theory guided the development of this instrument in its original conception (Jordan, 1969). Psychological instruments based on facet theory are still new. Facet theory derived instruments are postu - lated to be advanced beyond most existing attitude scales, just as the lat- ter advanced from the earlier unstructured attitude interview. The basic facet theory principle is that the levels of involvement existing in a re- -50- w"; attitudes ari "rsare written to ”e; f‘actsraralysis (€30 :c‘szcver structure i i 'g‘:r clusters or gro: s':::'s‘..'air:ed by the i ::;e::‘.: all his ties. £72.15 Eeirg studied '5': recent studu 333i of att: : , bdk iii‘attitaie irvclvi ”'33’31'325'39 the per: “5335' has varied , ‘0 ~ "4 .I I Pendent s Ste x." "C t 43"- has re”- ‘J . s. '- ad that dlf‘ fi n .59 test be -51- nwndent's attitudes are specified in advance, A PRIORI, and then the itans are written to measure these specified levels. The usual method of factor analysis (done either intuitively or more formally) attempts in discover structure in attitude items AFTER they are answered by look- ‘mg fbr clusters or groupings. These clusters are, however, determined and constrained by the experimenter's original choice of items which are subject to all his biases about what an attitude really is and what the attitude beirig studied should be. Many recent studies of attitudes are difficult to fit into any sys- tematic study of attitudes because of this very shortcoming; that the le- vels of attitude involvement are not specified in advance or planned for in constructing the particular questionnaire. The definition of the term 'attitude' has varied or remained poorly defined and has usually focused 0" the respondent's sterotypes in contrast to his actual behavior. 0n oc- casion the term has remained undefined. When the term 'attitude' is not adequately defined operationally, one instrument cannot be equivalent to another instrument, the results are not comparable, and the study of at— titudes themselves must remain unsystematic. When a psychological test or instrument does not measure the same behavior in the populations studied, two interpretations are possible. It ca" be Concluded that the individuals of the separate populations, at least I“ Part, do not possess the-same systems of attributes, or it can be Concluded that different parts of basically equal attributes are re- erCth in the test behavior. A Statement to the effect that a certain test provides a qualitati- v . . e” 9'19 quantitatively equal measure of certain aspects of behav1or in senate populations sh aiepistenological fram :beirpossible (Poppe Element of the above exirenents comparabil Various authors , agitive tests to so- ??eotal variables w tart ways \Biesheuvel In general, it s .I'izea under three he‘ 1' InteraCtiQ“ 2. StrUctuPe a“ Familiarity I l :1] ,LV fl (\l l I r! m . )1. I, ii! i D I! H r} r? (/I e -52- separate populations should be open to empirical investigation. Within an epistemological framework, in which complete verification is deemed to be impossible (Popper, 1959) one cannot obtain absolute proof of a statement of the above type. If a test satisfies certain methodological requirements comparability is asserted. Various authors, mainly in connection with the administration of cognitive tests to so-called primitive groups, have pointed out non-ex - perimental variables which may influence the results of the groups in dif- ferent ways (Biesheuvel, 1943; Mann, 1940; Ortar, 1963; Silvey, 1963). In general, it seems that all uncontrolled variables may be cate - gorized under three headings: 1. Interaction between tester and testee; 2. Structure and form of the experimental situation in general; and 3. Familiarity with the type of stimuli applied and with the reSponding procedure. It follows, from the above statements, that a difference in test scores between culturally different groups are a reflection of one of three possible conditions: I. The attributes measured are not the same. The resulting differences are referred to as qualitative. For comparability of the data, it is not relevant to know whether an attribute can be identified with a construct defined by a researcher. It is only necessary that the same attributes are measured in the groups concerned. 2. The test does not form an equal scale of measurement in the separate groups. The level of difficulty of the test is not the same for each of the groups. One can say that the test is not equally representative or that the test does not meas - ure the same attribute. L. Lyme..- 3. Differences teal differences Evidence suPT-‘Om ggi :cnditions P6r1 :asecin the notion W mated to exist when re t'ese rasurererti on to establish was are “easuring t“: :.:s is usually re‘e i'er a test is ? ‘attr‘bute, in res ‘ateitetween these 92‘ *‘te in respect to ‘.‘::‘:-.'.al equivalence "2'23? to be cocpare ‘34:, , , WIN 1 I. '9. W and 81a .. rile the two c :32». .153 b“ .5 .i ‘ fr;s . CCUM be ( -53- 3. Differences in test scores between the groups reflect real differences in the groups. Evidence supporting the third possibility can only be found when certain conditions pertaining to points '1' and '2' are obtained. They are based on the notion that certain relationships between measurements can be expected to exist when these measurements are comparable and not to exist when these measurements are not comparable. How to establish this comparability, i.e., whether psychological de - vices are measuring the same attributes of behavior in culturally different groups is usually referred to as the problem of EQUIVALENCE. When a test is FUNCTIONALLY EQUIVALENT, i.e., when it measures the same attribute, in respect to certain groups a difference in performance level between these groups does not necessarily reflect a quantitative dif- ference in respect to some attribute the test is measuring. In addition to functional equivalence, a test has to meet with certain other requirements in order to be comparable for different cultural groups. Such a require - ment is contained in the concept of SCORE EQUIVALENCE. An example is illus- trative. A list of 'ghetto' terms might be used with an American White suburban child and Black inner-city child as a test of cultural comprehen- sion. While the two children would likely score very differently, the test could also be measuring the same underlying attribute, e.g. immediate re - call. This could be checked by correlations with other measures of immedi- ate recall. While functional equivalence and score equivalence imply the compar- ison of relationships between independent measurements taken with differ - ent instruments, ITEM EQUIVALENCE will refer to the comparison of statis - tical relations within the same instruments for each of the groups involv- siaccrparative st. fate in respect to ca JI situate measuref‘er “ritese groups. The istsand between ite" settesase. The SC? :‘edkhed u. u by a separa “a "l 3"".‘Jivl I 1———-— j esterations. t... f; y l .n any study fer '33:” ..ered a key cc “= 359’ as more easii -54- ed in a comparative study. An instrument is assumed to have item equiv- alence in respect to certain groups if the items of the instrument, taken as separate measurements, satisfy the requirements for score equivalence for these groups. The statistical requirements for equivalence for these tests and between items of a single test, taken as a set of measurements, are the same. The score equivalence within a test is nevertheless dis - tinguished by a separate name, because of methodological and practical considerations. In any study for which comparable data are used, score equivalence is considered a key concept. Functional equivalence and item equivalence are seen as more easily testable in practice. The latter is strictly speaking not an absolute requirement for comparability. In those cases where little other information is available, it seems nevertheless appro- priate to take item equivalence as such a condition.‘ In summary, the following definitions are taken from Poortinga (1971): l. COMPARABILITY: A test (X) is comparable in re5pect to two populations (P1 and P2) if the scale of the measured true score random variable is the same in the two p0pu1ations. 2. FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENCE: A test (X) is functionally equivalent in respect to two populations (P1 and P2) if the scale of the measured true score random variable in each population is linearly related to the scale of the basic true score random variable (Tx)' 3. SCORE EQUIVALENCE: A test (x; is score equivalent in respect of two p0pu1ations (P1 and P ) if the scale of the measured true score random variable in each population has the same linear relationship to the scale of the basic true score ran- dom variable (TX). 4. ITEM EQUIVALENCE: A test is item equivalent in respect to two populations (P1 and P2) if the items of that test, taken as separate measurements (Y1) satisfy the requirements for score equivalence in respect of these p0pu1ations. lie emblem has t " zete‘mrary psycho' rat‘iecerearisons ac "risilhe analysis : feaidusetul and the and depicts the L. ‘2‘? "new Atti tuie :- 3.tt*an's facet ill Ere-Set, actually : ‘iit's ace cade expli~~ 3«'3E1.‘se"antic var‘ Rimes the instru .1232 tenses more f still to Stud} .."iJT D'ESUr'abU r‘ .573" ”Eardless of $23 mil y behave Sari Que Mien (19:-9 1 V 3 I VErge, thro Q -55- The problem has been that with the types of instruments prevailing in contemporary psychology, the areas of behavior in which precise quan - titative comparisons across cultures could be attempted, were severely limited. The analysis of attitude-behaviors across cultures is illustra - tive and useful and the following using the Guttman facet process delin - eates and depicts the use of such a cross cultural study in Viet-Nam. Facet TheOry Attitude Research Design and Comprehension Guttman's facet theory specifies the relevant semantic dimensions of the problem, actually becoming a definitional system in itself. The major factors are made explicit in advance of use through this method; a large source of semantic variation is controlled more effectively which then act- ually makes the instrument more operational. This is-a major consideration! It also becomes more feasible to compare findings cross-culturally as well as from study to study of the same culture, because the WEAK to STRONG continuum presumably reflects a logical progression of human attitude ex - pression regardless of culture....from a respondent's mere knowledge of how people usually behave toward actual personal behavior to the actual behavior of the respondent. Facet Theory Guttman (1959, 1961) proposes that from an individual's overall atti- tude universe, three specific facets (Table 1) should be distinguishable: (a) exactly who is acting, i.e. the referent, (b) what the activity is, i.e. the referent's intergroup behavior, and (c) whether the respondent THINKS the action or actually DOES the action, i.e. the respondent's behavior. Each facet has the strong to weak aspect denoted in Table l subscripts with Ld'mra"‘l"«IL—‘ __ '5': l.--Cmparisc —— 'nz‘mticn A K “"31 Referent ...... -55; TABLE l.--Comparison of Guttman and Jordan facet designations. Facetsa in Jordan Adaptation Designation A B C D E Jordan Referent Referent Actor Actor's Domain of behavior intergroup actor's behavior behavior a]others b] belief a2 self bzexperience c] others d] comparison e1 hypothetic c2 self d2 interaction e2 operational (I) (overt (my/ behavior) mine) , Guttman ------- Subject's Referent Referent's -------- behavior intergroup behavior ------ b1 belief c1subject'sd1 comparitive -------- group ------ b2 overt c2 subject d2 interactive -------- action himself aIn order to understand this theory one must conceptualize the notion that one is always working from a WEAK to STRONG or OTHER to SELF investiga - tion of attitudes represented herein by the subscripts '1' and '2' with the '2' being stronger (self). If the facets of Table 1 are expressed as follows, the combinations of Table 2 are semantically expressed in the def- initional statements of Table 3: Facet A: g_or j_ (i.e., 9ther or self [I] ). Facet B: b_or g_ (i.e., belief or experience ). Facet C: g_or m_ (i.e., gthers or self [mine/my] ). Facet D: g_or j_ (i.e., gpmparison or interaction ). Facet E: h_or p_ (i.e., hypothetical or gperational ). L;-—..-.' ‘ Yestscript ‘1' being 2:31".;t ‘2‘ being the easing the ABS-MR or. athlete by adding. 353") and, b. a do": Till“) (symbol i call ags‘sf actions. Facet theory sc-ec' 3553}, defined as "i The subject of ti 1'. TE :ther extre'e, fies, his overt act ~a-. w: ' 1"” ' ...:‘JJ‘h‘r; ...K or PE: 3;. ..UE‘iSS of weak ..._ hm conbinat lg, l I"? E 4 5 \‘r:g' 3 . a...”- -Face “erictii -57- the subscript '1' being the WEAKER (i.e.,directed toward others), and the subscript '2' being the STRONGER (i.e., directed toward one's self). In designing the ABS-MR on Guttman's conception, Jordan has made the scheme more complete by adding two more facets: an a referent for facet B (see Table l) and, b. a domain for whether the referent's behavior occurs hypo- thetically (symbolically) or overtly (operationally). This checks thoughts against actions. Facet theory specifies that the 'weakest' form, i.e.,a1b1c1d1e] (see Table 3), defined as "How people believe other people think about....(what ever the subject of the investigation)" constitutes a SOCIETAL STEROTYPE. At the other extreme, i.e.,azbzczdgez represents the respondent's actual actions, his overt actions, and constitutes ACTUAL BEHAVIOR. This represents the STRONG-WEAK or WEAK—STRONG concept of this process and inbetween these two extremes of weak and strong are four other levels of attitude-strength derived from combinations of the five facets (see Figure 3 and Table 2). Level Ergfjlg_ Descriptive Label 1 a1b1c1d1e] Societal Sterotype 2 a1b1c1d2e] Societal Norm 3 a2b1c1d2e] Personal Moral Evaluation 4 a2b1c2d2e] Personal Hypothetical 5. azbzczdze] Personal Fee1ing 6 azbzczdzez Personal Action Fig. 3.--Facet profiles and descriptive labels for all six attitude-interactive levels. Ln.m'1'i'.fl ‘7'" * In Table 3, as or ream: only one addit‘ “m. It is fundamenta cation that this be . w-‘ .-.-.i "or test constm ; “9; n. ' "a Leg ‘1‘5 and Tie same nurber of . I ‘I 'I\ 1.5 w , are r‘Ougnl ... The “59 0f ever~ ‘9'- q ' '-"CE J2 pCSSlble 3 iii-'1 test iters S) 3:" "" inc-n 32b1C162‘ a-..) ,hypoheticel -h. ..exetical Dr” :.x.i'73le of 19‘ a is this sy . -.y oily 12 0 a: J‘TOUS l . $1 :9xclains t “ Erys bECC ..: :55 4P1! and 1 “TE-11 as s e «c : 4=lnstru 1:]? n J’: EVE? ‘ t the‘ .. an -58- In Table 3, as one moves from low to high levels, it is basic that one and only one additional facet is changed from a 'weak' to 'strong' form. It is fundamental to the entire Guttman concept and the Jordan ad - aptation that this be done one facet at a time. One assumption of this model for test construction is that the amount of personal involvement requested in every question is determined by the actual number of the sub- script, i.e.,'l's and '2's per level. and that the various ways of obtain- ing the same number of profiles with the same number of strong elements (Table 4), are roughly equivalent. The use of every possible combination of the five two-element facets produce 32 possible statements or PROFILES (see Table 2). This enables one to plan test items systematically rather than intuitively! For example, the combination a2b1c1d2e1 is expressed in semantic form as: "I (coded a2 and STRONG) believe (b1; WEAK) that others (c1; WEAK) [should] interact (d2; STRONG) hypothetically (e1; WEAK) with the war-disab1ed thus...." This is the theoretical process used in writing each question and in this instance is an example of level 3, Personal Moral Evaluation (see Table 2 and 3). While this system actually produces some 32 possible combinations, in actuality only 12 of the possible 32 permutations turn out to be usable be— cause of various logical and psychological conditions. Jordan (1970, pp. 44 - 45) explains these reasons fully, but it suffices to say that many of the statements become redundant (i.e., I act I act....), inconsistent, or contradictory and thus are of no value or use. Of the 12 (Table 4), six were selected as being the most psychologically relevant and potentially capable of instrumentation. For instance, the form, "Others believe I act symbolically," even though sensible and usable, was omitted because of the constraint that only one profile be used for each level. ”‘31..." "wanes ' V: R}:\\%\S \‘wh \\ 7319 Tab 165 ‘ I v 3.3“ a at .\ M . 1 M 3... L\,\!\ a, 0 I' J L61 t -ICJ‘U.4- l IJ' 11 1h OL‘ Y . He‘u El ' - \ .. Q \ . ~ 1‘ ‘ it 1‘ ‘ a. ‘- ‘:\;c T V\\ A‘ “10‘ ‘71.“; 18 ‘ \»._e“"v\ '~,'_. ““g .5513] s :5. - ~68 a“, 1' ' a: 3:5- 87' “31: {3. ‘ :. ." " v::"s q. a : J. “:15 n. a R -59- TABLE 2. --Combinations of Five Two-element Facetsa and Basis of E1imination. combinations Facets ahd'Subscripts Basis of E1imination In In Table Tablesc 4 3,and S No.b A B c p E l l -.v, Level 1 O b o c h 2 2 Level 2 o b o i h 3 3 - i b o c h 4 4 Level 3 i b O i h 5 S - o b m c h 6 6 - o b m i h 7 7 - i b m c h 8 8 Level 4 i b m i h 9 — - o e o c h 2 10 9 - 0 e o i h 11 - - i e o c h 1 2 12 - - i e o i h 1 13 - — o e m c h 1 2 l4 - - o e m i h 1 15 - - i e m c h 2 16 10 Level 5 i e m i h 17 -— - o b o c p 3 4 18 -- - O b o i p 4 19 —- - i b O c p 3 4 20 -- - i b o i p 4 21 -- - o b m c p 3 4 22 -- - o b m i p .4 23 -- - i b m c p 3 4 24 -- - i b m i p 4 25 -- - o e o c p 2 3 26 ll - o e O i p 27 -- - i e o c p 1 2 3 28 -- - i e o i p l 29 -- - o e m c p 1 2 3 3O -- - o e m i p 1 31 -- - i e m c p 2 3 32 12 Level 6 i e m i p 8See Table l for facets. , bNumbering arbitrarily, for identification only. cLogical semantic analysis as follows: Basis 1: an 'e' in facet B must be preceded and followed by equivalent elements, both '0'; or 'i' in facet A or 'm' in facet C. Basis 2: a 'c' in facet D cannot be preceded by an 'e' in facet B. Basis 3: a 'c' in facet D cannot be followed by a 'p' in facet E. Basis 4: a 'p' in facet E cannot be preceded by a 'b' in facet B. e£3.--Joint leve' Profile b,F 1:32 .‘iotationa~ 'e eel System in Table 2 -60- TABLE 3. -- Joint level, profile composition, and labels for six types of attitude structiona. w 7 fl f fi h ‘r a ‘fi“ iv v— ‘—v v v v j v ‘v—v YVfi—‘v Profile by Profile by Subscale NotationalC Definitiona1b Attitude Leve1 Type—Level System in System in Descriptive Term Table 2 Tables 4 and 5 l o b o c h a] b] c] d] e] Societal sterotype 2 o b o i h a1 b] C] d2 e] Societal norm 3 i b o i h a2 b] c] d2 e1 Personal moral evaluation 4 i b m i h a2 b1 c2 d2 e1 Personal hypothetical action 5 i e m i h a2 b2 c2 d2 e1 Personal feeling 6 i e m i p a2 b2 c2 d2 e2 Personal action a aBased on facets of Table l. bSee Tables 4 and 5 for definitional statements. cSee Table 2 for facets and subscript profiles. The step from a theoretical level to a working understanding of this test construct may be aided by examining Table 5 showing samp1e items from each level along with their general semantic form and profile. Last, one of the major points to be made in aiding comprehension of the Guttman method (Tables 1 - 5) is that it facilitates designing attitude questions into specific levels that constitutes the original and basic con - cept of the system. Once this is done the analysis methods, whi1e dictated by the procedure, are not novel or innovative in themselves, being standard and well known statistical procedures. - abs ! \ ...Lbiu: £ . .— 7313 53 T1: - .73; 1.3:: 71.31 L393. .A~ ~GU .q ubzucxr... mccv. 7:23:43 >2 ...u>.o._ To: . . 5&3: as u... . 03?. it - i >~ ~=U flab—22L): -iili .-.-ii- TSHQu: 13.: x v.23. gnu-wavy": . rib—:3 0>Ow ~53 7.73.3: ~ m. C .u C Q C 10:27:14.5-ch ~...:Cm...a._ \A— u :9 .q uh: uCLKZ 1:37...-~.2~::.U . tinny—kin: pubpvm ~03 ~ M. K 1.4.1.... 4 .~ @134... “Lillilii - . .. - -. ii - ill | 1.11111 Ii Ill. . 233,-! 12:1. It! LSSEZV ..l -. - Xu ~30 ....u3293a514w. ~34 -o WU. ~£ «mu a: «3.9.1.. C! :37..-- .:~:.:.-. . ra.-~n.v:a- 35!..- ~p~£ ...-~.u:-. 3 ~ C -J 2 As A. i i.iii||i(i . u edu-n.d:.vdd.mH monHm> mo mmHnm:OHumHoH . .Ho>oq oquchH mononucoumm SH moan: unannouHm:On uhm>0v monuuwhoumm xm oonoHHomxm.m NH mhw s O H xHHmOHponuomx: v HoNuNONONw m wcHHooH Hmcomnom ee HmwaHHmOmv mCOHuumHoucH A: oucoHHomxm H OH n H E o H xHHmSOHumHomo :OHuOm msoum Hanuo< mGOHuOmHouaH mnonuo QOGOHHomxm mpozpo HH 9 H o o o :OHuom _ m HonNanNm v HmOHuocuom»: HMCOmHom ee xHHwOHponuomxm mGOHpOmHOHQM Hm o>oHHom.m w n H a n H HmmcHHoow HSOHN HHHmOHpocuomxl Hanuumv quucovH macho m:OHuOmHou:H mHoSHO oucoHHomxm whonuo m n H o o o aboumv mzmH voEHmHOOHm fifiumum Hmcomnom c.w.mmm HHHwOHuo£uomxm m:OHanHoucH x2 m>oHHom muosuo o a H a n O .Hmaompomv umoucounHHom HHHmOHuozpomx: mnemHHmmEou Hz o>oHHom H N n n u E n H Hmosz> uo>HooHomv HONwHoHnNm m .Hm>o HmHoE Hmcomnom «« xHHmOHuonuomxm mGOHuumnoumm mnonmm o>oHHum.M v .mlw o a H maumpw Hmcom . Hem wocmHmmmimsOHu HHkuHuocpomxm mcomHHmmemw xx o>0HHom mHonuo m n u a a o EH0: HmuoHuom «e HHHmOHponuomx: HoNvHOHnHm magnum macaw m:OHuomHoumm .mawnpo o>oHHom mnonuo H N n H o a o N Hum:MHmmmlHHHm:omHom HHHmuHumfioanHI memHHwHHeOu .muonuo o>oHHonI H m n o o o. H Hmsumpm macaw uocmemm muonmv xHHmOHponuomxm HoHvHoHpHm 09300.33 HmuoHuom .2. :omHHwnHeoW .mnmfim o>oHHom mnonulo. o H n u o n o H HgmEmz o>HpmHHOmoa oucoaopmum HmcoHuHchoa p.02 N oHan oHHHOHm Ho>oH :H .02 Houmm .mcoHpmcHnsoo o>Hm3H so» mpcmsmumam HmcoHpHcHHmQ use .mmHHHoca page; .mHm>m4 "emcoHpaNHHwnco> muauHHH< Ho Emumxm Hm>m4-me Hmumm-m>Hu -- .e u4mmHHmm mmeuD HQNUHUHQHc N .. .mwmchan: U000 m. EHMQCHE: EMU MEOwLQQ 0.24..“ 032 0~2< DLSZ UDHAHwMHUTLGR w>®H~®Q mw 1001 LDCQC: mlxfiuODLmvuw] unouQHUOw. ULJm NHL—n... 0513 pm. ..U HU G H: . 0L3}, U—fl/x {$94 )1— ~auU_ nonztfifi QLUAH...CU .....Lm»:u3 «U154 v hexamuH H U: uni-MUCH: ~3~3~U~C~t ~ nnnnnn . lute! noo~ .III I . I . \ -52- HcmmmmHaca oz =mcm>oH co mmaoam vanmmHuugmz a vow Lm>m H u>em= coHHu< Hmcomgmm m n m :mmzumm cH chHLmuca Ne Nu ucemmmHa HHHmoz mm> HHHmauo< mcHHomcwch Hch HHmmzz nmucmHgmaxm m>mg H NmNuNuNaNm m =.cho some mcmzmcm cusp .aaam: .umcmqum HmcngmoH. mm seam mm>Hpumnum Ho mmHme o mcmpcaoocm Heme mesm Hoz mmms -coommgv ”anammHvicmm asp ccmzop Hump HHHmauom H= mmcHHmmm Hmcomgma mezm HHchu mEmm ash Hm Nu O Na Na Ocam mcoz HHHMOHHonEHm HumcoucH H ems; HHumHHmV mocmHLqum H HmNuNuNnNm m . =Hcomcwa vanmmHu coHHu< HauHH meam Hoz oz - em; a Hague op uHng Lao» HHsemg :oH nHaom: . acuoa>z Hmcomcma mczm HHLHmm zocg H.coo Hw Nu Nu Ha w mcam mo» HHHMOHHonEHm HomcchH Hquozv H m>mHHmm H HvaNanNm e =.umHammHu Ho: mH 0:3-mcom50m Hyena op annmmHu :oHHmsHm>m mgam Hoz usch HHHwSm: use 0:: mcmguo coH Hmcogz gov Hech HHHmsma mH H = Hmcoz Hmcomgoa mgsm HHchd umuHomnc: Hm Nu Ho Ha m exam mace: HHHmam: HHHmuHHonEHm uumcmucH HuHaogmv memzpo m>wHHmm H HmNuHoHnNm m s.po: mH on: comcmg m mecca o» umHHHELmQ ma vanm Ecoz m>HHum mezm Hoz mHn< mcoz . mHuicmz mg» Hump m>mHHmn HHHmmemm mfiaoma gunpo= . cmch HmumHuom mgzm HHLHmu umuHumuca Hm w Ho 3 Ha wcam Hoz HHHmzm: HHHHOHHonsxm HumcmycH szonm mcmspo m>mHHmm mcocpo HmNnHanHm N “.mmchcms uoom m chchms emu mcomgma . mcam Hoz mHn< wgoz umHnomHuicmz m>mHHmn .mHaoaa Lanna: wazpomguum HonHuom «cam HHcHau mamm Hm He He Ha Ha . mcam mHn< mmm4 HHHmuHHonsHm mcmasoo mcmguo prspv m>mHHmm mgmnpo HmHnHanHm H HHHmcuHcH mcmzmc< EOHH mHanm M van mucmsmpmpm HmcoHHHchmo «HHHoca Hmumm Hm>w4 1" 1 gr .zezuHmHs u qmqmwwanumna u mqwum mowswmmm mqaawsaq ecu so» Emumzm HmcoHHHcHHmo < i- .m m4m Manager- ?:.:PA I‘ I .. _ . +. -nLUdES 8P? ...—1 U" The A88- W111 f0? QrOUps. ( I: (D 1 m r—r o ' __ — _— .- (1 ~88- Relating Attitudes and Change Orientation H - ll Persons who score HIGH on change orientation will score HIGH on positive attitudes toward the war—disabled. Relating Attitudes to Opinions Regardigg Educational Planning and Aid H - l2 AGREEMENT with governmental aid to education will be POSITIVELY related to favorable attitudes toward the war-disabled. H'- 13 AGREEMENT with centralized governmental planning of education (a fact now in Viet-Nam) will be POSITIVELY related to favorable attitudes toward the war-disabled. R_elating Attitudes and Group Membership H - l4 Grouping will assume the following order with respect to favorable attitudes toward the war-disabled: (a) Family > (b) Workers > (c) regular Teachers > (d) Manager-Executives. Lelating Attitudes and Multidimensionality H - 15 The ABS-HD-VN scale levels or attitude sub-universes will form a Guttman simplex for ALL of the Vietnamese groups. Additional (Minor) Hypotheses One strong feeling prompted this entire study. It was one of develop- ing data, answers to questions, and general information that would be of direct and immediate use to those who were working with or planning for the many (estimated in l969 to consist of at least 60,000 persons by Dr. Alfiecl B. Swanson, President of the Dissemination of Knowledge Foundation) "a”‘d‘isabled persons of Viet-Nam. Therefore, a set of additional hypotheses were constructed from ABS-HO items so that these same groups 01' Vietnamese could be polled as to their beliefs and feelings toward the disabled in wa s . y not Covered in the original study. Through this it is hoped that on - El #113! <1 ‘ L. L .!fl 7'; are new prograrfis 5573;: be destroyed ”.35 :ersans working ‘ 7e iollowing hy; i’t'e iar-disabled 7. M we Persons .: ings of .I' "l7 The war- Efizms pensions "'8 The War- uation t .Ip.. :‘ P: P's?”— .....;;p that Disabie: fUnctjor Disable: SEH'ALL' incline; L I‘D’H y.‘ a r Disablerl Diem! -89- going and new programs can be more realistic, for any program for the dis- abled may be destroyed or enhanced by the attitude and/or knowledge of those persons working in it. The following hypotheses were formulated: For the War-disabled Themselves H - 16 Persons disabled by the war will not harbor stronger feel- ings of SHAME than would the non-disabled. H - l7 The war-disabled will not feel MORE WILLING TO ACCEPT GOVERNMENTAL AID such as vocational training, housing, pensions, than would the non-disabled. H - l8 The War-disabled will not feel more HEORIC over the sit - uation than would the non-disabled. For Persons OTHER than the War-disabled H - l9 Non-disabled will NOT feel less embarrassed in the presence of the war-disabled than will other disabled. H - 20 Non-disabled will NOT expect the War-disabled to demand special privileges more than will disabled people. [gr BOTH the War-disabled and the Non-disabled H - 21 Disabled people will not tend to accept a disability as a function of KARMA more than would the non-disabled. H - 22 Disabled people will not see the war-disabled as being SEXUALLY inadequate more than will the non-disabled. H - 23 Disabled people will not see the war-disabled as being more inclined than the non-disabled to become ADULTERERS. H - 24 (Disabled people will not see the war-disabled as being more INEPT and UNABLE workers than the non-disabled will expect. k V IKAWWAS a rather simple concept that is overwhelmingly complicated by the "WHY interpretations given it by various Buddhist (and other religious) 83‘0ups and individuals....and differing cultures. Basically, it is the be- 11ef that when one dies he continues to be reborn on earth until he earns eternity; and when he returns his position and fortune in each life is dir- ecu)’ influenced by how well or badly he has lived his former lives. a “A; U was a 9M Disabled subject than the Disable ‘1‘ . "l v ~ ~ ‘— ‘ s “...... . \ see the -90- H - 25 Disabled people will not see the war—disabled as more subject to WORRYING EXCESSIVELY, or as worrying more than the non—disabled, than will the non-disabled. H . 26 Disabled people will not see the war—disabled as being a person who will eventually become PSYCHOLOGICALLY TROUBLED enough over his disability that he will with- draw from life and living, more than will the non- disabled. H - 27 Disabled people will not feel more DISGUST or REPULSION from the physical manifestations of the disability, than the non-disabled will toward them. H - 28 Disabled people will not expect the war-disabled to accept special AIDS in MONEY, TRAINING,etc., or other advantages not afforded the non-disabled, more than the non-disabled will expect. H - 29 Disabled people will not see the war-disabled as being more HELPLEss and UNABLE generally than the non-disabled will see them. H - 30 Disabled people will not expect the war-disabled to MALIN- GER because of their affliction, more than the non-disabled will eXpect them to do this. H - 3l Disabled people will not expect the war-disabled to be BIT- TER about the disability more than will the non-disabled. H - 32 Disabled people will not see the war-disability as apt to eventually cause MENTAL DETERIORATION or MENTAL ILLNESS more than the non-disabled will expect. Ana1ysis Procedures Because the Guttman methodology is relatively recent and not commonly understood, it is proper to re-emphasize its special constructs. In the sim - plest terms it is an explicitly stated method of systematically organizing a set of attitudinal questions for a statistical analysis in which standard, existing procedures may be used as well as the newer non—metric procedures. With one exception, these statistical processes as used here are common to most comparative studies. The exception is Kaisers' Q2 scoring procedure for measuring the structured symmetry EXPECTED to be found if the Guttman facet :27”: in fact obtain 71ft ér’ginal design :": ”CC-Ele'es *— :e:a.se of the fee and were instruct ...;:'. ‘i‘ . ,_ . at each set '1.- . i'ovided (em sector: for ea: 1:53:19, Te‘turn C 2: 'tE'E t". ED trans; “- ¢ . Pa’SCr1ptiO c :9 Effielignt .._ r ‘F - te‘,e ~.‘n+ . Oct ‘ eJr‘ns and "'59 3‘... I: P..as ‘ .: rq‘ -9]- system is in fact obtaining the semantic meaning theoretically eXpected from the original design. Scoring'Procedures Because of the fear of confusion, respondents were not given answer sheets and were instructed to mark directly in their questionnaire booklets. This meant that each set of answers had to be transferred to another sheet. A form was provided (Appendix I) with a space at the top for each group num- ber and a second for each respondent number, both of which were arbitrarily assigned after return of the questionnaire booklet. The respondent's actual scores were then transcribed from the booklets to the single sheet form in duplicate for safety. These were immediately separated, packaged, and ship - ped by mail on differing days. Since there were many children living in close proximity and since in- come was often very important, these data sheets and booklets were ”farmed out“ for transcription on a piece rate that could allow the efficient trans - criber an excellent monetary return. Each young transcriber was rigorously checked at first and any forms with even one error were returned without any notation as to location of the error(s) forcing the person to check each page thoroughly before final payment. Through this procedure it was found that one of two events occurred: either the person soon tired of the constant un- economic returns and quit, or he improved his skills and produced error-free forms. The aim was 100% accuracy and it is believed that this was approxi - mated if not achieved. Basichariable List In order to facilitate conceptualization and key—punching operations the Basic Variable List (Table 66-68, Appendix H) was constructed. This is erally noted here, ‘ in this study, but are to replicate th ; :Hiata retrieval n ‘festudy data. It w Inlable 68 the fi 16‘ data being refe e'es being worked wit Irresible score-rang tie in checking agair trthe actual key-1 an use one card f Ear each as it wil 'helast three cc Teas one returns u-._ . .._- 1"- In this C, -92- especially noted here, not because it is so important to the understand - ing of this study, but because it is so important to any future person wishing to replicate this study. The Basic Variable List holds the key to ALL data retrieval needed during the actual development and analysis of the study data. It will be used. Organization here will pay handsomely. In Table 68 the first column contains the general classification or type of data being referred to. The second column contains the specific var- iables being worked with, as well as other data. The third column contains the possible score-range from the lowest to the highest and is indispen - sible in checking against errors in the raw data. The next two columns re - fer to the actual key-punch cards and the data thereon, and it is an advan- tage to use one card for EACH ABS level, rather than attempt to jam as much data on each as it will hold, thereby crossing levels on the cards. The last three columns are for cross-reference and are well worth the trouble as one returns to original data to complete the final writing of the study. In this case, the first of these columns refers to the original English copy's page number; the second to the page number of the corres - ponding question in the translation. The last column refers to the speci- fic questionnaire items and their numbers and also corresponds to the second column (IBM info) which gives the actual location of punched items on the IBM Key-punch card. Variables l3 and l4 (Table 68, Appendix H) refer to the portion of the ABS termed EFFICACY (page 74), giving the same type of data in the horizon- tal columns as outlined in the above paragraph. Demographic variables refer to designated items and vary from the above form only in that they are actu- ally individual items, not the sum-total of a number of questions. The same format applies to the following variables: Feeling Toward Change; Feel - :‘zerc‘ Structure; AC "re-latter pages c ;s:.:‘es. This table :53 to actual pal; In- this format t 535's second refers a: tztals of iters .“s airply a code “‘1‘: ‘ '- ’ M.n.ertes. The on ‘ ‘A- and :03...“ u {H frm whi C .251, there is the .. .;.:..neses , reve ~ T a nurber of i 2"»?- mad." .‘r’ to refer -93- ing Toward Structure; Actual Contact; Identity Data, and Special Items. The latter pages of Table 68 give the hypotheses take from previous ABS studies. This table is varied slightly since there is little need to refer back to actual pages in either the English or translated question - naire. In this format the first column refers to the particular hypothe- sis. The second refers to the statistical procedures needed and upon which items or totals of items these procedures will be implemented. The third column is simply a code to preclude the necessity of repeating entire des- criptive sentences. The fourth column refers again to the actual items being used and from which card they come (column five). Last, there is the portion (see the last pages of Table 67)giving the special hypotheses, reverting back to the original form since these were taken from a number of individual questions from various levels and it might prove necessary to refer to the original English questionnaire or the Viet- namese version in attempting to locate any specific item. In this case there is no listing of the statistical procedure for each hypothesis as the same method was used for all. The Computer Systems 1 , The Control Data Corporation Computers (CDC 3600 and 6500) at Michigan State University were used to analyse the data. Cards were punched and veri- fied by employees of the University, and the University processing equipment was used. This data will also be available for inclusion in the larger com - prehensive study referred to in Chapter I, as well as any other study desired on the country of Viet-Nam. -..; . . :jie Statistics /‘ fl- no \ v =3: - I and FCC a. u- a .. n- I. -—. =- A 1750, (to be used I m _‘ lira-1e statistics .- e" . or. M" Iark, in 1964, d5 5? of data. It .: an: corputer err 36"a‘erred to late: '2!“ " be ETD) oyed .. 3‘9“) for any - .... ..3-S '. :5 a :Ev‘fmd grow :5‘ 59 Y‘equeste ‘ii'i and Standard 1 '03 betNQEn a] T ard nub $755510” '.':~" . “QC-rel K 3.15 PaftEr, EB of 'p- :‘ ear - Sgt . ‘3 21“ . ULa7n Q -94- Descriptive Statistics// Clark, in l964, developed two Frequency Column Count programs desig- nated as FCC - I and FCC - II. The former was used and has provided a great deal of data. It was also very useful in allowing checks against pro- grammed and computer errors. Also, (to be used in conjunction with various forms of correlational and variance statistics) various means and percentages were computed. These will be referred to later as the several tests used are described. Correlational Statisticsiy In the CDC MD-STAT program (Ruble, Keil, & Ball, l966) a great amount of data can be employed in one analysis. Separate analyses can be done for the total group for any number of sub-groups or partitionings of the data. For each Specified group, e.g., total, male, female, etc., a number of sta - tistics can be requested. Those used for each partitioning in this research were means and standard deviations for each variable and the matrix of simple correlations between all variables. Partial and multiple correlations are also outputs of the general mul - tiple regression model used in the CDC program at Michigan State University (Ruble, Keil & Rafter, l969). One advantage to the use of partial correlations is that a number of variables which are assumed to have some relationship to a criterion, or dependent variable, can be examined simultaneously. Often when a series of Pearsonian product-moment r's are computed between a criter- ion and a set of variables considered to be predictors of the criterion, it is possible to obtain spuriously based conclusions because predictor variables are, themselves, interrelated rather than directly predictive of the criterion. genial correlatiC' 7.1.15 predictor var' :r’aaco variable 'n‘ {no ‘ ‘3:‘-e are held c “a use of multiF 1:52) because it :a‘szfa:i';itates t" as: 'researchable' "STSn‘rg statistic 2:55: of significa "I- ... K h a . U ~ . .«e each pre h" ‘AO. --:JEE 0 the cc -95- In a partial correlation solution to the problem these relationships among the predictor variables are considered in computing the correla - tion of each variable with the criterion, i.e., the effects of all but one variable are held constant. The use of multiple regression analysis has been recommended by Ward (1962) because it "not only reduces the dangers in piecemeal research but also facilitates the investigation of broad problems never before con- sidered 'researchable' (p. 206)." The multiple correlation program yields the following statistics: (a) the beta weights of all predictor variables; (b) a test of significance for each beta weight; (c) the partial correl - ations between each predictor and the criterion; and (d) the multiple cor - relation between the combined predictors and the criterion. Analysis of Variance Statisticsl The UNEQl routine (Ruble, Kiel & Rafter, 1967) was used to calculate the one-way analysis of variance statistics. This program is designed to handle unequal frequencies occurring in the various categories. A two-way analysis of variance design for unequal n's was used to analyze group-sex interaction (Ruble, Paulson &Rafter, l966). Since the samples were not equal in size or sex ratio within groups, all F tests were based on coefficients represented by the adjusted means. The coefficients on which the adjusted means are based equalizes or accounts for the variance in the size of the group samples. For convenience of computer programming the F statistic was used for testing of all mean differences even though differences between two means are usually treated by the t statistic; results are the same for two means using either test (Edwards, l966). , i . ‘1‘ v 4:77; wry.“ l F"!..‘l .u. 7.; :fl Aw ‘I . :"flea significant 723‘s, it is not kn: teary other rean wt: ’s'es's tats have b at'earent reans (”.4 “:"32'5 is the usua’. 1’ aij.sted Teams !..:2 ‘u .50 fully a: . . ., i Fwd-1,“ ”stand-g thrEE ‘ \ :5 :f‘r ‘ s' " Lesv‘lng f" x .z' .uncan ' 5 when -"‘::a or Type ‘ -95- While a significant overall F leads to rejection of the statistical hypothesis, it is not known whether every mean is significantly different from every other mean when three or more means are involved. Several mul - tiple means tests have been proposed for determining the differences be - tween treatment means (Hiner, l962). In this research the F test for group comparisons is the usual one with the F test used to test for differences between "adjusted means" or "pairs of groups" is equal to a two-tailed t test while also fully accounting for the other experimental factors. This procedure for testing for significance among multiple means is approximate- ly equal to Duncan's Multiple Means Test (Edwards, l966; Kramer, l956) up to and including three treatment means. The procedure is somewhat more lib - eral than Duncan's when more than three means are included, thus increasing the likelihood of Type 1 error. The procedure also does not account for non-independence among the pair-of-treatment means. i The Kaiser Simplex Approximation Test In describing the Kaiser simplex test it is possible to further delin- eate basics of the Guttman facet concept. In it there are six levels of "behavior" ranging from the weakest level in which I merely indicate what I suspect OTHERS believe in a hypothetical situation, to the.strongest level in which I indicate what I actually have done when circumstances involving this situation have arisen. That is to say, the range of attitude-behavior includes what I think others MIGHT believe about OTHERS, up to what I actually DO. Structuring the entire attitude domain allows one to semantically con- struct the following 'simplex" relationship between levels of attitude-behav- realest to stronge l.(I tr about :5 fly cus 593a? v K it ; *3 structure‘ .the ”ten: .5 ”bier visua' .a.es In a “J -97- ior (weakest to strongest): l. (I think) Others think that other peOple believe thus about the .. ..(what ever the minority in question); 2. (I think) Others think that other people believe the ........ interact thusly; 3. (I think) Others think the ...... should interact thusly when ...... ; 4. I think I would interact thusly toward the ...... when ...... ; 5. I actually feel thusly toward the ...... when ...... ; 6. I actually act thusly toward the ...... when ...... . The above are the Six levels that are basic to the ABS in this and the other studies of this series on disabilities and are labelled: \1. STEREOTYPIC ........ p ............... Level 1 2. NORMATIVE ......................... Level 2 3. MORAL EVALUATION ................... Level 3 '“4. HYPOTHETICAL ...................... Level 4 5. FEELINGS .......................... Level 5 6. ACTION ............................ Level 6 It is this semantic patterning that is the crux of the Guttman facet procedure. It is also the intent of the Kaiser simplex test to ascertain if the emperical data do structure in accordance with the postulated a priori semantic structure. It is the intent of the Kaiser test (or 02 score) to present a sta - tistical and/or visual method of comparison and to present the obtained nu - merical values in a matrix; i.e., the 02 index has a range of 0.00 to 1.00. T i L..u‘*‘mv. 1 127's considered vin- lcu'puter prog' fares level mercber ezxetc generate th» :1:] also calculat- :-";':est ordering : .’2.,'::. .+ I " ”31511" IS alfiay ’i‘ 3!. git-r- .‘ . '- ... erJ‘ESlS 1:: ‘ere is one 1'0 1.1..y ssaced CO‘ '-~ :1: ‘FA ' ., ,ci‘ neither .... nor the act's we origi A levels wer -:cause lt ‘Fu - 9 indica O +' -\ IEiJe] 3 :53 n: was» -98- A computer program was developed at MSU which, (a) re-ordered the obtained level member correlations of each ABS-ND matrix by Kaiser's pro- cedure to generate the "best" empirically possible simplex approximation, and (b) also calculated the 02 score for BOTH the obtained and the empir- ically best ordering of each matrix. It must be noted, that in the final analysis, it is always the original obtained score, not the "best“ ordering, that is considered when rejection or acceptance of the 02 score is consid- ered in Hypothesis l5. There is one more theoretical aspect of the Kaiser simplex test that should be considered. At the time the Harrelson research was completed a method measuring "goodness-of-fit" was not extant. Mukherjee (l966) devised a method which appeared to measure this but it Operated on the assumption of equally spaced correlations. This assumption, unfortunately, could not be made, fOr neither the facet theory as originally outlined by Guttman (1959), nor the actual data obtained indicated that the matrices actually have equally spaced entries. The problem that confronted Mukherjee can better be envisioned by re - turning to the original theoretical definitional statements from which the final six levels were developed by Jordan. In addition this discussion is useful because it further delineates the basis for all ABS scales. Table 9 indicates this unequal spacing. In it there are three levels in which there are more than one theoretically possible definitional state - ments. Note level 3 for the most extreme example. This level has four pos - sibilities of which each contains a differing connotation, yet, only one of which was used in the final system. One can see that these actual levels cannot produce equally spaced matrices needed to base a statistical method 7.39. «Original Tr' :s'srth Corpeting L :sel was Used in -‘-3 2 c h 3 3:3l h * a K ... in 1 :1‘ U! u. ... I I I u’ t 1' n C) . , n o o in ::.‘\9 ‘..“~1 -Zch _ Cgi h 6 90‘s. ‘fi .. . ‘ ‘u‘ Q ~ ‘A ~ - Q ' s I C H ‘5 : i h ‘ - ‘ 1 f‘ 231-1 : ~ - “01 .Eq ; ... _‘ a-.J 1 . ‘5-‘fie 45 ~ ~ 7 5 ‘2 's 3“- -«Ong 81 Q 's \" ‘_‘ fl‘en‘L L“e§Q .. ‘ yS -#" "‘3'“ _99- TABLE 9. -- Original Theoretical Definitiona1 Statements Showing Several Levels with Competing Logical Statements From Which Only One Statement for Each Level was Used in the Final ABS Construction. Level Facet Profilea Table 2 No. Definitiona1 Statementc l o b o c h * alblcldlel 2 i b o c h o b o i h * a1b1¢1d261 o b m c h 3 i b o i h * a2b1¢1d261 i b m c h o b m i h o e o i h 4 i b m i h * azblczdzhl o e o c h S i e m i h * 6 i e m i-P.* 32b2C2d262 SOON 11 10 12 chers helieve gthers' Epmparisons hypothetically. lieve others' comparison hypothetically be he ers believe others' interactions hypothetically .1 9. Others helieve my Epmparisons hypothetically l_helieve hthers' interactions hypothetically I believem _y comparisons hypothetically Others believem _y_ interactions hypothetically Others experience others' interactions hypo - thetically l_he1ieve hy interactions hypothetically Others experience others' comparisons hypothe-‘ fically_ l_gxperience ny interactions (feelings) hypothe- tically 1_gxperience my interactions (overt behavior) Operationally aNote that 1etters underlined in this column are the same as 1etters under- lined in the definitional statement. bNumber of strong elements at that level. cWords in parentheses define the term interaction. *Combination actually used in the ABS. 1' :52: a ccnce 1132 various l tiverjee cor :‘:::::"ess-of-i :5 iE‘lEi WE ‘ '-' ”velar; 331353.? g 3') O‘e dang 7‘“ Sa‘iie 5 "5125.3: 1 a . . ‘J‘nd w“ . I 1'. I. A‘~| . 3 "ii: 2‘ .. 4 "-:\. . . ‘:‘-':., c..." ‘ k "a .u .: 2““ ‘ ‘U‘ t e c L 1“ c 3r " 9X: a... . ':'.~‘ ”M'C=e+ .~ _ )1.“ :‘re h|c -lOO- much uses a concept of equal spacings. There are "jumps" of varying size inthese various levels. It is these "jumps“ that spoil the precision Hut Mukherjee considered basic to his concept in attempting to formulate hhs“goodness-of-fit" score based on equally spaced correlations. This problem is still unresolved. Significance Level The .05 level was accepted as constituting significance beyond chance for both correlational and analysis of variance statistics in the present research. Setting the acceptable level of significance at this level re - ants in some danger in research of this type where there is a large var- 'htion in sample sizes as well as a large number of variables. The problem is that as sample size becomes larger, the correlation mmded to be significant to the .05 level becomes smaller. Table 10 in - cficates this clearly. Note group 3 and group 'h'; the largest and smallest groups. The average of all correlations found to be significant to the IE (to .09) level for the larger group was .150. The average of all cor - relations found within the same range for the smallest group was found to be .510. A similar comparison when using a significance level of .0005 to w is just as dramatic. Clearly, it is possible to refer to correlations as being STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT, especially as sample size increases, yet not be able to claim MEANINGEUL SIGNIFICANCE! Many of the statistically significant figures listed in this study do in fact far excede the .05 limit and one is permitted to make his own interpretations if one does not acceed to this particular limit and wishes more staringent limits. But for this study, when the statistically signif - icant figure of .05 is reached, it is assumed to be of MEANINGFUL signif - icance. n . v. flu-"K m 2 v macho mom 7 O n £0. nae. tee. nae Bnmooo. .138. 91.45. com: anewuuuuuhou mo noucaz 035 one ..QUEVGNKNE a at haiku-w A. s :3... 1:11.15: s1...:strenuouuzoufiw.nuancesims 1.2.12.5 we... I OHM .H UZHZKN! #0 WHWMQU..._. 0min sales 00 uteuuwusvnc-Whntnflnllhovso a>-0>.Lr..w:.uu Hu~kL..l~..-\ hum-......xkihaosu: 43.2.... 9......1... I'LQII—n Luann—W55.” nmnwfl'fiu'09n-LH¥F Urn-“*u VFW—shun I:MM.“VM-W)n~h:3? 33.-r LIV-r:— ‘atzn QIULU p. .ILLnuJ i.e.-.1. vL up- ..a. OH 005- allcpdcn awe. u.w mom. u.m own. u.m mom. n.m mam. n.w mwv. u.m mum. u.m mew. n.m Hm n 2 H macho mm u z x macho ma n z n @3090 Ho n z a @3090 oww. um. on. um. N.E. um. wmm. um mom. um. wHN. um. :m. um. 03. "um HH u z : gnome mm u z m @3090 mm u z m macho «OH H z o @5090 . mm - com. "um mam. "um mac. Him 03. um 35. um. mmm. um com. .1. ..m com. "um om u z v 9.6.5 mod n z m @3090 mm n z N 98.5 mm H z a 9.690 eumooo. mmuomo. eumooo. mmlomo. eumooo. mmnomo. eimoooJ mmuomo. com: mcofiumfiohuou mo mmwcmm 039 och .moz3 -mcm cm we go; o>o4 omccomam sc< on pcauscwcmwm on o» scammmuwz meonMngcoo asp .mmmmmcuc mNF gamma ...-fl mm amour-teas use 9:: Sam 2.: co 38.5 132: e: .5.- .. 332-: 88. 2% mom 0“ omc. nmCOvaFmLLOU HEMUV$WCDVM $0 WCOFmP>vU53m 03F LmUCD Ucaom mCOPHGFOLLOU QDMLQ>< ll .OP w4m

. m: u w xgmuwpwz . m mcmcummh . m mcmcomwca mcouupm_> . x mu=m>cmm __>_u . : mpcmuzom . m _mccomcwa nmcmm - N mneaesnm .eaco - w m_a_uecco “easecmsoe - a mea»o_an - e seesac new empnemeo - Fa -ll2- vow. Npo. «cm. moo. owe. mFN. Nwo. own. com. omv. oNF. m~_.u mow. mmm. mmm. P¢—.u mwo.u mop. mmo.u who.u mmfi. cap. 0 mooo. moo. mm¢. mmw. ump. mom. omw. qmo. ppo. com. Nam. m¢o. cum.n wqm. mNF. mmo. om¢. “Po. mno. Nw—. _mN. mwo.a mmo. mom. m In omo. 0mm. emu. mmo. wmo. Fwy. mpo. vow. mooo. mop. mmm. vow. Fno.u Nmo.u omo. mum.n mmp. mmm. mN—. omm. New. moo. e cmm. mwo. mpp. mmm. mooo. ¢mm. mooo. w—m. mm¢. voo.n omp. Pom. m¢o. va. emo. 59v. —No. mno.u m mom. ¢¢m. m—e. moo. Rom. mooo. «NR. mooo. mooo. opp. mom. 000.: mpo.u opm. mmm. mnm.u .omm. mmo.u mom. wnw PmN.n ooo.- N emm. omm. nme. Fem. mpm. «Ne. mmF. mme. mmm. mmm. mom. uvo.- «mo. Now. o_o.- mom. mmo. amp. mmo. wee. ¢NN.- mmo.- F P x n e e a c a e m N _ amazocw .Am 1 F mmpnmwcm>v mpm>mp pcmpcou mm< m on» sue: Amfi opamwcm>v sowowmcm do moceuwmwcmwm new mcowmeOLLou ._ - I .. .Fp m4mvuwmoa use AN_ 1 F mwpnm_cw>v mm< mg» mo mpm>mp xuwmcwucH cco ucmu - coo sue: Amm apno_cm>v mannedxm Lo azaoz< mo mpm>mF mucnuwwwcawm van mco_uo~wssou .mux -- .N— m;mwm we ~o>op _o. we» can» ucmuwwwcmwm ages can o_nmu m>onm ecu cw m.m mpawupse cmmcme ms» mo meow .m_m>op Po. use mo. map No mpco mmzpm> nouw>ocq mmpaou ouceuwewcmwmo _o. mm. _o. Np. Po. N_. _o. «P. —o. mm. Po. mo. em mPaea_sz xcoz moo. .PP. mom. eoo.- amp. Nmo. Nmm. moo. OOF. meo. now. _No. Ammv we moronu crew mace. emp. moo. mmo.- mooo. on”.- moo. mmo.- mooo. mm~.- ON_. wOo.- Ammv acepmcox moeeuwo>q wme. moo.- mum. mOa.- Fem. “No. New. goo . mmm. mmo. new. _No.- Ammv Lee oecmcu moao. _mm. mmm. ova. mpo. mmo. NFC. mun. moon. mme. 0mm. MOO. Ammv ecaoeq a: 2: a: E a: E mom n z _ _o. me. Po. ON. _o. om. Po. _m. Po. NN. Po. m_. a mpgwpezz 7 oi.unuonuouuunnuunnunuuun lllll ..nununuuunnnuunuiuuuuunuzuuuuunuuuuno:..u..-nonuuuuuuo:uuuouuuuooouioaouuo 1H moo. mmo. mNP. meo.- _mm. omo. mmo. mma. «NF. «mo. Oem. Nooo.- xcoz Ammv do muwocu mooo. ONN. mooo. NNN. mooo. oom.- mooo. omm.- mooo. mo_.- Foo. mFF. seem Ammv acmumcoz Ono. mmo.- mmm. N00,- «so. mo”. «Po. Owe. mam. mmo. moo. mmo.- mocmuwo>< Aomv com mucmcu mama. OOH. awe. um.- mooo. _NF. mooo. mm_. mooo. mmp. New. m_o.- Ammv Nanoe< TIWWmm c .m.n .~-:.i;-;wwmw c .mwm c .owm c :2 :.mem c a: E E E E . -13 coe>ccwm :Owueapm>m coruo< OONFOOO Pmuwumzuoqxx _mcoz ezoz uwaxuomcmum mm_nOch> _mcomcme pacemcma Pecomnma recomcma _Oumwuom pmumeuom acmvcoaoocH .vmpnmmwu-sm3 :u_3 pumucou use ozumm< cmwzpvm mcowumpmsgou Pcmucmm new mpnwupzz .m u I an .MP m4m -118- (i.e., payment, favors) from the contact; and where there were other con- tact possibilities available (i.e., the contact was not forced). Relatigg_Attitudes and Re1igiosity H — 6; Persons who score high on stated importance of religion will score low on positive attitudes toward the war—disabled. Table 14 (variable 20) contains 7 significant correlations with five of them falling in the four basic groups. Of these five, four of them are in Group 3 (teachers) and level 1 and 6 are negative. Of the 65 non-Sig - nificant scores, 26 are negative correlations. However, of the 26 negative correlations on all levels, seven are on level 6 alone. Or, stated dif - ferently, of the 12 possible level 6 scores, seven are negative, and one of these reaches the .01 level of significance. Under such circumstances, while it can not be said that Hypothesis 6 is clearly supported, it is not totally rejected. Table 14 indicates that Hypothesis 6 is supported significantly on levels 1, 3, 4, and 6 for the teachers group. H - 7; Persons who score high on stated adherance to religion, will score low on positive attitudes toward the war-dis- abled. One could postulate a relationship between the independent variables of H - 6(variable 20) and H - 7(variable 30): i.e., one who considers his religion "very important" might be expected to observe these religious duties and have a positive outlook toward all people, at least as his feel- ings, understandings, and actions are concerned toward the war-disabled. cowuepaaoa Pecmcownp mmmxopaem z>uoH-x mucm>cmm —O>wu-; mucmuapmum mcmxcoz comumumpwnmgmmuN mpcmuswm mpazumcu z>-n mpmwuwmdo newscco>owum mcmzopa5mue NPOEON new emeammwcupe mum. MNc. mow. . pmp. mww. mpN. mop. VNm. Pom. mpo. pom. mam. moo. pup. mN—.u mwp.u meo. Nap. mmp. NNo.u m-.u nwp.u omp. mmo.- m oNN. omm. mom. FmN. mam. wmm. «we. pm“. NNF. —mo. Nmo. ¢F_.- NON.I mo—. mmP.u Foo.u use. #mo. Fmo.n mmp. wep.n _mm.u m Nmo. mum. pmm. moo. v mNF. mom. o¢m. mom. meo. mam. mop. Pom. Pom. meg. ¢m~.u mmo.u opo. Fem. Fmo. ¢wp. meo. mmo. «Fm. moN. oNP.u opp. m wep. mmm. mcm. NN¢. mwN. NFN. New. mum. NmN. Nmp. moo. mwo.u ¢o—. mwo. mop. wmo. Nwo. wpp. ~119- mmr. «Nu. ooo.P mom. ch. mum. mow. mmn. mum. mmp. Fee. FOF. mm—.u one.. 000. moo. va. opp. mpo. emo.u mmo. cop. Nep. mmp. N ewe. MMN. mow. oem. «em. ONO. omN. _Nw. m-o. mNN. mmN. NNo.- ¢N0.- moo. mmo. mwp.- «mo. mop. wpo.- Nm—.- wmo. mmo. F P x h w c m w m e m N P mmaaocw .vmpnmmwu-sm3 any usezop mmvauwup< m>wuwmom cow Am . F mmFaOOcm>v mm< one mo mpm>m4 Neoucou m asp sue; AON mpnmvge>v onanmm mo mozeamomzu cow mpm>m4 mueeuww_cmem new m:o_pnpmccoo .m - I .. .OF NOm-oH - x maco>com Fw>wu . ; mucooaum . o mcoxcoz cowpopwwwnozmm . mucooaum denounce z> . n OFOwowwwo newscco>oo . m mcmzopoem - e apwEow oco ompoomwa - Po _No. mow. pom. _mN. NNN. wem. mmo. omN. Nmm. oPN. mew. meo.- pmm. mwo.- Oe_.- mmN.- eNP.- Ow—.- NNP.- meo.- mmN.- meo. o eNF. Noo. wee. me. mNN. ONN. eNo. ONN. em—. eoe. mam. omp.- mom. wow. ONo.- Pom. omo.- omN. NNo.- wa. moo.- mmo. m mom. Owe. m—N. mFF. NNF. e_N. mmp. eon. Opm. omo. me_.- Noo.- NON. NN—.- omo. mow. NNF. moo. e meo. moN. Fno. —mm. No_. mFN. oom. men. opp. Noo. Foo. Pme. meo. mmN. FFF.u Nmo. ese. mop. moo. omo. cup. oe—. emo. mmo. m eoo. NNm. Now. N—o. —oN. oeF. emm. Fmo. FNF. oNN. New. me.u oeo. omo. moo. omm. PoF. Noo. eeo. FN—. moN. weo.u N oFm. eom. com. com. moo. Ppo.u meo. moo. mop. omo. F moo. mom. moo. owe. NoN. oem. Nm—.n mFN. NPN. wmp. _ O. .O .. O O c O e O N P E3 amazoco Aolp .co>v mm< on» wo mpo>m4 peopcou m me» new: oopnomwoucoz on“ ocmzow moospwpu< cow Aom opoowce>v moansmmmmo mooaounwm cow mpo>m4 oucoowwwcmwm use mcowpopoccoo .N - z -- .mp mnmm< nsaullauLu I'lll I..." allflu‘llalll! ii i i l 4'13"“ 11...}; III“; Hill“ Ii i . 1 14.1.1 I. .l- O VII "line“ I: o . .. . i . C 51F. ' u .. ".1! l l. Iulilllll . i I i ll I’ll! ill i. I . | I n RAVI. - uabfw>v Jln-< tut-1.4 hav .0-ev\lh|i .- lb .bfivt-hnv.i ah «has. QQCQE hunt-Afllan..‘~ new). anus. by h0.\ro.-§ I.s|~.-§ \ u \v\ .llih A at... Il-¢I:..bl1>¥ \I\‘I\.\v.. 1.-\I\ .\.a u.1~.!a uhisa. b.1- n.. ..... u cl noun. u. \nnasun . ...... ,..a..~ av.|.i . ... - lllii Lilli O .. cowuopzooo Pocmcoo-4 mmmzowoeo z>uoH-¥ Ouco>com Nw>wuuz mucoospm-m mcoxcoz cowumuwpwooemmuN Oucooopm mpeaoocw z>uo Opowowwwo u:mEeco>oo-o mcozo_oeu-e ONOEOw one oopoomwoupo ONm. mop. Foo. ONO. mom. ONm. mooo. Ono. me.- moe. mme.- wNo.- woo. woo. Noe.- emm.- O Now. Pow. mum. eNN. ewe. —mm. oem. o—o. mus. mooo. mom. mme. Nmo.u emo.u Neo. moF.- mPN.u mNo.n mmo.u omo.u Nmo. Nmm.u No_.u omo.n m omm. mom. Noe. Now. woe. eoo. moo. omw. mom. Pom. mom. m_o. ooo.: _w_. w—o.u oON.n mmo.u mop. ONo. moo.u moo. Foo.n e -l22- Fem. mom. mmo. MNe. mum. mom. mom. mo_. mmm. mooo. “no. mpm. meo.u mNo. mom. oOF. mN~.u _oo. moo.u mmp. —N0.u epm. mmm.u woo. m ope. mum. ope. ooN. mow. New. Nun. epw. —en. mooo. oow. mmo. mow. ——N. mm_.u _mo. mNo.u mmo. mNo.u nmo. Poe. mpo.u N OO_. ONO. O_N. MOO. OOc. NOO. NAN. ON_. OOOO. OOe. OO_.- OOP. OOO.- ONO. OOO.- OOO.- Pe_.- OON. OOe.- ee_.- _ N c O O O O O O O O N N _OsOO omosoco .NO-F .cOOO OOO OOO we ONO>OO OOOOOOO O OOO ONO; OOFOOOeO-cO3 OOO OcOzoc OOOOOOOOO L0,... AFN wpnmwgm>v ZONESUDQQ .mO BZDOZ‘N $0.... m_.w>m.._ mucmuwwwcmwm flcm mcowumpwggou .w I I ...I .m— m4m<.—. a N” I! .A‘ ~. . h x n -. . s ‘O b - - v!- a I -123- H - 9: Age will be positively related to favorable atti - tudes toward the war-disabled. Hypothesis 9 (variable 16) was not supported. Table 17 shows that again group 3 (teachers) had the most significant correlations, and again, half of these were negative correlations, only this time on levels 2 and 3. Overall there were 17 significant correlations of which five were negative. Of the 51 non-significant scores, 19 were negative. Only four of the 12 level 6 correlations were significant and half of these were negative. There was no apparent overall patterning to either the signif- icant correlations or the negative correlations other than those for the teachers group. H - 10; Women will score higher on positive attitudes toward the war—disab1ed than will men. Hypothesis 10 was rejected. In the total group (see Table 18, which gives mean scores for this Hypothesis) only at level 2 (variable 2) did the females score higher than the males and then by a mere .53. Level 1, Content, and levels 5 and 6 of Intensity (variables 1, 11, and 12) were the only levels that were NOT significant (other than level 2 Content a - bove) to the .05 level, with the MEN §£fl§Z§_SCORING HIGHER than the women. There were a number of groups that had 'none' to only a few women in them. However, groups 2 and 3 of the original basic four, and L1 of the additional groups did have enough female subjects that it seemed interest- ing to examine comparisons between these three groups. Again, note that 1Because of difficulties caused by the type system of the particular type- writer used which uses the same symbol for a one (1) as it does for an e11 (1), when there is chance of confusion, the e11 will be capitalized "L". .....s.)... .. .n... I. O. -.. a.) I. C I I tel. OI. . In .. .. I ‘II‘fi cowuopoooo Nococoo-— momaoNoeo z>uoo-x Opco>coO _w>woun mocmooumuo mcoxcoz cowuouwpwoosomuN mucoooum monsooco z>un mpowowwwo ucoEcco>oo-O mcmzoNoeoue Opwsow one oopoomwoupo Noo. OoN. oNo. eNo. owe. Ooo. OON. Nom. ooO. NoN. ooN. ONN. NNN. Noo.- NNN. emm.- OeN. Now. NNo.- oo_. o eNo. ONO. Noo. eoo. eon. eNN. oNo. oOm. ooo. moo. ooN.- oeN.- Neo.- oOe.- oeo. NoN.- oNo.- oOo. NoN. ooo. o mOo. oom. woe. NON. NNe. ooo. emo. NNo. oNo. NoN. moo. ONN. ONN. eON. ooN. NeN.- oeN. ooo.- ooo.- NNo. oeo. ooN.- ooo. NON. e m_ A. eoo. NNe. eNO. Noo. mmo. ooo. NNo. mom. oOe. NNo. mom. ooN. ooo.- oNN. ooo. Noo. NNo. ONo.- oNo. NOo. m Nom. omo. NON. oOo. moO. ooo. ONO. Noo. oNo. Noe. NNN.- Noe. emo. oNo. NNo. Nmm. Neo.- Ooo. NeN. NNo. N ooN. oNO. men. emo. ooo. oNN. oooo. mem. owe. ooO. ooN. Neo.- Noo.- ooo. Noo. ONo.- Now. ope.- ooN. moo. eoo. NON.- N N O. .O .N e O c O O O N N o>o Omoooco _ o .No - N OONOONcO>V mo< mop wo ONO>OO Neoucoo o mop new: ooNoomwo-cOz on» ocOzow OOOONNNN< cow NoN ONOOch>v mow cow ONO>OO mocoowwwcowm oco meowpopoccoo .O - I -- .NN ooo .1 .1.(\v \ I“I\:J.\ . .\ ‘ . Iv-h-v \si 1‘. ‘ P‘“ nutcal\Ia I stain tutu! not. -l25- .NOOOO OOO cONO OOO. NO.NO OO.OO NON. OO.OO ON.OO ONN. NO.NO O0.00 OOO. O0.0N NO.OO OO.OO OOO NN NON. ON.OO NO.OO OOO. ON OO OO.OO ONN. ON.OO NO.OO NNN. ON.O NO.OO OO.OO NOON NN OOO. OO.NO NO.OO ONO. ON.OO NO.OO OON. ONNO OO.OO e NO.O OO.OO. NN.NO 2:: ON NNN. NO.OO OO.OO NON. OO.NO OO.OO NOO. OO.OO OO.OO 6 ON OO.OO ON.OO NOcONNO NON. OO.OO NO.OO ONO. ON.OO NN.OO ONO. OO.OO NO.OO @ OOO OO.OO OO.NO EOZO OOO. NN.OO NN.OO ONO. OO.OO OO.OO NOO. OO.OO OO.OO @ OO.N 5.8 5.3 OOcOOON OOO. NO.OO OO.OO NOO. NO.OO OO.NO OOO. NO.OO NO.NO @ OO.O OO.OO NN.OO OO.NOOOO NNN. OO.NO OO.OO ONO. OO.OO ON.OO OON. OO.OO OO.NO OON. NO.O NO.NO OO.NO NOOO O NNO. NO.OO NN.NO OON. NN.NO NO.OO OOO. NO.OO ONNO @ OO.O NN.OO OO.NO OOO.: NNO. OO.OO ON.OO NNO. OO.NO OO.OO NOO. ON.NO OO.NO Anfluv OO.O NN.OO NN.OO NOcOz O OON. NO.OO OO.OO OOO. NO.NO OO.NO NOO. ON.OO OO.OO OON. OO.O OO.NO NO.NO scoz N NNO. OO.OO OO.OO ONO. OO.OO NO.NO OOO. OO.OO OO.OO NOO. N0.0 N0.00 NN.OO OOcOOO N .ONO .EOc ONO: .ONO .eOc ONO: .OOO .eOO ONO: .ONO ON .EOO z ONO: ONOON OOuz N OOOcO OONuz O asoco NNuz N OOOOO NNN u z NOOON - cO> .NO . N Ompoowco> .mmqmzmm oco none: coozuoo mococowwwo wo mocoowwwcowm oco mono: .op-: an .op oomwO OO NO>ON No. on» coop ucooOchOOm ocoe oco opoou m>ooo mop :N O.x ONoOuNoe coocop mop wo meow .ONo>oN No. one oo. mg“ no ONco OOONO> oooO>oco moNoou mocoowwOeOOmO No. op. Po. mp. Po. pp. po. op. Fo. mp. No. op. mm mpowupoz No . :oOpONO:O N NONO OOO: Focucoo NONO OOONO . chcoom ooo. oOo.- oOo. Ooo. omp. Noo. woe. ONo. emo. eNo. ooO. Noo. AONV upwno NNNO NNNO NONO NOO NOO NNO Noo. PNo. Noo. FOP. eNo. Ono. mooo. mmp. poo. FNF. eoo. _No. oOo. mom. ooo.- NNN. o_o. mom. ooo.: oOo. Noo.: Noo. NF—.u NO. ON. NO. ON. NO. ON. NO. ON. NO. NN. NO. OO. OOO . z O ONONONOz coprNNco NNo. NNo.: mom. moo. mNo. who. mooo. om—. Nmo. Nno. Fem. Feo.n Ava u gum: OON. OOO. OOO. OON. NON. OOO.- OON. OOO.- OON. ONO. OOO. OOO. NOOOOOO NONO OOcNO . .- . .- . . . . . . . . ocecomm Noo ooN oooo NON oNo oOo Noo NNO oNN moo woo eoo . . NONO ONOOO .me c .me c .OOO c .ONO c .OOO c .OOO c NOV NOV NOV OOO NNN .ONO cow>ogoo cowpoopo>o cowpo< ocONmmo Foowpmsoooxz Nocoz Ecoz owoxaoocoum mopooOco> Nocomcoo Noeomcoo Nocomcoa Nocomcoo Nouowoom NOOoOoom acoocmowocfi OOON .OOOO OOOOOO OOOOON OONNOOO OOO OO-OOO OOOONOO OOONOONOOOOO NONOOON OOO ONONONOz .NN-O -- .ON OOOON. n! -128- but the correlations are often very small. Support for this hypothesis should be considered positive, but weak (Table 19). Since the FEELING TOWARD CHANCE section of the ABS is constructed of attitudes toward CHILD REARINC, BIRTH CONTROL, and MECHANIZATION,some of the correlations between these individual questions (see Table 19) and atti- tudes toward the disabled may be more meaningful than the hypothesis sup - ported above. It is clear there is little similarity between beliefs in these three areas and attitudes toward the disabled. It can probably be assumed that people's belief in these three areas are not unified. Relating Attitudes togpjnions of Educational Planning_and Aid H - 12; Agreement with government aid to education will be positively related to favorable attitudes to - ward the war-disab1ed. There is a pattern emerging as the hypotheses are supported (even though mildly) or rejected (equally mildly). While Chapter VI is the pro- per place to discuss this fully, nevertheless it should be noted that the pattern emerging stresses the agreement or disagreement with various hypo - theses as a function of groUp differences rather than an across-board dif- ference between ABS levels. Again, in Tables 20 (variable 27) and 21 (variable 28), it is the teachers who are different even if there does appear to be a conglomeration of negative and positive correlations (albeit, it is true that in both Ta - bles it is the lst, 5th, and 6th levels that are negative). ‘Table 16 does include two other groUps with significant values, and it is interesting to note that the family (group 1) produce negative correla - Otto -129- cowuopoooo —Ocmcoo-O mooaoposm z>aoNux Ouco>com NO>Ooug mnemoopmuo Ocmxcoz cowuouwpwoocomuN Oucmoopm muooooco z>-n mpowowwwo newscco>ooao Ocoxopoeote ONO5ow oco oopoomwo-No eoo. NOO. OON. NNO. ONN. mom. oooo. NON. Noo. omN. Nom. Noo.- Noo. Nmm. eoo. NNN. NNN.- NOO. eNo.- oNo. Noo.- oo_.- o ONN. mom. oOm. ooo. NNO. ONO. ooo. eNe. NON. oON. Foo. moN.- OON.- ONN. emN. OON.- ONO. Noo. ONo. oNN.- NNN.- ONN.- o ONe. ome. ooo. mom. mop. Ono. o—O. Noo. oom. Noo. NeN. moo. ooF. onp. ooo.- Noe. ooo.: Npo. ooo. moF. eeN. «NN. e oeN. oNP. Noe. oNo. oeo. mow. NNo. NON. mooo. mNm. ONO. PNm. Pop. moo. NNO.: Nmo. NNo.: Opp. NNN. NNO. m eoo. mFN. eop. mNN. One. mom. mop. moo. omN. pup. oON.n moN. emm. mop. ONN. ooo. oep. eoo.u NMF. PoN. N moo. Nme. one. ooo. Noo. OOO. opp. omN. Foo. FNo. eNN. mom. ooo. eoN. eop.- ooo. ooe.- ooo. NNN. ooN.u eNo. ooN.- oON. ooo. O N m: .N. .N _N O .N O O N N mmoooco apnoPco> .Aonp .co>v mm< mcu wo m~m>m4 acoucoo o osu our: oopoomwoucoz one ocozow monouwup< cow RON opooeco>o deconunmxwfi dozenseuonm cow mpo>oo oocooOchOOm oco mcowuopoccoo .NO.: .1 .ON ooo-o~ux Ouco>com Op>woun Oueooopo-o mcoxcoz corpopwpwnocomuN Opcooouo ouooooco z>-n m—Owowwwo pcoEcco>oono Oco»o_oeo-e waEow oco oopoomwo-po ooo. eeN. eNO. ooN. mop. ooo. eNm. OON. ooo. Noo. Neo. ooo.- ooN.- NoN. ooo. NOO.- ooo. oop.- o ooe. ONN. OON. Non. ooo. on. ooN. NON. oFN. oNo. Noo. ONo.- oNo.- on. oON.- ooN. NoN. oop. ONN. oOo.- OON.- Noo.- o moo. NNe. oeo. ooO. NNN. OoN. Noo. ooN. moo. eoN. NNO. oNo.- ooN.- oNN. ooo.- moe. NoN. ooo.- ONo. OON. ooo. Ne_.- e ooo. emo. Foe. oeo. mom. mme. moo. oNo. NOO. mNF. emo. OON. oeo. ooo. ONO. oNo.: eoN.u mo_.u oNo. oeo.: ooo.: oNF. poo. oN_.- o “T30- ONo. mum. ONN. omp. mom. mom. eNo. eNN. mom. oeo. moo. Noo. mop.- ooo.- ooo. ooF. ooN. Neo.- NNN. Nop.- Noo. Oop. NOo. oo_.- N moe. OoN. ooo. eNO. oNP. emu. NoO. oNo. eom. PeN. Neo. ONo.- ONo. oeN. Npo.u moe.n ooo.- Noo. oeN. ONo.- oNN. oeo. N N O. .O .N N. O c O O O N N Omoooco mpoowco> Ill No - N OONOONcO>O mm< mzu wo m~m>m4 pcmucoo o oz“ saw: oopnomwoucoz 0:» ucozoh mmooawpu< cow AoN apnowco>v udmazuu 1 makes Rezonsmuonh cow mpo>oo mocoopwvcowm too mcowuopoccoo .NOII nu .ON o4ouoNlx ONOO>cOO NN>Nous Oucoooum-o Ocoxcoz coNuONNNNOO;OO-N Oucmooum opooooco z>-n ONONonwo oooEcco>oolo OcmOoNo2ole ONNeOw oco ooNOOONouNO NNo. mNo. Non. OON. NeN. NoN. oooo. NNO. ooN. oom. oNN.- Ooo.- eoN. Noo.- oNN. OON.- ooo. oeN. o OmO. moo. oNN. meo. NOo. oNo. ooo. ONo. eoN. oNO. ooo. eoo. oom.- ONo. ooe.- Noo. ooN.- ooN. oOo. oNo.- o OON. ooo. mNm. ooN. Omo. ONN. NNN. oOo. Oooo. ONO. oom. mmo. oNN. oNN.- ooe. ooN.- oeo. Ooo.- ooN.- oOm. NNN.- ooN. e eOo. omo. OOO. ooo. NNo. eNN. NNO. oNO. oNN. oooo. eoe. NoN. oNN. oeo.- OON.- NNo. ooN. NoN.- NNo. ooo.- oNN.- Noo. oeN. Ooo.- m ooo. oNN. NNo. Ooo. Noe. eom. oeo. NNO. ONo. oom. OON. Neo. OON.- oee. ooo.- eON. ooN.- ooo.- ooo.- oNo.- ooo.- NNo.- N eoo. NNo. oeN. ONo. oNo. moo. oeN. omo. NNO. eON.- ooo.- oON.- oNN. OON.- Noo. eNN.- NOo.- ooo. N N x _ o N n O w o e m N N ONOONcO> omoooco .No u N .co> v oo< on» wo ONo>oo ucoocoo o mop :NNz ooNoomNoucoz one ocozoh monouNu lo< cow NON ONOONco>V ozuzzwqm qezoaemuonm cow ONo>oo mocoonNcONo oco mcoNNoNoccoo.oN-: u- .NN ooo Group 2 > Group 3 > Group 4. This hypothesis is of less importance to the Viet-Nam study than it is to the cross-cultural series aSpect of the ABS. Here it is also espec- ially important to note the fundemental differences between a SIGNIFICANT difference and a MEANINGFUL difference, again. It is one thing to find, as in level 5 of the Intensity scores (vari- able ll), that group 4 > group 1 > group 3 > group 2, (Table 23), but when one notes that the average mean scores are as follows; 49.93 > 48.91 > 48.5Cl> 48.04, one can immediately surmise there is no statistical signif - *v i fif v7 v f 1Itmust be recalled that in group 4 (employers), of 80 persons, 58 are numnbers of the entire group called 'g', government officials. These are ‘not included in the totals twice. —‘ 434- TABLE 23. -- H - 14. Comparison of Means of the Four Basic Study Groups and the Viet-Cong group. Projected Tank Order Variable 2 > 1 > 3 > 4 Workers (28)T Family (91) Teachers (163) Employers (80) VC (23) 1 3 l 2 4 43.45 > 39.99 > 39.86 > 39.54 41.37 2 4 2 l 3 43.52 > 42.39 > 41.57 > 37.34 44.53 3 4 2 1 3 49.16 > 49.11 > 47.18 > 42.32 49.50 4 2 4 l 3 53.07 > 51.04 > 50.13 > 42.32 50.76 5 3 1 2 4 47.32 > 42.04 > 41.63 > 41.47 45.19 6 2 3 1 4 45.38 > 45.15 > 41.29 > 35.46 44.19 7 3 4 2 1 48.24 > 47.50 > 46.70 > 45.85 55.73 8 4 2 l 3 47.57 > 46.83 > 44.63 > 37.29 54.97 9 4 2 1 3 50.60 > 49.08 > 47.15 > 46.28 57.54 10 2 4 1 3 50.85 > 50.61 > 48.51 > 46.44 56.07 11 4 1 3 2 49.93 > 48.91 > 48.50 > 48.04 57.27 12 2 1 3 4 55.29 > 53.04 > 46.19 > 41.08 64.08 v". I ..~ ‘1- no. 9. .. a ‘e ‘I. . 1 A o .1 A . w. ‘1 s .. n . n I\ . ‘- .u . F. N o -l35- icance to these differences. It is another situation however to note le- vel 6 of the Intensity score (variable 12) and see the following pattern - ing: 55.29 > 53.04 > 46.19 > 41.08 where one can project that on the In - tensity scores for the ACTION level, the hypothesis is verified. Obvious- ly the workers ARE more positive than the family members who ARE more pos- itive than the teachers who are also MORE positive than the employer-man - agers....at least as far as Intensity is concerned. In the attitude Content Section, on the action level (variable 6) the hypothesis was nearly verified. The workers do score highest, although al- most the same as the teachers. The teachers are higher than the family, all of whom are significantly higher than the employer-managers. Perhaps the most noteworthy item here (Table 23) is the tendency for the teachers to score close to the family and workers who would be presumed to be the most positive in their attitudes toward the war-disabled. Just for interest and contrast a fifth group was added to Table 23, the one that is most distinctive in many tables of this study; i.e., the Viet-Cong. Relating_Attitudes and Multidimensionality H - 15; The ABS-WD-VN scale levels or attitude sub-universes will form a Guttman simplex for each of the 12 Viet- namese groups. Hypothesis 15 was tested by plotting the scale level intercorrelation matrices for each sample and subjecting these matrices to Kaiser's (1962) simplex approximation test described in Chapter IV. This test gives a sin- gle score termed the Q2 for matrices actually obtained from the data and then rearranges these matrices in a best simplex order for which a second 24 ties on .. . pie-0‘ a] ....n; a “3.30 ' ulux ‘1‘»: a. i ”it'll FJD; a 1'1: i‘ Mi 0 ..l -l36- TABLE 24. -- H-15. Kaiser's 02 for Obtained and Empirically Ordered Mat- rices on 6 Level ABS-WD-VN Scores for Vietnamese Samples. Group 1 - Disabled and Family 1 --_ Original 2 0.4104 --- N = 91 Simplex 3 0.2741 0.4386 --- Matrix 4 0.1024 0.2295 0.4241 --- 02 = .8838 5 0.2659 0.5049 0.3054 0.2887 --- 6 0.1179 0.1644 0.3595 0.4834 0.3472 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.4104 --- Simplex 3 0.2659 0.5049 --- Matrix 4 0.2741 0.4386 0.3054 --- 02 = .9530 5 0.1024 0.2295 0.2887 0.4241 --- 6 0.1179 0.1644 0.3472 0.3595 0.4834 --- Group 2 - Rehabilitation Workers 1 --_ Original 2 0.3632 --- N = 28 Simplex 3 0.3274 0.5788 --- 2 Matrix 4 0.4008 0.1875 0.2322 --- Q = .8172 5 0.1122 0.0466 0.2820 0.2802 --- 6 0.3512 0.1440 0.2799 0.2790 0.2660 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.5788 --- Simplex 3 0.3632 0.3274 —-- 2 Matrix 4 0.1875 0.2322 0.4008 --- Q = .9170 5 0.1440 0.2799 0.3512 0.2790 --- 6 0.0466 0.2820 0.1122 0.2802 0.2660 --- Group 3 - Teachers 1 --- Original 2 0.0594 --- N = 162 Simplex 3 0.2809 0.3450 --- 2 Matrix 4 0.2189 0.3437 0.5911 --- Q = .6607 5 0.3600 0.2655 0.2822 0.1642 --- 6 0.4152 0.3408 0.2553 0.2488 0.5933 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.2189 --- Simplex 3 0.2809 0.59ll --- 2 Matrix 4 0.4152 0.2488 0.2553 --- Q = .8293 5 0.3600 0.1642 0.2822 0.5933 --- 6 0.0594 0.3437 0.3450 0.3408 0.2655 --- 'i' .. ”v; W C 0 " OYO‘J F" Ir 'b' TABLE 24. Continued. -137- l --- Group 4 - Employers Original 2 0.3626 --- Simplex 3 -0.l432 0.5044 --- N = 80 Matrix 4 0.3356 0.3235 0.4876 --- 2 5 0.0695 0.3931 0.2610 0.2751 --- Q = .7817 6 0.2556 0.3030 0.0267 0.1085 0.1819 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.4876 --- Simplex 3 0.1432 0.3356 --- Matrix 4 0.5044 0.3235 0.3626 --- 2 5 0.2610 0.2751 0.0695 0.3931 --- Q = .8395 - 6 0.0267 0.1085 0.2556 0.3030 0.1819 --- l --- Group e - Students Original 2 0.1150 --- Simplex 3 0.0966 0.4951 --- N = 104 Matrix 4 0.1968 0.4282 0.4315 --- 2 5 0.2725 0.1553 0.1477 0.5692 --- 0 = .8587 6 0.0058 0.2687 0.1875 0.4217 0.3157 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.0966 --- Simplex 3 0.1150 0.4951 --- Matrix 4 0.1968 0.4315 0.4282 --- 5 0.2725 0.1477 0.1553 0.5692 --- 02 = .8606 6 0.0058 0.1875 0.2687 0.4217 0.3157 --- 1 --- Group f - Military Original 2 0.0583 --- Simplex 3 0.0241 0.5332 —-- N = 78 Matrix 4 0.0101 0.3912 0.4824 --- 2 5 0.1271 0.0432 0.0281 0.1026 --- Q = .6743 6 0.0746 0.5553 0.2603 0.0962 0.0231 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.0746 --- Simp1ex 3 0.0583 0.5553 --- Matrix 4 0.0241 0.2603 0.5332 --- 2 5 0.0101 0.0962 0.3912 0.4824 --- Q = .8581 6 0.1271 0.0231 0.0432 0.0281 0.1026 --- H _—“~ , . mum Ix. .vk ll .11 n .b ,v «75 Or. 0 v o‘v ‘15 ..u or.» ... . 4.1: s- a .111 7.14 p. h r . . O. o O i .l «A. 1 I. I 4’ 0 1 \. I’lv ‘ I. '\~ $. o v on» .- ... ‘ I 1 ' TABLE 24. --Continued. ===——_—-=— -l38- " a — -. Group 9 - Government Officials 1 --- Original 2 0.3603 --- N = 58 Simplex 3 0.0741 0.4239 --- 2 Matrix 4 0.4262 0.1962 0.2548 --- Q = .6708 5 0.1466 0.1610 0.0675 0.0467 --- 6 0.3388 0.4440 0.0859 0.0326 0.2127 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.2548 --- Simp1ex 3 0.1962 0.3239 --- 2 Matrix 4 0.4262 0.0741 0.3603 --- 0 = .9077 5 0.0326 0.0859 0.4440 0.3388 --- 6 0.0467 0.0675 0.1610 0.1466 0.2127 --- 1 Group h - Civil Servants Original 2 0.1711 --- N = 11 Simplex 3 0.3553 0.0188 --- Matrix 4 0.2030 0 4317 0.4783 --- 02 = .6722 5 0.4832 0.2237 0.2528 0.1088 --- 6 0.0923 0.0872 0.0993 0.3896 0.2000 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.4317 --- Simplex 3 0.1711 0.2023 --- 2 Matrix 4 0.2237 0.1088 0.4832 --- Q = .7805 5 0.0188 0.4783 0.3553 0.2528 --- 6 0.0872 0.3896 0.0923 0.2000 0.0993 --- Group i - US - VN Employees 1 --_ Original 2 0.1090 --- N = 61 Simplex 3 0.0615 0.4788 --- Matrix 4 0.2187 0.3484 0.3477 --- 5 0.0983 0.4055 0.3196 0.2703 --- 02 = .8224 6 0.2187 0.2188 0.1211 0.3011 0.4520 --- 1 --_ Best 2 0.2187 --- Simplex 3 0.0615 0.3477 --- 2 Matrix 4 0.1090 0.3484 0.4788 --- Q = .8499 5 0.0983 0.2703 0.3196 0.4055 --- 6 0.2187 0.3011 0.1211 0.2188 0.4520 --- W- ~ ~-\~,..u-:ui “A- \x... c a .. TABLE 24. -- Continued. m -139- Group j - VN Graduate Students 1 --_ Original 2 0.3401 --- Simp1ex 3 0.1136 0.1365 --- N 15 Matrix 4 0.0705 0.1226 0.5565 --- - 2 5 0.1992 0.1443 0.5813 0.1856 --- Q = .7579 6 0.2206 0.1720 0.1734 0.0785 0.0570 --- 1 --_ Best 2 0.3401 --- Simp1ex 3 0.1992 0.1443 --- Matrix 4 0.1136 0.1365 0.5813 --- 5 0.0775 0.1225 0.1856 0.5565 --- 02 = .8092 6 0.2206 0.1720 0.0570 0.1734 0.0785 --- 1 Group k - Viet—Cong Prisoners Original 2 0.6576 --- N = 23 Simp1ex 3 0.3829 0.5772 --- Matrix 4 0.4538 0.7180 0.5632 --- 2 5 0.5898 0.1622 0.1919 0.1054 --- Q = .8813 6 0.0662 0.0071 0.0760 0.1350 0.2693 --- 1 --- Best 2 0.7180 --- Simplex 3 0.5772 0.5632 --- Matrix 4 0.6576 0.4538 0.3829 --- 5 0.1522 0.1054 0.1919 0.5898 --- 02 = .9151 6 0.0071 0.1350 0.0760 0.0662 0.2693 --- Group 1 - Genera1 Population 1 --- Original 2 0.3396 --- N = 91 Simp1ex 3 0.0417 0.1005 --- Matrix 4 0.2324 0.2085 0.2892 --- 2 5 0.1062 0.2014 0.0379 0.0251 --- Q = .7273 6 0.0857 0.0432 0.0069 0.2395 0.0353 --- 1 --_ Best 2 0.2892 --- Simp1ex 3 0.1005 0.2085 --- Matrix 4 0.0417 0.2324 0.3396 --- 2 5 0.0379 0.0251 0.2014 0.1062 --- Q = .8723 6 0.0069 0.2395 0.0432 0.0857 0.0353 --- -140- Q2 value is also given. The actual and ”best" 02 scores are given in Table 24 for all 12 of the Vietnamese groups. It must be noted that the Kaiser simplex test has two limitations: (a) Q2 is a descriptive statistic with no further test of significance pres- ently available to evaluate how well the simplex is achieved, and (b) re - ordering of the matrices according to Kaiser's method does not always pro- duce the "absolute best" simplex obtainable using the given data. To these limitations may be added a third which is not a factor in this work, but has been one in previous studies; neither Kaiser's test nor the sim - plex model itself, which is based on Guttman's (1959) Contiguity Hypothe- sis, allows for non-positive correlations. Harrelson (1970) discusses the role of negative correlations in the 02 score at great length since his study produced several such numbers. No negative numbers were encountered in the present study in the Kaiser test. Hammersma's (l969) criterion of the Q2 value needing to equal .70 or better before it is considered to approximate an acceptable simplex (on the ORIGINAL SIMPLEX matrix) is the criterion used herein. 0f the four basic cross-cultural-series groups, three exceded this figure easily and the one that did not was but .04 under .70. The 02 test when used on the BEST SIMPLEX.MATRIX produced a score in excess of .83 in all four cases. For the remaining eight groups, using the Original Simp1ex Matrix, three did not excede the .70 minimum, again missing at most by a mere .03, while ranging upward in excess of the .70 minimum, to a score of .88. 0f the remaining eight population groups, all exceded the .70 score for the Best Simplex Matrix, ranging from a low of .78 to a high of .92. Hypothesis 15 was strongly supported. SPECIAL HYPOTHESES RESULTS General Comments In order to increase understanding of this special section, pages 102 through 107 may need to be reread. There are several other comments and questions that should be kept in mind as well while reading the Special Hypothesis section. While one extreme is merely an extension of a less extreme position, the point is that there are several degrees of strength involved in the rejection or the acceptance of a hypothesis. If there is generally a preponderance of significant differences for the groups and total, and IF these differ - ences are negative they support the null hypothesis. However, once one loses this preponderance of support for the null hypothesis by crossing the arbitrary line set by the .05 significance level, as long as the dir- ection of the differences continues to support the null hypothesis(i.e., the direction is negative as far as the statement is concerned) the null hypothesis is still supported, though to a smaller and smaller degree. Once one passes the point where the preponderance in direction chang- es from negative to positive, then the null hypothesis ceases to be sup - ported and actually in these Specia1 Hypotheses, there was really no case where this change in direction became critical. In all cases the prepond- erance was always clear and easy to locate. The next step in the exten - sion of this explanation is the point when there is a preponderance of positive significant correlations. Once this point is reached, it is con- sidered that the hypothesis is strongly supported. -l4l- -142- One point needs further clarification. No final decision has been reached as to the reason for the several sets of loading factors that re- sulted in negative values. As can be seen in Table 25, Appendix G, the factors of the negative sets are not excessively large or small; they appear to be consonant with the positive factors in size. This means that a large negative number actually represents more positive attitudes even though it is technically negative. Thus, when the total-average-mean score for the disabled is larger than the total-average-mean score for the non- disabled, this reflects a more positive attitude, even though the contrary would appear to be logical. With these points in mind the results of the Special Hypotheses are examined below: H - 16; The war-disabled will NOT harbor stronger feelings of SHAME over a war-disability than would the non- disabled. In this hypothesis a low score would indicate that the disabled would tend to hide and keep to themselves as a result of various reasons, center- irm; on shame in the Vietnamese culture. If the mean scores of the disabled gr1n1ps are lower than the mean scores for the non-disabled, this would mean that the disabled would be more negative toward themselves than would the non-disabled. In other words, the disabled would see themselves as more likely than would the non-disabled, to hide for shame of the disability. ‘fable 45 indicates the following: for the two groups with a signifi - cant difference (2 and Total) the hypothesis is supported. (From this point on, the MAJOR consideration for rejection or support of a hypothesis will rest on the support given by the Total score. If the Total score supports, moooo_oso z>-oHemm Fw>wo .s mgcmuoum .m mrowuwmwo acmEch>ow .m mgmzooosm .q .aom Focmcmc ._ mcoouamw> .x .pm mpoouogw z> .h mgmcuomh .m mcmxgoz cowpouwponocmm .N mmwoosod uco vmpnomoo .P -143- ”monogwo oo.~ mo.N om.~ oo.~ oo.~ om.m oo.~ Po.~ No.o No.o oo.~ No.N oo.~ wooooz = om.~ oN.N No.o - mo.~ oo.~ oo.N oo.~ No.N oo.~ oo.~ oN.N oo.~ oomoo . No.o mo.~ oo.N mo.N oo.~ oo.N oo.~ oo.m No.N oo.~ om.~ mo.N oN.N oWWowwmmmw ooo. No_. Noo. - woo. Now. Now. “_F. Foo. ooo. ooo. Ammmmw _oo. _oooo .oom mo.m mo.m No.o oo.~ No.o oo.~ oo.~ oo.~ oN.o oo.m oo.o om.~ oo.o >oo .oom oo.o~ oo.om Po.oN om.om oo.oN mm.oo mo.oN No.oo No.om _K.NN oo.oo oo.o~ oN.oN mooooz.o Ko.o oo.o No.m - oN.o - - No.o oo.o - oN.N oN.N _o.o .>oo .oom _o.oN o_.mN om.om - N_.oN mo._m oo._o mo.oo oo.om oo._o mo.- oo.oo oo.oo oomoo.o oo.o No.o _o.m oo.N oo.m oo.N _o.o oN.o oo.o oo.o No.o mo.N oo.o .>oo .oom No.oo mo.oN _o.oo oo.om mo.oo oo.om o_.om ou.o~ No.om NN.NN oo.mo oo.oo o_.oo _oooo .E oo.oo oo.oo No.oo oo.om oo.oo No.oo oo.oo oo.oo No._o oo.oo o_.oo oN.No oo.No coo: .xoz _N.o_ __.o_ oo.NN oo.om om.- oo.o~ oN.NN mo.o_ oo.o_ oo.o_ mo.o_ No.o~ _o.oo oooz .ooz ooo mo o o_ oo o oo No oo oo ooo No oo 2 mooooz op_ o o - om F _ o o _ o_ o Fo z ooooomoo Noo mm or o_ _o o oo No No No om, om mo 2 _oooo F _ x o o o o o o o o N _ zooo mooooo .Fopo» oco oooogu an cowpoopggmwo mgoum .ompoomwo-coz mop cook coopooFom< och gm>o macaw mo mmcw_mmd mgoz Loogo: 502 —_F3 mFQomo om—oomoo12oz .op mommgpoqz: u- .mv m4m<~ "an! ,, I9... P not It! ... -144- then it will be considered that the hypothesis is supported (though perhaps only weakly). If the total score rejects, then it will be considered that the hypothesis is rejected. Further support (or lack of it) will "tip the scales" further into a range of STRONG support or rejection. Table 45 further indicates that groups 1, k, and L are reversed in di- rection of difference and, therefore, the hypothesis is rejected (but weak- ly since none of these differences are significant). All other groups weak- ly support the hypothesis, indicating that while the hypothesis is supported, it is supported but mildly. In other words, generally it was found that the disabled foresee less indications of hiding for SHAME over their affliction than the non-disabled would. There is one more set of data that may hold some interest, found in Tables 45 through 61. There are groups that have higher than average total- mean scores, and those that are lower. Since by definition in the ABS higher scores are more positive and lower less positive, these scores ap - pear to point to groups that have a higher self—immage in regards to the hypothesis at hand, and also appear to pin-point those groups with lower self-immages. Also, as can be seen in Table 31, since these groups tend clearly to pattern (and there must be some reason for such patterning), for each hypothesis the two or three groups with the highest and lowest total- average-mean scores are noted in the last sentence. For Hypothesis 16 the groups with the highest scores are 1?, k, and h; those with the lowest are l and 2?- 8The score that is highest, and the score that is lowest, are both under - lined for convenience. 3 11;- ‘1 (D "P :' N- luv ‘8‘:- 'n‘: ‘ ‘ D O .. ‘ '\ 1:" 1 -145- H - l7; Warndisabled will not feel more willing to accept governmental aid for such as vocational training, housing, pensions, than would the non—disab1ed. In as much as the hypothesis is not supported by the Total score, it is rejected. There are two groups with significant differences; 1 and L. L supports the hypothesis and l rejects it. Non-significant groups that support the hypothesis are 2, 4, e, g, and i. Non-significant groups that reject the hypothesis are 3, f, h, and k. There is no difference be- tween the disabled and non-disabled for the Total score. Since the predom— inance of scores are either equal, non-significant, or in actual rejection of the hypothesis, the hypothesis is said to be mildly rejected, i.e., the non-disabled do not see the disabled as being more willing than the non-dis- abled to accept special privileges outlined above. Basically, there is very little difference other than in the group of patients in the rehabili- tation centers and their families, and the general disabled population liv- ing among the general non-disabled population. These two groups do differ in their opinion. The highest mean scores are for i and 9 groups; the lowest for group 1. H - 18; Disabled people will not feel more heroic over the situation than would the non-disab1ed. Groups h and L only, support the hypothesis and neither have signifi- cant differences between the disabled and the non-disab1ed. Groups l,2,3,4,e,f,g,i,k, and Total all reject the hypothesis and grOUps 2, e, and the Total have significant differences. The hypothesis is clearly rejected. This means that on scores indicating a feeling of being heroic over their disability, the disabled DID score higher and more posi - tive than did the non-disabled. li‘i‘l’.“ i liil'l Ililll'lilll' ill'Iill.‘|(1i l.|11.l|.1|ilil, Illllili','1| ii. » o x o o c o t 0 v m N . ZmLN W 130 1C 1l|l.].1-l1|Ilhl'l.l.ll7ll'i'(ltl1'll‘ ll!”-hlil|1l"1'!llnl.lll,o ii.-.‘ l'.l'1l1t ..."--II1I WIP'P1'IIIII‘I'CO!OIG>-IIIF.. 1 : :‘ 1 - u...» .... u...l. a...-au.h?s >,- .an. u-u‘ -. 3.61.1\- mt-..41,.u.- . .... n ...--L r I. ....u. 1.... I u u o 7.— .....n - 1 . ... 1 . 3} .\ . Jx \.\ . 31‘ \ .. .\\ 1 ...: s x.» \ ...,..\ \ sn11.(u. .\.‘ .1. I .... xix \ 1\ \ 7.. \sl1.\ )\.h\e..1. .. 1 . .. . . . 1 .,.. . . . . . . . .. . . . . y . . . , . 1. . . . . . )..\ \ .. r a I mflH..: ., u" ‘pgj :oFquoaoo Focmcmo .F mmmzoFoEm z>1oF .x mpco>emm FF>FU .; mucmoopm .m mcmxgoz :oFuopFFFoogmm .N mpcmooum mpoooogw z> .n mFoFomeo “cmscgm>ow .m mgmonoEm .o mmFFFEod oco uanomFo .F "moaogwo Fo.m mo.m mm.F mm.F NF.N om.F Fo.~ Fm.F mo.~ mo.m mo.m oo.N NF.F ancoz o Fo.N OF.F mo.m 1 oF.N mm.~ mm.F Fo.m om.F mm.F mo.m om.F mm.F nomFo o Fo.N oo.m mo.N mm.F FF.N Fm.F Fo.m mm.F oo.~ mo.m mo.m om.F Fm.F e mcoum :OmFLooEoo me. mooo.h omo. 1 man. moF. «on. wmm. mom. com. mwm. mmo. m,moomv Fm>mo .mFm mm.F mm. mm. mm. oF.F om. mF.F mo.F oN.F mN.F mm.F mm. mo.m .>mo .upm qo.oF1 mF.oF1 mm.m 1 om.m 1 mm.oF1 on.m 1 mm.oF1 mm.m 1 mm.oF1 mF.oF1 om.oF1 No.1F1 Fo.w 1 mFucoz .E . 6 m” o¢.F No.m mo.F 1 mF.F 1 1 mo. mN.F 1 mm.F Fm.F mm.F .>mo .opm . oo.oF1 Fm.m 1 Fm.oF1 1 om.oF1 mo.FF1 mm.m 1 mm.oF1 mm.m 1 Fm.m 1 mm.oF1 Nn.m 1 Fm.m 1 oomFo .E om.F mN.F mo.F mm. oF.F mm. NF.F wo.F mN.F FN.F om.F om.F mm.F .>mo .uom oo.oF1 mm.m 1 mF.oF1 om.m 1 mm.oF1 ow.m 1 mm.oF1 mm.m 1 NN.OF1 oF.oF1 mm.oF1 Nw.m 1 mm.m 1 FopOF .E mF.m 1 om.m 1 mN.F 1 om.w 1 F©.m 1 mm.m 1 No.F 1 mo.o 1 mm.o 1 mm.o 1 NF.m 1 mm.m 1 mF.m 1 com: .xoz FN.NF1 FN.NF1 mo.FF1 NF.FF1 FN.NF1 mo.FF1 FN.NF1 mm.FF1 FN.NF1 FN.NF1 FN.NF1 mo.FF1 mm.FF1 com: .ch moo mm m mF mF m we Fm mm mm moF FF mm 2 oomFucoz mNF m mF 1 Fm F F m o F FF o No 2 umFoomFo me mm wF mF co a mo mm mm mm FFF om FF 2 FoHOF F F x h F g m m m o m N F 2mHF monomw .Foqu coo oozogo an conooFLumFo mgoom .omFoomFo1coz mop FFF3 cocF ..opo .mzoomzmm .ozomoom .ozozoqxo qwzooomooo 2H mow qmozmzzmmsoo mo coom poooo< op moFFFFz moo: Food 902 FFF3 oFoooo ooFoomFo1Lo3 .FF mmegpooF: 11 .mo m4m1oF .x mpco>gmm FF>FQ .: mpcmuopm .m mgmxgoz :oFuopFFFoocmm .N mpcmoopm mpoooogw z> .n mFoFuFtwo Newscgm>ow .m mgmonoEN .o mmFFFEom one umFoomFo .F "ooocmo mN.N FF.N Fm.N NN.N Fm.N mF.m om.N ¢F.N NF.N Fm.N mF.N mo.N om.N ooochoz o mw.N Nm.N Nm.N 1 mm.N mF.m mo.m mm.N mo.m mo.m om.N mF.m mm.N owFoomFo o NF.N 0F.N om.N Fm.N om.N mF.m om.N 0F.N «F.N Nm.N oo.N Fm.N No.N p maoom cemFgooEou ooN. mom. 1 wNm. me. moo. NFm. mmm. mFo. Awwmo. mmF. Fm>mo .mFm oN.F mm.F oN.F mm.F NF.F mm. oF.F mF.F oN.F mF.F FN.F mo.F oN.F .>mo.oum mN.w Nm.m mF.w Fo.m NF.m No.m Fm.m NN.m oF.w om.m mF.m mo.m mo.F oomFocoz.E mN.F mm.F mF.F 1 mo.F 1 mm. mm. on. om. NF.F oN.F om.F .>mo.opm om.m NN.N mF.m 1 mw.w oo.m mN.m mo.m «N.m MN.m Fm.m o¢.m oo.m omFoomFo.E oN.F om.F mF.F mm.F No.F mm. NF.F NF.F oN.F o¢.F FN.F om.F Fm.F .>mo.uum om.m mN.w mm.m Fo.w Nm.w oo.m mm.m FN.m mN.w mn.w NN.m No.w ow.m FopOF .2 oo.FF Fm.m Fm.m NN.m Fm.m NF.m NF.m Fm.m Fm.m Fm.m Fm.m oo.FF Fm.m cow: .xoz NF.o NF.¢ Fm.m Fm.¢ oF.m om.m Fm.o mF.m oo.m Fm.o FN.¢ om.m Fm.o com: .ch mmo on m mF FF w No om mm om oFF NF mm 2 oomFucoz NmF N «F 1 Nm F N F m N FF m mo 2 umFoomFo woo mu mF mF mo m mo Fm Fm mo FNF FN NF 2 FouOF F F x h F c m m m o m N F EmpF gnome .Fooop ooo ooooao so ooFoooFLomFo oaoom .ooFoomoo1ooz moo FFFz oooF coFooooFm we» Lo>o ooommm ago: Food 902 FFFz mFoooo omFoooFo .NF mFmogpooxz 11 .Fo m4m1oFgmm FF>FQ .: mFoFumeo pcmEccm>ow .m coFquoooo Fogwcmw .F acoo1umF> .x mocmvopm muozuogw z> .m ”azogwo oF.N oo.N oo.~ om.~ oo.N oo.N oo.N NF.N NF.N oN.N oF.N oF.N oo.~ oomFoooz = oN.N oo.N oo.~ 1 oo.~ 1 Fo.N oo.~ FN.N Fo.N No.N Fo.~ oF.N ooFoomFo = FN.N mN.N oo.~ oo.N oo.N oo.N Fo.N FN.N oF.N oN.N FF.N oN.N oF.N F otoom :omFLooEou ooo. 1 mo. 1 ooF..N\Hmmq/F ooo. Fo>oo .oFm 99 . C oo.o oF.o oo.o Fo.o oN.F oo.o Fo.o oo.o oo.o oN.F oo.m oo.o NF.N .>oo .oom oo.oo om.No oF.oo oo.No oo.oo Fo.om oo.No Fo.oo oF.oo mo.No oo.oo oo.oo mo.oo oomFoooz.E _ oo.N mF.F oo.o 1 oF.F 1 1 Fo.o oF.o - No.o oo.o mo.F .>oo .ooo mo oN.No oo.Fo oo.oo 1 om.oo 1 Fm.Fo Fo.oo Fo.oo No.Fo Fo.oo No.oo oN.oo ooFoomFo.z . oo.o om.o oN.F Fo.o mo.F oo.o oo.o oF.F No.o oN.F oo.m oo.o oF.N .>oo .oom oo.oo mo.Fo FN.oo oo.mo oo.oo Fo.oo oF.oo Fo.om oo.oo oo.No oo.oo oo.No oN.oo FoooF .E Fo.oo oo.oo oF.oo oo.No Fo.oo oF.Fo No.oo oo.oo oF.oo No.oo mo.No oo.mo FF.oo oooz .xoz oo.om oN.oo oN.No oF.Fo oo.No Fo.oo oN.No Fo.oo oo.oo om.oo Fo.om oo.No oo.oo coo: .on omo oo o oF NF o oo oo FF Fo ooF NF om z oomFoooz FFF N o - om 1 F m o F oF o Fo z ooFoomFo oom oo oF oF om o oo oo Fo No oFF oN oF z FoooF F F x h F g m m m e m N F EmpF aoooo .FopoF oco omooogw an coFaooFgumFo meoum 1 moan mop :F mmmmqmmamzm mmmq Food ooz FFFz mFoomo ooFoomFo1coz .ooFoooFo moo FFFz oooF ooFoomFo1ooo moo oo 88:8 .oF mFoooooosz 1- .oo ooan F. r _ x n. v S C . k m V . 351$ w A F St N N 111lllnll(ldl1l1111l11111.1101|1.l111i1111 [111.11 111 .11 - 11.. . I .1. 111.111 11 1“ 1‘ L.I.l|1l‘lll t I'II'I‘i’ infill 1 .‘I ’1‘5‘. I. 1‘..- [I . 1 P u. a ..P. —v I. . nurses: .1 p 1 . 1 iilli all] 1111111,.lll11 116.111. 1 u ......1....-.. ... .....1...wuo.. ...J173 1m..,.sA~.1w.¢--1-m..~o a~1.A..1~.11. 1...-s~o.i.- ...Nfi N ~53 ...1. 1. . u 10. I u .s..)\ s n ~\.a 1v...«. .1. u..s-.‘-.11.s.‘ ...‘V\ 1- .\§ 0:.-H~)\ ...1.w\1.~,1\1\\\.-N..r\.\ \\-L.1‘ ...\\1 I , 1‘ In\ ‘111I.\U.‘e\.A\\ 1‘. 1 t .. .51 \ \u... s w... .1i...1.l..L. conoFoooo Fotmcmo .F mmmzoFoEw z>1oF .x muco>gmm FF>Fo .; mpcmoopm .m mgmxgoz conopFFFoogma .N mpcmoopm muoooogo z> .o mFoFomeo pomE:Lm>oo .o mgmonoEm .o mmFFFEom oco oanomFo .F ”ooogoo FF. FF. NF. om. mo. oo. NF. NF. on. mm. on. FF. oo. nomFocoz o FF. mo. FF. 1 on. mo. mm. on. NF. oo. FF. on. mo. owFoomFo o FF. om. FF. oo. mm. mm. NF. FF. on. mm. FF. FF. no. H comFgooEoo moo. moo. Noo. 1 ooo. «FF. moo. moo. mom. NmN. ooo. moo. mom. Fm>mo .oFm Fm.F mF.F oo.F om.F oN.F om.F mo.F mF.F mm.F oo.F oo.F om.F oo.F .>mo .oum om.oF oo.oF m¢.FF om.o oo.oF oo.o Fo.FF om.oF No.oF om.FF Fm.oF oF.oF oo.o oomFocoz.E mw oF.F mo.F om.F 1 oN.F 1 Fm. MN.F No.F Fo. ¢¢.N Fo.F «F.F .>mo .opm 1N NN.oF o¢.o o¢.FF 1 mF.FF om.o om.o oo.oF oo.oF oo.o om.oF mm.oF mN.oF omFoomFo.E Fo.F oF.F om.F om.F oN.F om.F mo.F mF.F mm.F «F.F mm.F No.F Fw.F .>mo .opm No.oF oo.oF oo.FF oo.o o¢.FF oo.o om.FF mN.oF ¢¢.oF mN.FF Nm.oF mo.oF oo.oF FoooF .2 oo.oF oo.oF Fo.mF Fo.NF oo.mF Fm.NF om.mF oo.mF mo.NF oo.mF mo.mF mm.mF Nm.mF com: .xoz oF.m oF.m Nm.o FN.F FN.o oo.o mo.o om.F Fm.o om.o oo.F Nm.o oo.o com: .ch moo No m mF FF o oo oo Fm mo ooF FF mm 2 oomFocoz mFF o mF 1 oN F N o o N oF o no 2 uanomFo mom on oF mF on m we om mm mo oFF oF on 2 Foqu F F V_ .o .F F. o .F o o m N F so: .11 “50% 11. Foqu new goo; x coF o FLFmF oooom .oanomFo mop FFF3 cooF moo: mmomqooomm nomommm ocosw o o a .F a. .o . .ON mmespoo>I 11 .mo Nom ...s . su-‘u..2 No. ~\s .b.~.:¢ .1}. , 1 a.-.r)hnm«-- umn-Id”...”fic-“WnV1uwa1iAnvol\-buuu.-Undum.,.v.lob.~ ....qin ~ u-ofisa ~15..‘o....s.\ n..\,un.\. . ... ~.. ... .....\...~s3.\ \.. \ ‘ax. \ ‘q -151- conoFoooo Fogmcmo .F mooooFoso z>1oF.FFFFEomFo o pomuu< op ocmo ooz FFFz mFoomo oanomFo ocoo1umF> .x muco>omm FF>Fo .; mpcmooum .m mgmxgoz conouFFFoogmm .N mucmooum mpoooogo z> .o mFoFqumo pcmE:Lm>oo .o mgmonoEN .o mmFFFEom oco omFoomFo .F "ooogoo om.F om.F mm.F om.F om.F om.F om.F mm.F oo.F oo.F mm.F om.F Fm.F oomFocoz = Fm.F oN.F om.F 1 No.F oN.F m¢.F mo.F oN.F mo.F mm.F Nm.F Fm.F omFoomFo = om.F mm.F Nm.F om.F F¢.F om.F o¢.F om.F oo.F Nm.F mm.F om.F Fm.F H mtoom comFLooEoo ooo. FoN. oFm. 1 Foo. omN. moo. NNF. oNF. ooo. FNo. NNF. oFo. Fm>mo .oFm mo.F oo.F No.N FN.F mo.N mo.. oo.F mo.F oo.F mo.F mo.F Fm.F «N.F .>mo .opm om.oF1 oN.oF1 oo.oF1 oN.oF1 om.oF1 FN.oF1 NN.oF1 oo.oF1 oo.oF1 oo.oF- mo.mF- oN.oF1 Fo.mF1 oomFocoz.E om.N mo.N Fo.F 1 NN.F 1 mo. oN.m FN.F mo. FF.N Nm.F mN.N .>mo .opm Fo.oF1 Fo.mF1 Fo.oF1 1 No.NF- oo.mF1 mm.NF1 oF.NF- om.mF1 om.NF1 Fo.mF1 mo.oF1 mN.mF1 omFoomFo.E Fm.F NN.F No.F FF.F No.N oo. mo.F No.N No.F No.F mo.F No.F Nm.N .>mo .opm Fm.oF1 oF.oF1 NF.NF- oN.oF1 om.oF1 om.oF1 mN.oF1 mF.oF- oN.oF1 mm.oF1 oo.mF1 oo.oF1 oN.mF1 FoNOF .E om.o - mm.FF1 mm.¢F1 mo.mF1 m¢.FF1 om.mF1 Fm.NF1 NF.FF1 NF.FF1 Fm.NF1 FN.oF1 Fo.FF1 om.o 1 com: .xoz mF.oN1 oo.oF1 mN.oN- NN.NF1 mm.oN1 NN.NF1 oo.oN1 mF.oN1 mm.oN1 oo.oN1 oo.oF1 oN.oF1 mm.oN- com: .ch Fmo mm m mF mF N No oo oo mo ooF NF «N z oomFocoz NNF o oF 1 NN F N o o N FF m mm 2 omFoomFo on mu oF mF oo o oo mm mm mo oNF FN mu 2 Fopop F F x h F c o w o w m N F EmpF ... Nooxo .1. .FopoF oco oooooo an conooFmeFo .ooFoomFo1coz mop oFooz cocF moo: «smog Fo :onocoo .FN mFmoooooNz -1 .oo ooooF l. A 'wqu ~ L,— . I ‘~ 1. \1 w -1 1‘. 'n - -v 1 ‘ «‘7 1.. 1“ 1‘ ‘- ‘ i '\ ,c ~ . .fi -152- H - 22: Disabled people will not see the war-disabled as being sexually inadequate more than will the non- disabled. The Total group is significantly different between the disabled and non-disab1ed and supports the hypothesis. Also supporting the hypothesis, though not significantly, are groups 1, 3, 4, f, g, h, and i. Groups 2, e, k, and L reject the hypothesis although not with significance. The hypo - thesis is therefore supported, though not strongly. This means that the war-disabled do have a more positive attitude toward their sexual powers than the non-disab1ed have of them. Groups i and k_have the most positive score-clusters and groups 2, f, and j are the lowest. H — 23; Disabled pe0p1e will not see the war-disabled as being more inclined than non-disab1ed to become adulterers. Groups 1, 3, f, k, and Total have significant difference between the disabled and non-disabled and the direction of this difference supports the hypothesis. Groups 4, e, g, h, and i also support the hypothesis but with- out significance. Groups 2 and L reject the hypothesis but without signif - icant difference. The hypothesis is strongly supported indicating that the disabled do see themselves more positively from a social standpoint than the non-disabled (i.e., the disabled see themselves as less likely to become adulterers). Groups g, i, and k are the most positive and group §_is much lower in value than any other of the low groups; low enough to be considered alone. A. q ...-o I a nod.- ‘\ .1Jou1li’.”|l I.- b.” u ry- 1.u~ 1‘F: ....cny1s uh I...\ u I h. \ o\1-. oh< 1 «.5 —..1\\.. ...\.\—...>1\ n.1s~\,\1~.\.._\\ s1. -153- oFFnoo Fonmcmo .F oooNoFoeo z>-oF .x mpco>gwm FF>Fo .5 mpcmooum .m mgmxgoz :oFuouFFFoogmm .N mpcmoopm mpoooogo z> .n mFoFumeo pomscgm>oo .o mgmzoFoEo .¢ mmFFFsom oco ooFoomFo .F "ooogoo oo.F oo.F MN.N No.F FF.N oo.N oo.F Fo.F No.F oo.F oo.F oo.F No.F oomFocoz = oo.N oo.F oF.N 1 FF.N oo.N NF.N Fo.N oo.F NF.N oo.N oo.F oo.F oanomFo = oo.F oo.F oF.N No.F FF.N oo.N oo.F No.F oo.N oo.F oo.F mo.F oo.F P mgoum comFLooEoo e ooN. Fmo. 1 ooo. Foo. NNm. mNm. nom. owe. a moo. omF. Fm>m._ .oFm No.m o¢.m oN.N o¢.o o¢.m oo.N oN.m oo.N oo.m oN.m oo.m oF.N oF.o .>mo .oum oo.NN oo.NN oN.Fm No.oN oo.oN oo.NN NNNNN NN.oN mo.oN Fo.NN oN.NN oN.NN FN.oN oomFocoz.E No.¢ oo.N o¢.m 1 oo.m 1 1 Fo.o oo.F 1 oo.N N¢.¢ oo.¢ .>mo .opo om.oN oo.oN FF.om 1 No.oN o¢.mN mo.om No.oN oN.oN mo.om FN.oN No.oN oN.NN omFoomFo.E oo.m oo.m oF.m oo.o No.m oo.N oN.m NN.m oN.m NN.m mo.m mN.m No.N .>mo .opm oo.NN oN.NN oo.om No.oN oo.oN oo.oN oN.NN oo.oN oo.NN oo.NN No.NN oo.oN oo.NN Fouop .E oF.om NN.om oF.om oo.mm No.¢m oN.Fm oN.Fm oo.mm oo.Nm oo.No oo.mm NN.om «F.om com: .xoz oN.oF Nm.oF oo.oN oo.oF oo.mN oo.mN oo.NF oN.oF Fo.oF oo.NF No.oF Fo.NF oN.oF com: .ch woo oo o oF oF o oo No om mo moF FF Fm z oomFocoz NFF N oF 1 NN F F o o F oF o om z omFoomFo ooo mN oF oF No o no no oo oo mFF oF on 2 Fouoe F F x o F c o o o o N N F sooF ooomo .Fouoh oco oooogo on conooFgumFo mgoom .omFoomFo1coz mop cook one: mamoommozo qumo xmm ocme mo omFoomFo1go3 on» mom soz FFFz «Foomo omFoomFo .NN mFmooooooz -1 .Fm ooooF 1 .1 1. 2301* \ QZCZC (Ill-lilo I llrll‘ r.| II‘IIJNID11I I «11‘ It. 411.. .1 11111.1 1. 4 ...i I 1‘1- l o 1 0 .._i. . 1 n .1. 1| ”,i 1 0.1!..ll‘ 1.11.11 i11|111 11 liliillll. I1l. ill, I11 lilfu fit‘. I u 1 ill. I 111011.151 .. i 1111' 11 ...(II11. n a.- h.» no A. «NAV151. >H Pony . ‘4‘. ... n. A I 4..» A: !v .1 v 1 .sni $1.0- . .5 .1. .111.1\...\1,\.1.\.\.1\\\. \-\ 51v-~1u .vans Nu.‘ ..s s 5“ otb.‘ cv:51-.v>\ -~.1~\ \ n n 1o .— u a. . u .110... u a... 11 a..r.u Q-uo-10c- 1.... ...-...... ..u n..\.1o 1|... .I.u.. \11111 - o .7. ....V. 11.5.s ~.11~.~I11.-1- .u .. 1..-..101\-114\..\\ . .1 n ‘.s. ~ 111......lIJ111 . 4. -154- conoFoooa Fogocmo .F mooNoFQEo z>1oF .x muco>gmm FF>Fo .; mpcmuoum .m mgmxgoz :oFuopFFFnocmm .N macmooum mooouogo z> .w mFoFuFFFo ucmscgm>oo .o mgmonoso .o mmFFFEoF new omFoomFo .F ”ooosoo Fo. oo. oo. No. co. mo. Fo. mo. oo. Fo. No. mo. mo. nomFocoz o oo. oo. oN. 1 No. No. oo. mN. No. mo. NN. FF. mo. oanomFo = No. do. FF. No. oo. No. Fo. oo. oo. Fo. oo. NF. co. F mgoom comFLooEoo é ooo. é - Noo. ooN. ooo. a ooo. ooo. ® 2:. . Noo... F93 .oFm . .F . oo.F No.F FN.F NF.F oN.F oo.N No.F oo.F om.F oo.F No.F oo.F o¢.F .>mo .opm o¢.o 1 mo.o oo.o Fo.o NN.o FN.o 1 oo.o oN.o oo.o oo.o No.o oo.o oN.o 1 oomFocoz.E oo.F No.F oo.F - oF.F 1 NN. om. oo.F oN. om.F FN.F No.F .>mo .opm oN.o 1 NN.o oo o 1 oF.o Nm.o 1 oF.o No.o mo.o oF.o oo.o om.o oo.o 1 omFoomFo.E mo.F oo.F No.F oF.F Fo.F No.N om.F o¢.F om.F No.F oo.F NF.F oo.F .>mo .opm No.o 1 oF.o om.o Fo.o mo.o oo.o 1 Fo.o om.o No.o o¢.o FN.o Fo.o NN.o 1 FoNOF .E No. 1 oo.N oo.N oo.N oN.m oF.N 1 No.m oo.N No. om.F mF.N oo.¢ Fm.F - cow: .xoz mo.oF1 oF.o No.o mN.F oF.o om.o 1 NN.o oo.N oo.N NN.o oo.o NN.o mo.oF1 com: .ch ooo mo o oF oF F oo oo oo No oFF oF «m z oomFocoz oFF o mF 1 NN F N o m N o o oo 2 owFoomFo oNo on NF oF Fo o oo oo oo oo NFF oF on 2 FopoF F F x h F c o F m o m N F EmuF ooomo FopoF oco masono an conoongmFo .omFoomFo1coz as» FFF3 cogF mmmmmononm mEoumo oo «Foomo FoEgoz cogF oocFFocF mgoz oome mo omFoomFo1Lo2 ms» mom 502 FFFz mFoomo omFoomFo .mN mmegpoazz 11 .Nm mom1 s.— .b-.\\a .....1.:.-.L1N {NAN 12‘; 1...... .51.\( 0...-. .... ....l. 1~.p13.- ~ 5‘ 7.441 N N sx‘ ..N.~..1.1. s.1v~ .s .... :32 ... 16:19 2... 0.. ... 0‘s n. 1N1~ (1‘ 5.2 11ut-\b-»-‘IJ\\ [. 1< .\s\ . ~\.1<\ \ . \.v~\~d - \ \.~..\\ -156- coFquoooo Fogmemo .F moosoFoso z>-oF 1v. mvcw>me _._.>_.U 1: mwcmflzflm .0 mev—LO3 Cprwflwanwcwm 1N mHCmU3#m QHMSUMLU Z> ..n. meUPLLb HCNECLQ>OG 1m meNAOFQEm 1.? mmw—wEML. U26 “um anmwo ._. "azome oo.F oo.F oo.F oN.F No.F oo.F No.F FN.F oN.F oN.F oN.F oo.F oN.F oomFoooz . oN.F oN.F oo.F - om.F oo.F oo.F om.F FN.F oo.F oN.F Fo.F oN.F ooFoomFo . Fm.F NN.F oo.F oN.F No.F oo.F oo.F No.F oN.F oN.F oN.F No.F NN.F F otoom comFLooeoo 6 SN. ooo. 1 FFo. oNo. FNo. e ooo. ooo. n omoo ooo. 6 F93 .oFm oo.N No.N oo.o oN.F oo.N oo.F Fo.N oo.N oo.N No.N Fo.N oo.F oo.N .>oo .oom oN.oN FN.FN oo.NN oo.oN No.NN oo.NN oo.FN No.oN oF.oN oo.FN oo.oF oo.FN NF.oF oomFoooz.e oo.N FN.N No.N 1 No.N 1 - oF.N so. - No.N oF.o No.N .>oo .oom oN.NN oo.oN oF.oN - Fo.oN oN.oN oo.NN om.oN oN.oN oo.oN NF.FN oo.NN oo.FN ooFoomFo.E oo.N oo.N oo.N oN.F NN.N oN.F oo.N oo.N oo.N No.N NN.N oF.N oF.o .>oo .oom No.FN oN FN oN.oN oo.oN Fo.NN No.oN Fo.NN oF.FN oF.oN oN.FN NF.oN oo.FN om.oN FoooF .z oo.NN oo.oN oo.FN oo.NN No.oN oo.oN oo.oN oo.oN oo.oN Fo.oN Fo.oN oN.oN No.oN coo: .xoz oo.oF No.mF No.oF oF.oF oo.FF oN.oN oF.NF oo.oF oo.oF No.oF NF.oF oF.oF oF.oF oooz .on Foo No o oF oF o oo No No Fo ooF NF oN z oomFoooz FoF o FF 1 NN F F o o F o F No 2 ooFoomFo Noo oo oF oF No o oo oo oo No oFF oF oo 2 FoooF F F x o F o o o o o m N F sooF maoooo .FopoF new oooogo 2n eonooFLumFo mgoum oam2~ 000: oeFmo mo omFoomFo1Lo3 we» mom N02 FFF3 mFoome omFoomFo .oanomFo1coz we» cocp mgmxkoz mnm<2o new .eN mmesuoo>z 11 .mm momr\ 1. .31 o o .5. ...s s Lt~ ..2.101\ :0. m. 1N I: N Lg )\ ...1\\.\. ...\..\2 .\—\ 11 122 1. 1.\...2~. 0 2‘ 1 ...... ...a \ \ MN .0 15“ \. .122 ~1.-\ Ass .1 .\( 2 .. ..2..\. .1: 1.... mgmnummp .m mgmxgoz cowumumppnmcmm .N zgmuwpwz .m macmuaum .m mmm»o_aem z>-oHme .._.> wu . .._ covpm—saoq ngmcmo ._ mcoo-umw> .x mucmvzum mumacmgw z> .w mFmVUVNNo pcmscgm>ou .m mgmaopasm .¢ mmwpmsmm ucm umpnmmwo ._ ”usages mm.p mm.P No.F om._ mN.F No.F Fo.P Nm._ mm.F _o.F Nm.— mm.P em.P ammwucoz = NN.N om._ No.N - mm.F «o.N Nm.P mm.~ um.P mm._ Nm.P mm._ oN.F umpnmmvo = ¢m.F oo.N oo.N om.~ qm._ NN.N No.F om._ mm.p mo.~ mm.~ on._ oo.N H «Loom comwgmasou g E. .. $7 NNN. ma. 6 8m. 8m. 2m. 66 E3 .95 NN._ Nm._ mm._ m¢._ mN.N mm._ FN.F mm._ mo.P oo.N Nm.P m_._ on.— .>mo .vum cm.m _¢.m Nm._P No.0 mm.o_ mo.oP NN.m _v.m Nm.m mN.m N¢.m N¢.¢ MN.m ammwccoz.E mw mo.N NN.N N¢._ : _o._ u - «w.N Nw._ - Nm._ om.N N_.N .>mo .uum .4 mm.o_ ow.o_ ¢P.NF - mm.__ mN.N_ «N.F_ mm.__ N¢.m «N.P_ on.m mm.- mm.o~ um—nmmwo.fi mm._ om.— ¢m.~ m¢._ mm._ mo._ on.F mm.F No.F No.F mm._ «m._ mo.N .>mo .Upm mm.m nm.m mm._F Nm.o Fo.F_ om.oF mn.m mm.m Pm.m ow.m m¢.m 0N.o_ «m.m quop .2 Nm.¢F m¢.¢_ F_.¢_ Fo.NF __.¢P NO.NF mm.mp __.¢_ mm.m_ F_.¢— F_.¢_ ON.¢— mm.¢F :mwz .xmz o¢.m mm.m o—.m mN.m m¢.m ON.w _o.o No.0 mo.m o¢.m Nm.m _m.n NN.m cam: .cwz ou¢ mm m mF «F m mq Nm Nm No _Fp NF mm 2 nmmwvcoz «NF m er . NN _ N m m N FF m Fe 2 umFQmmwo «mm mm mp mp F¢ m Nu Nm Nm cm NNF 0N RN 2 _mpoh F F x n w c a m m ¢ m N F EmpH macaw .Fmpop ccm wasogo >3 cowuznwgp .umpnmmwuucoz mg» prz cash .comgma mmmgm>< as» 2¢ms mus: ozaxmmoa we go 1ozHNmmoa m>~m . mwo wgoum .mN mwmmcuoa»: -- .qm mqm-DHgmm ~w>vu .2 cowpmpzaoa _mcmcmu .F acou-pma> .x mucmvsum mumscmcw z> .n mFMPqueo pcmsccm>ow .m mgmxopasm .e mmwpwswm new vanmmmo .P "asogwm oo.N o_.N mm.N mF.N oN.N NF.N _N.N vo.N mo.N 0N.N mo.N mm._ mm.P ammwncoz = oF.N oo.N Fm.N . mN.N o¢.N _m.N em.N m_.N om.N m_.N mm.N wo.N empnmmwo = FF.N m_.N mm.N m_.N NN.N m—.N _N.N No.N mo.N _N.N mo.N m_.N No.N h mcoum comwcmasou A _oo. v emm. FoN. - mmN. cum. NNN. A 2:87v qu. 0mm. «mF. Ammmmwv oo_. _m>m4 .mwm em.¢ mm.¢ «m.m wN.m N_.m m_.¢ _o.v N~.¢ mN.m «N.¢ NN.m «N.¢ _N.¢ .>mo.vpm mm.Fm mm.Nm m¢.mm NN.Nm mm.¢m mm._m Pp.mm mm.om mn.om P—.mm mm.om mm.mN mm.mN ammwucoz.E mw mm.¢ «N.¢ mm.¢ . om.m - . mo.m mF.N - em.m mm.¢ mo.¢ .>mo .upm A. mm.Nm N¢._m ou.¢m - wn.mm Fo.mm Fo.Nm m_.mm Nm.Nm Fo.Nm mm.Nm mm.mm m_.~m umpnmmwo.E Fm.¢ om.¢ mo.¢ mN.m Nm.m e_.¢ No.¢ mm.¢ mo.m «N.¢ om.m ON.m NN.¢ .>mo .upm No.Fm «N.Nm mm.¢m NN.Nm mm.mm mN.Nm _N.mm mp.Fm oN.om m—.mm mm.om oN.Nm mm.om pmpop .E mo.N¢ Nm.F¢ No.Fe om.mm mo.N¢ m¢.mm ¢¢.F¢ mm.F¢ qw.mm mw._¢ mm.wm mm.o¢ mm.o¢ cam: .xmz N0.0N oo.¢N oo.NN mm.mN mm.NN oF.mN N_.mN wN.MN N0.0N oo.NN mo.ON om.¢N FN.ON cam: .ch om¢ «o m mF ¢_ m me Fm mm No Nop NF em 2 ammwucoz v—F m m - NN _ P a m P or m Ne z umpnmmwo sam mm «F mF Fq m we mm mm mm N__ 0N mm 2 quoh H F x w w c a a m e m N F EmuH quota .Fmpop new masocw an cowuznwcpmmo mgoum .umpnmmpvucoz as» cash ago: .mcw>_4 new mean 20mm ammqmsaa F—_z m; pack zuwpwnmmmo mw: gm>o smzocm empnaogp msoumm xppmsucm>m __a3 as: comtma m acamm mm cw_nmmas-am3 as“ mam aoz F_.3 manoma em_namao .om mammcpoasz -- .mm msch I -..—:~Av.~ ‘iv9-v lsfihzfivpi.~ >9~ I ...vh 31‘ -.:u- h ‘v. vb .23 ..V- .~ \A.\\ ‘unh y I. n.\ \ ‘ h.§..h)\ A.-\\ ~ .‘ \ \ «Nu..‘ N \\ a.¥~\ ~ \ Ni ...... .... 2 .2.‘ .2 N u .2... .52. ...~.\ \s..~..2....~2~ .\\.,.,q Ps......\2...\é\\ .. . _AJ m.e.bav.J.w -—...._«_:3.:l.:cz .....-N .....NN P1. 1. 41)....u ..1- ..u \A... 2. .2 .. :\\7\.2,.~ .sq- .2....C~.....,2.\ .‘v ......» n ...-u ~ -l60- owrnsq chwcmw .F mmmso_asm z>-oa .x mu.=m>me _._.>.FU .5 MHCwUSHW .w mLmv—SO?» :Owflmwwpwnmzmm .N MHCmUDHm meJUMLG Z> .h mFMwaWu—ku HCQEctw>OG .m mLNXOFQEm ..v mmwaF—mhv UCM “um—.mewc ._. ”QSOme mo.N mo.~ m_.m oo.N m_.N m_.N NP.N No.N mm.F FF.N mm._ No.N mm._ namwucoz = N_.N mm._ ON.N - o~.N - ~¢.N mN.N No.N N¢.N ¢_.N eN.N oo.N um_nmmao . mo.~ No.N mp.~ mo.N ON.~ o_.N m_.m mo.~ mm._ N..N oo.N oF.N mm._ a macaw comwcmaeou 6 NS. Sm. - 8s. - m3. a mom. SN. ano. 80. 35.. .95 oo.N Na.m No.m am.N ma.m No.¢ _m.m mm.o MN.N mm.m oq.m a..o mm.m .>mo .upm Pa.¢m mm.om mm.mo ma.mm mo.mm so.mm mm.am ma.¢o m¢.mo mm.ao ma.mo am.¢m m¢.om nmmaucoz.g mm.m mm.m _¢.m - Fo.N - - mo.¢_ mm.m - m¢.o am.m m~.m .>mo .usm m©.Nm mo._m am.oa - No.FN - am.NN om.FN NN.®® Nm.NN ma.mo _N._N m_.so nm_nmmao.z sm.a mm.a _P.m ¢©.N am.“ Na.¢ o¢.© NN.m m_.N Pm.m mm.m _m.o Na.m .>mo .epm om.mm N_.oo ¢_.ON ma.om _m.oa so.mo o_.mo am.mm mm.mm ma.am m_.¢o mm.am mm.mo _mbOH .E m_.Nm _o.om oN._w m_.mN 0P.Nm ma.ma mm.om s¢.Fm m¢.om mm.om mm.oa am.ma _N.om cam: .xmz No.0m mm.mm mm.mm _w.¢m mm.¢m om.mo ma.mm mF.¢s oa.o¢ m_.w¢ ma.m¢ sm.mm No.mm cam: .Caz mas mm m a_ __ m me me ma mm No, P_ mm 2 namaucoz ¢o_ c m - mm - _ o m P or 5 mm 2 umpnmmao mam No ma ea mm m ma _m ma mm NFF ma no 2 PapOF c _ x n a c a a m a m N _ EmpH gnome _mquxga mzp An onmusmmm co smsumaq mcoz _mmd 902 Ppwz w—aomm empnmmwo ._mpoh new manage an cowuznwcpmwo mcoum .nmpnmmPuucoz mgp cash .umFQmmwu-cm3 mg“ »n emummcwcmz moPHPFanmwo mgu do maxed .NN mammgaoasz -- .om wsm\2>\\ —\..2.2. \......\.<., tr. :x .....12\ r» .2 .\\. . x x.. p..m~.,-.d/\ .~.c nJru-:.-d§......w..-..7a ..U-sd u ...o...~f.. s .2.\.\..2 - u is... .u~.~.-n,.s.\ s....n~..~.....s\~ -u2.1 ...,2 .-....\~.u~2.1\2 v 2 2.2...2 «livid covumpzaoq —mcmcmo .F mmmonQEm z>uaH .x mpcm>cmm Fw>wo .c mucmuapm .m mcmxcoz cowpmpwpwamnmm .N mpcmuzum mumsumcw z> .n mcmuwmmo ucmsccm>ow .m mgwmoFQEm .e mmwpwsmm new vaanwo .P masocwm om.N mN.N mm.N eN.N me.N NN.N NN.N om.N mm.N mm.N oN.N wP.N m—.N ammwucoz = mm.N mN.N N¢.N . m¢.N ¢F.N mm.N mN.N m_.N Nm.N eN.N om.N oN.N nmpnmmwo = om.N mN.N ¢¢.N eN.N me.N oN.N mm.N om.N om.N mm.N NN.N mN.N NN.N h mcoum comwcmaeou N2. mmN. ome. - 0mm. 0mm. NmN. New. oi. mmN. 3m. eNm. a 7864 .95 oF.N mN.N mN.m oo.N em.— me.N m_.N NN.? eN._ mm.N mm.F mm.F om.N .>mo .upm Nm.mF oo.NF NN.NP Nm.mp _¢.mp m—.mP em.m_ oe.m~ om.m_ NN.NF mN.m_ N¢.N_ oo.NP ammwucoz.E _ mN.N oF.m em.— - mm._ . «q. mm.N mo.¢ ea. em.N om.N mm.N .>mo .uum MM no.m_ mN.m_ mm.m_ - _¢.m_ NO.NF mm.ON oo.N, mm.N_ mm.ON NN.N? o¢.w_ _m.mF empnmmwo.E _ m_.N mm.N mF.N mo.N oe.P om.N e_.N No.N mw._ um.N mm.P NN.N No.N .>mo .upm m¢.m~ mo.m~ m¢.m— Nm.NF —¢.mF eo.mF oo.m_ mm.m— mm.wF Nw.m— mN.mF Fm.N_ oN.N— FmpOH .E mm.ON mm.ON mm.ON mm.ON mm.ON N¢.ON mm.ON mm.ON NN.ON mm.ON mm.ON NN.ON mm.ON com: .xmz NN.o_ me.- mN.NF oo.m_ mN.m_ o¢.ep oo.N_ _w.N_ NN.N— oo.N_ oN.N_ mm.m_ NN.OP cam: .cwz moe No m m_ m_ m we Fm mm mm mop NF mm 2 ammwucoz mNF m «P - mN P N m e N __ m Na 2 umpnmmwo _mm on my m_ ea m om um om No m—F ON mm 2 Fence H P x w w c m d m e m N F EmpH macaw .quoh use masocw Na cowuanwcumwo mcoom . mwnucoz asp ou umnco$m< poz mmuqaznsnw mumso no ..oum .uzwzamms .smzoz cw mead anommm uamou< op umpnmmwuugoz mg» puqum 502 prz apnoma varnmmwo .umPDmeu-coz as“ cash ago: .um_na .mN mammgaoazz -- .Nm unmah QECQC ‘:I|.|'|‘y 1| .| l" i. .M Ifilhhl. N .-I“ I, ‘lrl ii t Hui FHA... IN“ .fhuflll. II T O‘HII.‘ .Hx .ullllulylt 1.1L”. ii! 0 Wild I .Ilii Y; .9 hr II“!!! I]. I'll ’u I 0....I1. DWI... Prvdnu— ...-L... .. .1A.-.3Auvhmu \A.p- puny. J 2.3 .... d .... . A. Le..s-.IVA,‘. . use N «subs... 9 uvl ....vz ab~sd .mflis h \Aih ~ .-..smv.navu.- ...\.2.n\~.\>\\2 \v22‘. ......i, 2.2. 2.\...\\\ nic.hndz ..u-m~¢- 1.1. no.r-.-u.a».-v 1...} .2 h ..2~ .....1 32. ...... hut-... .2.. ~ 9). I.v-\d.1\u\ s-hthn.-.. ...I.\U\v.\..4\\ Ivy... 2 \.\v.,\ 1.1-]! i.“ -l63- cowumrsaoa Focmcmw .P mmmonaem z> om .x mpcm>cmm Fw>wu .: mucmvzpm .m mcmxcoz cowpmpPFPchmm .N mpcmuzum mumsumco z> .w mpwpowmmo Newsccm>oo .m mcmxopasu .e mmwpwsmm new umpnmmwo .F "aaocwm oo.N No.F oN.F oN.F Fm." mm.~ mN.— oo.N Fo.N mN._ No.F eN.P mm.F ammwucoz= mN._ eo.~ Nw._ - _m._ oN.F mm.~ mm.— mm.F oN.F 0N.P mn.p um.P vanmmwo. mm.— om.F mw.F ON._ FN.F em.F mN.P mo.~ No.F mN.P mo.P mm._ —o._ F mcoum commcmasoo e 21.. SN. - 8m. «2.. m3. a mom. mom. ONN. mmm. \miiS. 35.. .mwm e_.¢ mo.¢ mm.e em.m om.m No.N NN.m mw.m mo.¢ N_.¢ mu.m oo.N um.¢ .>mo .uum mn.¢m mm.¢m um.mm mo.mm _o.mm Nq.mm mm.mm _w.¢m em.mm mm.om mo.¢m m¢.mm mp.Nm ammwvcoz.E mm.¢ om.m om.m - mm.m - - mN.m oN.F . «N.m mm.¢ mm.¢ .>mo .uum om.om mm.¢m NN.Nm - No.Nm m~.mm m_.mm eN.—¢ «N.¢m m_.mm No.mm _m.Nm mo.mm umanmvo.E mN.¢ mN.¢ mm.m eo.m mN.m oN.F ON.m «N.¢ No.¢ op.¢ mN.m F¢.m Fm.¢ .>mo .uum e_.mm Nm.¢m m¢.mm mo.mm No.Nm em.mm FN.mm F¢.mm mm.mm m¢.wm NF.em Nm.om mm.mm —mp0H.E mp.m¢ mm.Ne Pm.N¢ mo._¢ mp.me m_._e No.Nv m_.m¢ mm._¢ mP.N¢ on._¢ N¢.P¢ eN.—¢ com: .xmz oo.NN om.MN o¢.mN mm.mN _N.Nm mN.em m¢.mN mm.eN N_.mN mm.oN oF.¢N ew.mN oo.NN cmwz .c?z umw mm m m_ m_ m me me mm mm mop NF mN z amm?u:oz mop m PF - mN _ F m m _ m m mm 2 umpnmmwo mam _m op mp mm m ee «m cm on wpp PN no 2 Pouch H — x n P g m m m e m N _ smpH anomw mcoz acmmm mm umpnmmvu cm: as“ mwm 902 FFPz m_aoma umpnmmpo .quoh new masocc an corpznrcgmro mcoum .umpammpn-coz mcp cash zrpmcmcmo mummza new mmmqmqmm .mN mrmmguoazz .mm m4m .x mmmzopaem z>-oHcmm Pw>wu .5 F stauaraz .c mpcmczpm .m mcmcummh .m measles accompapanagmm .N mpcmnzum muwsumcw z> .n m—mwuwmmo pcmEccm>ow .m mcmonaEm .e mmvermm vcm umpnmmwo .F ”quotes No.F mm._ Fm.F mo.~ mN.— No.F eo.~ No.F FN.F No.F mo.~ mo.~ mm._ nmmwucoz = NN.N mm._ mm.F . Fw._ mm._ NN.F No.F mm._ NN.P Nw.~ em.~ mo._ umfinmmwo = No.F No.F FN.F mo.P om.~ mm.P vo.fi No.F oN.F No.F No.F oo.~ Fo._ P wcoum comwcquou 6 mom. SN. - 20. 05. m2. mNo. 0mm. m3. Nam/... 8a. Mme. EB .95 No.N oN.F me.~ mm._ No.N em.— No.F mo.N mo.N No.N Fo.N em._ oo.N .>mo .upm mm.¢~- m_.m_- NN.NF- mm.¢~- No.m_- N_.m_- mn.¢F- em.ep- mm.m_- e~.m_- mm.¢~- PN.e—- mm m_. nmmwucoz.z .r mm.N oe.N oo.N - om._ - - F_.m mN.P . om. mm.N mm.N .>ma .uum ”m me.mpu No.eF- mm mp- - . mN.o~- «N.¢—- o¢.m~- oo.m~- mo.e_- m¢.mpn mm.o_- mm.m—- _—.m_- um_nmmvo.z . m_.N Fo.N oo.N mm.F mm._ Ne._ oN.F mF.N mo.N mo.N mm.— No.F mm.N .>mo .upm mo.m—- o~.m_- mm.m_- mm.¢_- ON.o~- o_.mp- om.¢_- mm.e_- mN.mP- er.m_- mm.¢F- Fe.¢~- m¢.v_- PMHOF .E oo.N . N0.0F- mm._~- mw.F_- NN.__- ON.N_- mm.m . m_.m . em.m . mm.m . ow.m - mm.m . mo.N . cam: .xmz em.mF- om.w~- me.m_- Fo.NF- mm.mfi- mm.o—- NN.m_- em.w_- mm.m_- mm.w_- me.w_- _N.N_- mm.wr- cum: .:?2 mow mm m m_ mp m we mm mm em mo_ NF mm 2 namwucoz oFF m m_ . om _ P m e F m N mm 2 umFDmeo Nmm mN w_ mF me m me mm Nm mm m_— a? NN z rape» H _ x h a s m c m a m N F Em macaw pH .Pmuop new manage xn co_p:nwcpmpo mmuzwqmz o“ umpnmmwn-ng mg» pumaxm 902 PP_3 apnoea umpnmmvo .vmpnmmwuucoz mg» cask mcoz coerPFww< cwmsp mo mmzmomm .om mammgpoas: -- .mm ”swat .. ..1 u..4‘.u: - ......t — Pas: unnu-ahotnh ‘\.\~n‘-unah~\ -sn. ..‘o.l.-\.ss~2\\a\\ i -K..\ V ~.\~\\ -l66- cowumrsaoa _mcmcmw .3 mmmzopasm z>-oH .x mucm>cmm Fr>wu .; mucmuzpm .m mcmxcoz cowpmuvfiwnmcmm .N mpcmvspm mumavmcw z> .w m—m3urmmo ucmsccm>om .m mcmzopasm .q mmwaEmw use um—nmmwo .3 "asocwm me.3 m¢.3 mm.3 mm.— mc._ N¢.F om._ m¢.3 m¢._ om.3 ¢¢._ m¢.3 om.~ nmmwucoz = o¢.3 m_.3 Nm.3 - ¢¢._ on._ mm.~ _¢.F mm._ mm._ Nm._ _¢._ Nm._ umpnmm3o = ¢¢._ m¢.3 mm._ mm.3 e¢._ cm._ om.3 ee.~ ee.~ om.3 m¢._ m¢.3 Nm.3 p mgoum cemwcmaeou 3mm”, so. 5N. - NNN. 5N. NS. N8. 5. 5. SN. NE. 52. 2:3 .95 we.— om.3 eN. No.3 em.3 FN.F o¢._ mm._ oN.F 3m._ em._ No.F m¢.3 .>mo .num 3.3 eN.3 3.: 3.5 3.3 5.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 Nm.3 3.3 2.3 3.m ammwucoz E mm.— 00.3 NN.? . 3m.3 . mm. Nm.N mN. mm. mm._ mm.N mm.3 .>mo .upm NN.m mm.n No.03 - 03.03 om.__ em.m mm.m no.a eo.m 30.03 mm.m oN.m um_nmmwo.E mm._ No.3 $3.3 No.F Nm.3 mN.3 ¢¢.3 mo._ NN.3 om.3 mm.3 NN.? mN._ .>mo .vpm 00.03 No.03 mm.o_ o~.m N3.03 ma.o~ Ne.03 33.03 03.03 om.o_ NF.oF 00.03 3N.m FNNOH .E NN.m— o¢.NP oe.N_ NF.FP m¢.N_ m¢.N_ No.N, No.NP 3N.N3 Nm.NF NN.N? m_.NP m¢.N_ cmmz .xmz m3.e NF.m m3.m No.N mo.o N¢.w eF.N ON.m 3m.m mm.o om.m m_.¢ m¢.m :mmz .ch mme co m m3 m_ w me me mm mm o__ N_ mm 2 ammvucoz m_— m or - mN _ N m e N 03 N mm 2 umpnmmvo on mo m3 m3 ee m _m mm om mo 0N3 m3 NN 2 Fence F F V. .N _ z a c a s m N _ em: gnome .Fmpo» vcm masocw >3 cowusnwcpmwo .cmpnmmwoicoz wsu cosh mcoz >u3332mmwo uzon< mmsemm mg on umpnwmwcugmz mcu uuqum 502 3333 mpaowd vwrnmmwo .Fm mwmwcpoazz nu .om m4m-oFewm Fw>wu .e m meow-»we>..¥ -l67- mpemnwum wuwanweu z> .n mewuvmmo uemEeem>ou . memonesm .e mmFFFEwm new nanmeo .F ”eaoeww «N.F mN.F .Nm.F NN.F oN.F NN.F mN.F on.F mN.F NN.F wN.F NN.F mn.F nmeneoz = oN.F No.F Nm.F - Nm.F FN.F em.F MN.F NN.F em.F mN.F «N.F eN.F anewmwo = mN.F wN.F om.F NN.F mm.F oN.F mN.F om.F mN.F mN.F wN.F mN.F oN.F p weoum eomweweeou nflmmmwv 0mm. mNN. - mwN. an. mNF. Nmo. NwN. mFN. eNe. an. wNF. Fw>mn .mwm mN.N NN.N mm.F mm.N mF.N mF.F Nm.F mm.F Fm.N oo.N ON.N 0N.F mN.N .>wo .num wF.mF FN.aF an.FN ew.mF wn.mF mw.mF wN.mF on.mF oN.mF mw.mF FF.NF NN.NF mF.mF nmeneoz.E me.N mm.F mm.F - mm.F . Fw.F wm.m NF.F Fw.F No.N mm.N mm.N .>mo .npm No.NF em.mF Nm.ON - mm.ON ww.mF mm.FN NO.NF mm.mF mm.FN Fo.NF NF.mF mF.mF nanmeo.E NN.N mF.N oN.F mm.N No.F oF.F oN.F NF.N NN.N mo.N wF.N NN.N em.N .>mo .npm mN.mF wF.mF mm.oN we.mF mm.ON Fw.mF mm.mF wN.mF wN.mF mm.mF oF.mF oo.NF on.mF prOF .E ow.mN Nm.mN oN.mN ON.mN mw.MN NN.ON mm.NN NN.mN mn.mN NN.mN Nm.NN om.NN Nm.mN ewwz .xwz mm.FF NN.NF Fm.nF om.wF Fm.mF mw.NF nw.mF mN.mF mo.mF wo.mF mo.wF mm.NF ma.FF ewwz .ewz mmw on m wF FF m we om mm mm woF NF em 2 nmeneoz mFF m mF - mN F N o e N FF m mm 2 annmeo mum NN mF wF ow m we om om mo mFF FN NN 2 prOF P F x w e e a c w a m N _ anoeo EmpF .quOF new wazoew zn eo_p:nweumwo meoum .nanwmwn-eoz we“ con eweF weoz mmmeNNH qucmz no eonwuoNnmumq Nwwemz mmwwo xFFwepem>m .Nm mmeepoqzx -- .Fn unmeF on see 5. sw_Ftwwmew-.w3 mew mam ewe Fth erowa ww_wwmeo at .Alw .lw . at I" D v. u '-::5 nob * u I Mull!!!» Dbl . ..- ik_ -l68- of eventual mental illness as a result of the war-damage, than do the non-disabled. Groups i_and k exhibit the highest mean scores while groups L_and e have the lowest. TABLE 27. --(From the 16 Special Hypotheses) The Groups With the High- est and Lowest Scores on the Total-Average-Mean, Contrasted With the Percent of Disabled Per Group (Figured From Hypothesis l8 Which Has the Lowest Number of Question-Pairs Used to Form a Hypothesis). Number Group Number Percent of Highest Lowest Disabled 0 l 8 55.0 l 2 l 42.9 0 3 l 9.1 0 4 O 3.0 0 e 2 5.5 0 f O ll.5 2 g 0 4.l 0 h 0 ll.l 5 i 0 65.3 _ j - _ 8 k 0 73.7 0 l 2 10.3 Total 2l.7 SPECIAL STUDY TABLES AND INFORMATION As previously noted, this section is not a major portion of this dis - sertation. Tables 29 - 4l were assembled to stimulate further research from this data. These tables may add some depth to portions of the major and minor hypotheses sections, but are intended solely to be a basis for additional research. Further explanation of the ABS will help understand the data of Tables 29 - 4l. There were the six subscales of the ABS, one for each of the 6 levels. In addition to these scales were several other sections, each preg- nant with possible useful data. First was the DEMOGRAPHIC section (which should have included a question designed to elicit home area data; i.e., rural, city, urban, or some similar classification). Next was the section designed to elicit a person's attitude toward social and personal CHANGE; an important question in rapidly changing Viet-Nam as it tries to retain much of its traditional culture. Third was a section regarding ACTUAL EXPER- IENCE with the war-disabled. Last was a section entitled LIFE SITUATIONS in which personal views on control of the physical and social environment was probed. For sheer interest and study the LIFE SITUATIONS section is undoubt- edly the most useful. These four special data sections have each spawned sets of Tables which are included here and are briefly outlined. Table 28 . Attitudes of the Disabled vs. the Non-disabled Level 1 shows a significant difference of less than .05. The higher the mean score, the more positive the attitude toward the war-disabled. -169- at. u.” ..‘u .o .... ...» g, .N . o .J 5...: a u. L N < -l70- TABLE 28. -- Comparison of Means and Levels of Significance of Total Scores by DISABLED vs. NON-DISABLED 0n the 6 ABS Content Levels of Attitude. ABS 1*, Means - Significance Level Disabled Non-disabTed Level (Variable) 1 44.72 43.89 .133 ‘5’ 2 38.93 37.02 ® 4.) § 3 44.23 42.58 @ § 4 47.03 43.90 ® .p E 5 47.43 48.55 ® < 6 51.45 45.29 @ Table 29: Rank Order of Research Groups Table 29 is constructed from the large tables (Appendix B) of correl - ations between the 32 variables. In Table 29 each set of means showing a level of significance better than .05 is listed, in each case indicating which mean was larger, thus giving the direction of difference. This was done with both Content and Intensity scores for all 6 levels (variables l - l2) and differences are easily discernable throughout Table 29. In the first column of Table 29 for example, there are differences at the .05 level for groups l and 2, on levels 4 and 6 of Content only. For group 1 and 3, every level of Content contains differences at the .05 level of significance or better, and levels 1, 2, 4, and 6 of Intensity, as well. As one peruses these columns, patterns emerge and it can easily be seen which 1.1. r... :3 ndUme no 3:5 31301.70 .....vN Q!- \..~ 9.) ~171- eoFuwFaeoa FweoemoiF memeoNFLe meooipmN>uL Npewnzum wuwanweo z>uw NNNNNFNEN z> - NLLNL-L muew>ewm FN>Lune meFoFLLo ueoseem>ocum NprNFNz-L muemnapmum NemNoFoEmie meoeowwpim NLNLLNL LNFNwLLFLLNLNL-N NFNEwL new annmeoqu LVL FVL LVN LAN LAN NAN LAN LAN FAN LVN LNLLNL NF LVL NVL LVN LVN LVN NVN LVN NLFFNNL FF LVL LVN LVN LVN NVN LVN NVN LVN LVN FLNLNNLNNNNL NF LVL LAL FVN LVN FVN LVN NVN NVN LVN LVN LNFNLLFN>N FNLNL N LVL NAL FVN LVN NVN LVN LVN NVN LVN NVN LVN LVN N>FLNeLNz N LVL NAL FVL LVN NAN LVN NLNNNNNLNNN N LVL LVL FAN NAN LAN NAN LAN NAN LAN FAN LNLLNL L LVL FAN NAN LAN LAN NAN LAN NAN LAN LVN NLFFNNL N NVL LVL LAL FVN LVN NVN LVN LVN NVN LVN NVN LVN FNNLLNLNNNNL L NVL LVL FVN LVN NVN FVN LVN NVN LVN NVN LVN LNLLLLFN>N FNLoz N LAL LAL FVN LVN NVN FVN LVN NVN LVN NVN LVN N>FNNLLNZ N LVL FAN NAN NAN LAN NAN LAN NLNNNNNLNLN F umscfizou NAN LAN NAN LAN NAN LAN NAN FAL LVF NAF LAF NAF LAF NAF LAF NAF LNLNNL NF FVN NVN LVF LVF NVF NLLFNNL FF NAN LVF LVF NVF NVL NAF _NNLLLLNNNNL NF NVN LVF NVF evF va va LVF eoprsz>m FwLoz m NAN LVF LVF NVF NVF LVF NAF N>LLNeLoz N NAN LVN LVF NA_ FVF NVF NVF NLNNLNNLNNN N NAN LAN NAN LAN NAN LAN FAF NAF LAF NAF LAF mAF LAF NVF NVF LNFLNL N NVN LVF NAF NVF NLLFNNL N NAN NAN NVF LVF LVF NAF NAF NVF FNNLNNLNNNNL L NVN LVN NAN FVF NVF LVF LVF NVF LVF NAF LNLLNNFL>N FwLoz N NAN FVF LVF NVF LVF NAF N>FNweLNz N LVN NVN NAF FVF NVF NLNNLNNLNNN F eoNuoueFo new mqaoew mFLwNLw> .pewueoo new NuNmemueH Nmewoz woaogu uewoNLNemNm NFFwoNumNuwum consume mmueoLoLLNo Lo eoNuongouu .mN m4muL NNNNNFNEN z> - NFLNN-L muew>gmm FN>Noue NeprFNZIL Nuemnsum-w Nemeuwwh-m NLmLLoz eoNuprFanewmuN Nuemnapm muwenwew z>nN NFwFoNLLo uemEeLm>owuN NLwNoFNEmue NFFEwL new nanwNFoqu FAL LVN FAN LVN NAN LVL eoNuo< NF FAL LVN LVL NLLFNNL FF FAL LVN FAN quNumepoNN: oF FAL LVN LVF . LVL eoNstFw>m Fweoz N FAL FVN LVN LVN NAN LVL m>prELoz m FAL FVN LVN FAF LVF NAL LVL NFNNNNNLNNN N FAL LVN FAF NAF LVL eono< o FAL LVN LVL NLLFNNL N FAL LAL FwNLNNLNNNNL L FAN FAL eoprst>m Fweoz m w>FLwELoz N FVN LVN FAF NAL NAL NFNNNNNLNNN F ............................................ - nmaeFueou -------i------------i---------------u---------u LVL LVN LVN LVL LVL LVN LVN . LNLNNL NF LVN LVL LVL FAm LVm LAm NeNmeL FF FAN LVN LVL FVL FAm LVm Fwonmepoexz oF LVN LVL NVL NVL FAm LVm NAN LAm eoNuwaFw>m Fweoz N LVN NAN LVL FVL FAm LVm NAm LAN w>NquLoz w LVN NAN LVL NAL FVL LVm NAm oNNNuommem N NVe LVN FVN FVL LVL NVL va Lvm NVm eoFuu< m LVN NVN LVL LVm NeFmeN m NVL FVL FVm LVN NVm FVN LVN NVN LVN FwoNmepoNN: L hvm cvm Pvm hvw NVN :vm wvm Nvm zvm cowumzpw>m Page: m FVL LVL NVL va LVm NVm FVm NVw m>preeoz N NAN FVN LVL FVm oFNNpommem F eoFuomeNo new wNNNoLN anwNLw> .wNNLFNLoN -- .NN NLNuL Nuewneum muwenwew z>uN NNNNNFNLN z> - NFLNN-L Nuew>emm FN>Nuue NFwNuNLNo uemEeLm>oNuN NLwNFFFz-L Nuemnapmuw memNoFNEmue Nemzuwmpim NLwLLo: eoNuprFanewL-N NFNEwN new nmpnmeoupw LVF LVF LVF LVF LVF LVN LVN LVN LVN LVN Lve LVN Lvm Lvm LVN Lvm Lvn Lvm LVn Lvm Lvn Lvm LVN Lvm LVN Lvm nmaeNueou LVN ch Lvm Lvm Lvm LVN LVF LVN LVF LVF LVF LVN LVF LVF 5.52 N m w N53... N N. Nu FwonweuoNN: L eoFuwaFw>m FwLoz m m>prELoz N oFeNuowemum F eoNuoe as N w eFFwwN m. U «L m m FwoNumeuoaN: n eonwaFw>m Fweoz m m>Nuweeoz N uFNNuomemum F eoNuomeFo new wmqaoew anerw> .L NNoLo Lqu no .manwNww> NuNmemueF new pempeou men euon eo mgmeONNLd NeouuuwN> we» Lwosoo ooemLoLLNo Lo eoNuowLNe euN: .uemLmLLNo NpuewonNeNNm manoew iu.om mLmoz H MNW 0.00 oz 0.0. 0 N.NN 0 _.NN 00 _.0_ 0_ 0.0_ 00 002000 op Noz ooNooo H z 0.0 0 0.0 F 0.0 0 N. N 0.0 0 N. N NNooz oz A 0 Z0000000 o0 00z .¢~ ucm om mopamwgw> new Amp wpnmwcm>v mucmgwwmga maowmwpmm an uczou aocmacmgm 1. .mm ~4m

r 110- ...-0‘ Av... 1...v-.a-.- new) q..nnv An.- via-.0... .-)v at ....I.-Uu¢|,n.u .i~¢.v-\.u~o\ss .A.- o-\c..v 1: ..... x.\..o- \ .5 I 6.6. \ o.oop mm o.oo~ pm o.oo— mm o.oop mum 0400— mm o.oop Nam mpmuo» 0.0N 0 0.0, 0 N.NN 0 N.NN N0 0.N_ 0N N.NN NN .0000 ozN 000 0oz mmcw>wo 000 com zoom 00 Amy N.NN 0 0._0 N. 0.00 oz 0.N0 00 0.N0 NN F.0o N__.0eooeo .NNozozooe .Nom 0N N00 N.0_ 0 0.0, 0 N.NN m 0.0, 00 0.0_ o_ N.NN 00 NH oooNoooz eowoNNoN oNz A00 0.0_ o 0.0 N 0.0 N N.N 0N 0.N_ 0N N.N NN ooNzeozo0 ooNooo< om upzo3 ummomumo mo mo>wpozmm Amv o.m F N.N F 0.0 o w._ m 0.0 o N.N 0 EN: Loo 050m mzh 00 oh mpoowo mmzmz: :omcoo 050 Amy N.N N o.o o o.mp N o.m mm m.~_ Pp m.m mp NH 0000*: oomoouoo oz» A_V o.m F m.m N o.~ P N.m NN m.o— m 0.N mm zpoom oz A v Nxogo op 0FmNFP awe: o; mw mcomoog mcvzozzoo on» No gown: com .ocmNLN Lo o>wuo .N00 0 mo :poou ocp gopoo NFNLogm .xoco op o_oeop Lo sugoco ogp on 0000 comgmo 0 0003 "mm opamw00> N.0N m 0.0 0 0.0N 0N 0.0 0N N.Nm NN _.0 0N ooze zoNNoo ozozNN oooepo A00 N.0_ 0 0.0 N 0.0N _N N.Nm NN N.0o 00 0.0N 0N eoN zoNNoo Nppoooz 0 M00 0.NN 0 0.0_ o 0.0N NP 0.00 00_ 0.N_ N. _.00 00 ooENNoEom ooze zoNNoo 0 00 N.N N 0.N0 0. 0.N _ 0.0 _N 0.0 0 0._N 00 cowoNNoz oz ozoz 0 ANN 0.00 0N 0.0_ 0 N.NN 0 0.0_ 00 _.0_ m_ 0.0_ 00 eozoez 0N 0oz ooooeo H NNN 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.. o 0.0 0 N.N 0 NNooN oz A 0 z0H0NSNz 00 00000 0N mmmzo0ozNN .Nm new on mopoowso> 0:0 Amp opoowco>v oococomogo msopmwzmm 0n ucsou aucmoamgu :1 .Nm mgm-0N1x muco>gom _w>_o-; mocooopmim meoxgoz oowuopwzwoosomim .mpcmooum opooooeo z>1o mpowuwooo ucoscgo>oo1o memzopoEoio xzwsoo oco omzoomwoupo mmm. mmm. Noo. mum. NNo. mom. Noo. «mp. mom. No—.- mom. «no.1 moo. omF. mop. mop. NNN.- ooo.- o Noo. omfi. omm. moo. Poo. ooo. wmo. mom. moo. mNo. o_o. mmm. NNo. Noo.- ooo.- ooo.- oNo.- FoF. m~m.- ooN.- m ooN. moo. oFN. wNN. ozm. oNo. «mm. omm. oNo. ooo. _ ooo. ooo. ooo.- Noo. mmF. FNF. oNo. NNN. oNo. mom. w—m. moo.- o moo. “mm. mpm. “mo. mum. oNo. mop. mwm. ooo. NNN. mmm. NNF. nmp.u “mm. mpm. mmp. moo. mm—. omo. mpm. moo.1 oFo. m mom. NFF. moo. Nwo. mOF. mmm. mmm. Rom. Foo.u ooo.- mmm. opm. F—N. omo.u w—o. —m_.1 N ooo. NNN. mmm. . moo. mmm. mom. mmp. NNF. mmo. mom. NNN. nm~.1 me.u oNN.1 woo. moo.1 mop. Pop.u NmP.n oom. cop. mpp. _ p x w w c m w m o m N F mopooweo> omosoeo .Ao 1 P mmpnowgm>v mm< Oz» mo mpm>m4 ucmpcoo o 0:9 saw; uopammwuagmz mcp ugmzoh mmunuwuu< now A mm opnowgm>v oszwmx QAHNU m0 mfiomam2_3m2 Low m—O>Og mocmumNPEmwm one mcompOFOLgoo 11 .ov m4m<0 -190- cowuoNzooo NogmcmouN mmmonosm z>uoNux mucm>gmm NN>Nous mucmooumum mgmxgoz cowuoprNoocmmnN mucmooum ouoaoogo z>uo mNNNONNNo ucoscgm>oouo mgmonoEmuo xNNEoN oco omNoomwouNo Nmm. Nmo. omm. NoN. moo. mNm. NoN. wmm. oNN. Noo. mNm. mmm. NoN.- moN.- ooN. moo. NNN.- oNo. oNN.1 Noo. ooo. ooN. NoN.- ooN. m mmo. ooo. Non. mom. mmn. oNo. Non. Noo. moo. Noo. wa. Noo. oNo. moo. oNo. ooN. moN. ooo.- ooo. NNN. mmo.- NNo.- m NNN. omo. NNN. mmm. NNN. Nmm. mom. ooN. mom. woo. nmo. mmN.- moo. NNN. ooN.- mmo.- Nmo. ooo.- Nmo. ono. o NoN. NNo. oow. mNo. ooo. omm. Noo. oNo. NNN. mom. Noo. mmm. oNN.- omo.- mmo. ooo. ooo.- moo. ooo.- mNo.1 ooN. oNo.- omo.- ooo. m ooN. mNm. ooN. Nom. omN. mmw. oNo. NNN. ooo. oNN. NoN. oNN.- mom.- NNN.- moo. oNo.- oNo. NoN.- NoN.- NNN. N mNN. ooN. mNN. mNN. moN. mum. Noo. mNm. Now. mom. , NNN. mmm. omo.1 ooN.- mom. nmo. mNm. NNo. Noo.- Noo.- mNo. ooo. omN.- mmo. N N o. .0 .N 0 0 .0 0 0 m N N omooogo mmN000N0> .N0-N.Lo>o 00< 000 00 0No>o0 0000000 0 000 0003 ooNoomNo-003 000 000300 00000000< 000 AQN mNnoNLo>v nomazou mamHm mom gnomsmz zmz Lo; mNm>mo mocmuwmwcmwm uco mcowumNmLLoo 11 .000 momuoNux muco>smm N0>Noug mpcmo=0m1m mgmxeoz cowuoprNoocmmuN mnemoaum muoooogo z>un mNoNuNwmo Newscgm>oo1o mgomoNoEmno zN0504 oco omNoomNouNo -191- Nam. mom. Nmm. m¢¢. mom. mum. mmp. mmw. moo. mNN. mum. mme. N00.- 0N0.- 04N. 000. NN0. 000. N4N. 4N0.- NNO. 0NN.- NNN.- N00.- 0 N00. 0N0. NNN. 0N0. 00N. 00N. 00N. NON. 000. N00. 00N. 0NN. 000. NNN. NON. 00N.- N0N.- 0NN.- 0 N00. 00N. N00. NNN. omN. NNN. 0N0. NN0. 0NN. 40N. 04N. NNN. 0N0. NNN. 000.- 40N. 404. 040. NNN. 000. 4NN. NNN. N00. 0NN.- 4 440. 400. 000. 0NN. 000. 000. 000. 400. 000. 000. 00N. 000.- 00N.- omN. N00. 00N. 00N. 0N0. NNO.- N00. 0 ooN. 000. 0N4. 400. N00. 0NN. NNN. NNN. 0NN. moN. 0NN.- 400. 0N0. 000. 40N. 4NN. 000. 00N.- N 0NN. N00. 0N0. 0N0. 000. 440. 040. 004. 0N0. 000. N00. 00N.- 000. 00N. 000. NN0.- NON.- 000.- N00. NNN.- N40. 0N0.- N N N 0 N 0 0 0 o 4 0 N N moN00400> omooogo . 1 .Lo mcu mo mNm>m4 ucmucoo o 0:0 :00: umNoomwuuLoz mop oeozoh wou30000< . MWN AWN .waVmMMHawwmzwmuwz mo mnomsm: 2M2 so» mNo>oo mucoueomcmwm uco mcoppoNoggoo 1- coo m0m amazouo fifl' .NNN - N ooNooNeozo 004 000 00 0N0000 N0000000N 000 0000000 0 000 000: 00N00000-003 000 ooozoN mooouNNpq no» Amm.00>v mm< Lo» mNm>oo mucNONNNemNm coo mcoNuoNoLLoo -- .0N4 m0ov mm< mo mNo>oN xuchoN:N cam 0:60:00 0 0:0 cuN: ooNnova-Noz Cop ouozoe moosuwuuo 000 N00 .00>o mmqmoN 00:000N00000 000 00000000000o -- .0N4 NNNNN -195- .maso»m you 04 oNan ammo umhww comm mmN. 000. 440. .... 040. mmN. 000. 040. N00. NNN. 0NN. NNN. N00.- 0N0.- .... NNN. 0NN. oNN. oNN 0N. 440.- omN. NN N00. 000. 44N. 0N0. .... 404. omN. 000. 000. 00N. 0N0. NoN.- 400.- 000. 000. .... NNN. NoN.- 000. moN. NNO. 000.- NN N04. 04N. 44N. 04N. .... 04N. N04. 000. ooN. 000. 000. 04N.- 000. NNN. .... NNN. 000.- 000. 04N. NNN. 0N NNN. NNN. 00N .... 400. 000. 0N0. Nn4. 004. 000. 04N.- 00N. NoN. .. 0N0. 000. 4N0. N00. 000. NNN.- 0 NN. 000. 000. ... NNN 400. 004. 000 000 moN NNo.- NON - 000. .... NNN. 000.- 000.- moN 000.- NNN 0 0N0. 000. 000. . .. NoN. N0“. 0N4. 44N. 000. 000. NNN. 440. ooN.- N40. .... NNN. 040.- 000.- 40N. 0N0.- NN.- emN.- 0 N00. NoN. 040. ... 4N0. 0h0. N4N. NNN. 4mm. 00..- 0N0.- .... 0N0. 00N. 44N. NoN. 0 000. N00. 000. NNN. . .. 000. 4N0. NNN. NNN. ooN. 000. N00. 000. 0N0. 040.- 04N. ... 400. NNo.- 40N.- N00.- N00. N00. 000.- m 000. 4N0. 040. N0N. .... N00. 04N. 000. NoN. 0NN. 004. N00. 400. NNN.- NNN 0NN.- ... NNN. 4oN.- 40N.- NNN. 000.- 04N. 000.- 4 00N N00. 4NN. 0NN. .... 0N0. mom. NNN. N00. 040. 40-. NNN. No0. 0N0. N00.- NN0.- 000. 04N.- 0N0.- mNo. 0m0. N NNN. 004. N00. N00. .... 040 N00. 000. 040. 000. 0N4. 000. 00.. 4oN. 044.- NNN. .... 000. 400. .00.- 000.- 000.- 400. 0NN. N 040. 040. 000. 0NN. 000.N 040. N4N. 400. N00. 004. 000 000. 000. 0N0. omN. NNN. 000. Noo.- 000. 400. 000.- 400.- 0N0 - 40N. N N N N N z N N o 4 N N N .1 oNooNNoz mmmaouo NNN - N .No>o mmo mo mNoNoN xuchoucN van acoucou o ozu zuNx ooNonNc-Nmz on» ounzoo moosuNNu< pom Nam oNnmNNm>o mmoo no unaozu Noo mNo>ON oocouNmNcmNm coo mcoNuoNoNNou - .oNv mom<0 -196- cates an error in programming. Variab1e 37 did not pattern as 36 did in all cases, but basically they are similar. Variab1e 39 was very different, however; there were patterns by neg- ative correlations with groups 1, 2 (Intensity only), 4 (Content), e, f, k, and l (Intensity only) being those with this pattern. Within the pat - terning by significant difference, the above is not evident by groups, but by levels, with the Action levels carrying 9 of 15 significant scores. CHAPTER VI SUMMARY, DISCUSSION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS This chapter summarizes the purpose and methodology, interprets the results stated in Chapter V, and suggests implications and recommendations for further research, both in Viet-Nam and in other studies of this cross- cultural series. Summary_of the Study Purpose Attitude assessment has been a problem because of the inexact and subjective methodology commonly used in the past. Jordan expanded and re- vised Guttman's facet theory and used it to construct an instrument that would use the procedure to methodically examine a p0pu1ation's attitude toward disability. Eventually this Jordan development was expanded into an instrument for research of attitudes toward mental retardation named the ATTITUDE BEHAVIOR SCALE - MENTAL RETARDATION (ABS-MR). The Attitude Behavior Scale (ABS) approach is now expanded to include attitudes in many areas of disability, from the disability of being crippled, blind, or deaf to the area of caste, ethnicity, race, tribalism (Jordan, 1973), or the use of drugs. The present study had two basic purposes. First was a concern with gathering data on attitudes toward a disability in Viet-Nam. Secondly, was the interest in continuing work on cross-cultural research (although it should be noted that this study per se, is not cross-cultural in itself). ~197- k N 1., 7!“ P. l‘ . . III 1|. 110 pl . v -198- The disability to be examined was that caused by war-damage among the pop- ulation of South Viet-Nam. This examination was accomplished by investi - gating selected sample's attitudes toward civilian and military war-disabled across the six levels or sub-scales of the adaption of the ABS-MR named the ATTITUDE BEHAVIOR SCALE-WAR DISABLED-VIET-NAM (ABS-WD-VN). Later, after the initial planning, but before commencement of the actual study, a third aspect was introduced when a Specific set of hypo - theses was added in conjunction with a new application of standard statis- tical processes in combination with the ABS-WD-VN. This third aspect was specifically designed to ascertain special information from the ABS regard- ing the disabled in Viet-Nam, but it is hoped the process will be useful in future research especially since it is designed to elicit data useful to the immediate locality being studied. Related Research A review of the literature was attempted for attitudes toward the war-disabled. It is possible there are extant studies, especia11y some small research papers done independently here and there at various rehab - ilitation centers on this subject, but none were discovered, nor did any rehabilitation or veterans organizations in the United States, the United Nations, or at any international headquarters in Paris contacted have know- ledge of such a study anywhere. The literature indices and abstract jour- nals listed nothing. Incredible as it appears, there seem to have been no documented studies, large or small, important or otherwise, of attitudes toward the war-disabled. Once this lack of specific war-related studies was established, a -199- review of the literature of attitudes toward the physically handicapped was effected, on the assumption that the attitudes manifested would be similar to any that might exist toward the physical disabilities of the war-disab1ed. Harrelson (1970) found a great variety of quality and di - vergency of studies and results in his own research on attitudes toward the mentally retarded. In the examination of attitudes toward the phy - sically disab1ed it should be noted that just the Opposite was the case. Studies were congruent and appeared, even when not consciously so planned, to be built upon previous research and methodology. There is one factor not present in all previous studies toward the physically disabled that IS present in the current study and casts constant misgivings about using the results of these previous studies as any type of basis for the present study. This is the unusual fact (as far as a study of disability is concerned) that while previous studies were always conduc- ted on grOUps and persons that were a societal ”exception", the present study was made in a place where a war-disability is so common as to be con- sidered an "every-day affair" -- it is almost the "norm" of the society! In one situation we are studying something so uncommon that it is excep - tional: another time it is so common that differing psychological reactions to the problem are undoubtedly in operation. The effect of a physical dis- ability actually becoming a "mass phenomenon" -- a societal norm -- is an interesting and important consideration that is not properly dealt with in any of the literature. Also, it must be noted that few of the studies on physical disabil - ities involved cross—cultural comparisons or were a part of a cross-cul - -200- tural series, although several were made independently in foreign areas and cross-cultural possibilities were referred to on several occasions (Jordan and Chigier, 1972). Instrumentation It is in the realm of the instrumentation that the present attitude research (and the entire series as well) ceases to be another mundane doc- toral research project. All attitude studies have problems inherent in the "subjectivity" of their nature. Through the use of Jordan's ABS, con - structed according to Guttman's facet procedures, attitudes can be class - ified and sub-structured into components or levels, which have a systematic relationship according to the number of identical conceptual elements they hold in common. Facet design also has the advantage of being based on the construction of a scale containing logical, semantic, a priori semantic structure which includes a prediction system verifiable from empirical data. To date, no other attitude study instrument has these advantages. Since this is the 20th study in the international cross-cultural ser- ies, there is a growing fund of data indicating that validity is present in the instrument. One of the early users of the simplex aspects of the ABS- type instrument, was Kaiser who deve10ped the Q2 procedure as a test for validity. This method of verification for validity has indicated that the ABS has construct validity and the present study has enhanced this consider- ably for reasons that are explained later. Regarding reliability, previous studies were checked with Kuder- Richardson-type procedures with reliability estimates on all 6 levels rang- ing from .60 to .89. Because the previous ABS studies were successfully ~201- tested for reliability, it was assumed the present study would show com- parable reliability. The point that must be emphasized in this study is that the con - tinual production of reasonable and logical answers from the respondents, and especially from "sets" of answers, indicates strongly that there is both reliability and validity present in ABS-type research. Design and Analysis A major problem of gathering cross-cultural data is the assuring of instrument and sampling equivalency in order to achieve comparable data. The solution to this problem involves specialized local knowledge of the culture and language for sample selection and translation of the instru - ment. Translation is not limited to a word-by-word rendition of the orig- inal instrument, but includes the translation of certain events and/or situations into equivalent situations and/or events in the comparison cul- ture. What the researcher lacks in these areas must be compensated for through the use of competent assistants. In the case of this study, due to a previous two-year association with a number of educated Vietnamese who were willing to help directly or at least propose persons who could, coupled with several paid consultants“ who had impeccable credentials (translator in the Premier's Office; four years experience translating Viet-Cong documents into English; area spec - ialists; CORDS translators and secretaries, for examples), it is felt, without reservation, that meaningful and sociologically equivalent trans- lation of the ABS was obtained in the ABS-WD-VN! Since previous ABS studies all had four specific samples, these were -202- replicated. The major deviation was the inclusion of some disabled them- selves who were undergoing treatment in three rehabilitation centers into the "family" group, something rather impractical in studies of the mental- ly retarded. In addition to these four "basic" groups (a1ways identified by num - ber; l, 2, 3, or 4), eight other groups were added (always identified by the letters 'e' through 'L'): because of the concern for making the study USEFUL to the Vietnamese as well as for the general research series. Although there were exceptions, and a major attempt was made, without success, to secure a number of reSpondent groups from the city of Rach Gia on the Gulf of Siam, the majority of the sample populations came from eith- er the Sai-Gon area or from Vinh-Long Province, about 100 miles south of the Capital City. None, other than a few rehabilitation workers and pa - tients, were from areas north of Sai-Gon unless by chance they had recently moved into Sai-Gon from such areas and by further chance were included in one of the Sai-Gon groups. Considering the war which was still very real in 1970 - 1971, it is considered that the groups and individuals within them were generally representative and adequate for this study. Fifteen research hypotheses were adapted from previous studies to be used for the war-disabled, although of these (2 and 4) were subsequently dropped; one due to an error in data gathering and the other due to a var - iable deleted through a misunderstanding. Also, 17 new hypotheses were developed to test special Vietnamese and/ or war-disability situations, and a new process for testing and scoring was organized. These additional hypotheses are carefully indicated because the system deve10ped for their statistical analysis does not respect the Guttman- -203- Jordan concept of the "sanctity" of the 6 levels. Nevertheless, the re - sults strongly suggest that this section has validity and it is hoped that others will take this apparent "success" and make further experimentation with it. In addition, due to the volume of unexploited data generated, a third section beyond the major and minor hypotheses sections, was added. It is hoped that this section will promote further study on the sociol - ogy and psychology of Viet-Nam. Resu1ts Generally, results are infOrmative and in keeping with the previous studies. Nothing appeared that was so unusual as to make one doubt the reliability of the instrument or procedures. In fact, the results have quite the opposite effect, indicating that the data herein can be studied and used with confidence. This is true also, of the 17 special or minor hypotheses. Due to the interest still present at this date (April, 1974), it is hoped that some agency or agencies of both the United States and/or Viet— Nam will see fit to further subsidize research and investigations from this included data. Discussion of the Results There are numerous comparisons possible from the data of this re - search. There is the possibility of making comparisons and speculations“ regarding se1f-image and other-image as made by Harrelson (1970) regard- ing the Germanic people of his study. There is the possibility of making comparisons cross-culturally with data from some or all the other 19 com- pleted studies. There are the completed hypotheses themselves plus the -204- 17 Special Hypotheses to speculate upon. There is the data included for thure studies but rejected for this one. Discussion could be productive as to technical procedures, but other than the small section on the new procedures introduced herein, there will be none of this as previous re - searchers and especially Jordan (1970) cover this. The first type of speculation suggested, covering the Vietnamese character could be interesting and productive, but this very fact makes it impossible for one would need an entire chapter for this alone and this thesis is large already. The cross-cultural comparisons is a laudatory suggestion but, in fact, should be a dissertation for someone else, and this may be consider- ed a recommendation of this thesis. Therefore, the discussion of results in most instances, will be con- fined to the two sets of hypotheses; (a) those from the previous studies, the Major Hypotheses, and (b) the Special Hypotheses developed for Viet- Nam and the war-disabled. In addition, as noted, there is the third sec - tion with collected data which will receive minor speculation. Major Research Hypotheses Relating Attitudes and Efficacy: (variable 13, Hypothesis 1) This hypothesis has importance in the light of previous cross-cultur- al investigations. Harrelson (1970) stated: The efficacy scale....was not a strong predictor of attitude toward the mentally retarded in Germany....It may be that man's degree of control over his environment [i.e., Efficacy] is not the relevant issue in the highly industrialized and technological German culture that it may be in some of the more underdeveloped nations. This interpretation if Correct, should emerge more clearly in the subsequent cross-cultural collection of data (p. 195). -205- While the present study is not cross-cultural and few comparisons with previous studies are being made herein, the above point of Harrelson is too apropos to the situation to bypass. As can be seen in Chapter 1, the Vietnamese society is a traditional type society in the process of soc- ia1 and governmental upheaval; plagued by the continuation of the debil - itating war; and one in which the average man has had too little power over his life. Also,it has been long postulated by many of the West that the Buddhist dominated societies of the East have developed a social mi - lieu in which feelings of helplessness, or at least, general acquiescence in the face of the unknown powers that seem to guide or force one's life. A recent study (Down, 1973) reveals there is some truth to this understand- ing although the truth is not a case of helpless resignation as is often believed. Therefore, it is too basic to this study to pass this cultural pos - sibility by, and an attempt will be made to see if, indeed, those who are high on the Efficacy score do exhibit positive feelings that are at var - iance with those who score low, both in regard to the disabled and some general sociological values. First, as in the German study of Harrelson (1970), the Efficacy scale was not a strong predictor of attitudes toward the war-disab1ed and the hypothesis was only mildly supported. Secondly, it is with this first hypothesis that one must begin to consider the divergent scores of the Viet-Cong (whi1e remembering previous statements regarding the problem of relying too heavily upon the scores from this very small and perhaps unrepresentative group). In this hypothe- sis the Viet-Cong had high significant differences on the Action level -206- (6) along with the students (and also GVN soldiers whose scores were high but not to a level of significance). Time after time it will be seen that selective other-groups and the Viet-Cong are the groups with scores indi - cating significant difference. The point soon becomes obvious: THE VIET- CONG ARE NOT TYPICAL VIETNAMESE! This point is re-emphasized frequently, and the real question behind this interesting side-light to this research is, "In what way are the Viet-Cong divergent and unusual?", and if this small sample can be trusted to be at all representative, it can be said that for Hypothesis I, these Viet-Cong who do feel, or wish to feel in command of their environment (a project they certainly are actively work - ing toward), are also more favorable in attitude toward the (their?) dis — abled. The same is apparently true for the students and to a slightly les- ser degree, the GVN soldier. This finding indicating the divergency between Vietnamese groups fo— cuses on another major finding of this study that will receive attention in other major and minor hypotheses. In writing to the author regarding the previously mentioned study on fatalism (Down, 1973), Professor Nguyen- dang-Thuc, of Sai-Gon University emphasized the monolithic nature of his pe0ple. He felt that the fatalism study would not reveal sociological differences in fatalistic belief between Buddhists and Christians. In oth- er words, he held the logical opinion that the Buddhistic culture would overwhelm all other influences, creating a society that even in war was more united in belief and ideology, than divided. However, the fatalism study had as its most revealing finding, a clear delineation between var- ious religious groups in this respect of belief. In the present ABS study, variation in belief between groups of Viet- -207- namese is strongly confirmed. Groups of Vietnamese do appear to vary strongly from each other. One cannot generalize for "monolithic" Viet - namese beliefs any more than one can generalize for "American" beliefs. In Hypothesis I it is the students and GVN soldiers who agree with the Viet-Cong and are divergent from other groups. This particular com- bination is not necessarily repeated in other hypotheses, but the condi - tion wherein there is a strong difference between various groups of Viet- namese respondents is repeated. In the case of the Minor Hypotheses, for example, these differences pattern strongly regarding attitudes toward the war-disability and self-concept. To paraphrase a trite Western say- ing regarding Chinese, "They may all look alike, but all Vietnamese cer - tainly do not think alike!" Relatin Attitudes and Contact:(Variable 35;_Hypothesis 3,_and Variables 36, 37, 6 39; Hypothesis 5) In the minor hypotheses it is almost always found that the disabled have a more positive attitude toward themselves than the non-disabled have of them. Certainly then, it would be the case that those most intimately associated with the disabled (the disabled themselves) are the most posi- tive in feelings. However, while it could be assumed here (and has been true in prev - ious studies) that those most EXPERIENCED with the disabled are most apt to be positive in attitude toward them, such was not the case in Hypothe- sis 3 as the data only mildly supported the hypothesis. One can speculate as to the reasons behind this. As has been prev- iously mentioned, this study deals with a mass phenomenon of disability; a very unusual world situation. Not only this, but at the time of the study there had been a great deal of political activity among disabled -208- veterans. A short time before arrival in Sai-Gon, a large group of dis- abled, demanding veterans benefits had usurped land here and there in the city, building shacks upon it to create pressure for their claims for aid and to emphasize the fact they were not receiving what they considered adequate financial help. While this action may have been ultimately dir - ected at the U.S. pocketbook, it was a direct affront upon the GVN, and soldiers were finally used to dislodge the veterans and destroy the shacks. As can be imagined this created ill-feelings and guilt and it is quite possible that some of this is reflected in this study although the incident was done long before the questionnaire was distributed. It is noteworthy too, that the Minor Hypotheses showed a signifi - cant difference between the mean scores of the disabled themselves in group 1 and their family members, also in group 1. One would expect these two sub-groups would be similar enough to be "lumped" together. There must be reasons involved here that keep associations with the disability from being equated with a positive attitudes toward the disabled, that are not clear. Again, there are specific groups that appear to diverge from the norm; students and Viet-Cong in this case agree with the TEACHERS. Hypothesis 5 was a different form of the general question regarding "frequency of contact"; and one that contains evidence of interest for both the countries of Viet-Nam and the United States. It was found that IF the frequency of contact was positively correl— ated with (a) ease of avoiding this activity (i.e., there was always an easy method available to avoid the situation), (b) there was material gain involved BECAUSE of the contact, and (c) if there was an alternate way to obtain financial reward for working which the respondent HIMSELF rejected -209- in favor of having contact with the disabled ---- ONLY THEN would high frequency of contact be congruent with a positive attitude toward the disabled. What such data clearly indicate is that FORCED CONTACT, such as is basic to the forced integration of busing in the U.S.; is now commonplace in Michigan prisons; is a reality with the war-disab1ed in Viet-Nam where the tremendous number of war-disabled must make it dif - ficult to avoid such contact; such FORCED CONTACT DOES NOT necessarily mean the growth of POSITIVE ATTITUDES toward the minority or group with the "disability" in question. Also, present data DOES indicate that intensity of feeling becomes STRONGER with increasing contact, but there is only small reason to be - lieve that increasing the contact will produce positive feelings! Forced (or even merely encouraged) contact will then not necessarily produce positive attitudes toward a disability. This should not be a surprising statement but, nevertheless, it is basic to the U.S. forced busing pro - grams which give little attention to the other necessary conditions (or substitute factors) needed before contact will produce positive reactions. Such concepts are important in formulating rehabilitation programs. Relating Attitudes to Religiosity:(Variable 20 - Hypothesis 6; Variable 30 - Hypothesis 7) The religious variables, i.e., religious importance and religious adherence, are not strong predictors of attitudes toward the disabled: i.e., scoring high on the religious variable does not necessarily mean that one will have a more positive attitude toward the war-disabled, although there is a slight tendency for this to be true. One of the major teachings of the Christian religion has centered on man's relationship with man. It has been assumed that those of high -210- religiosity would be high in attitudes toward ALL FELLOWMEN and that any such attitude would "spill over" into the realm of the attitudes toward the disabled, yet previous ABS studies have not shown this to be true. As one might eXpect, there is a positive relationship, but it is small and unstable. Rokeach (1968), in his book in reference to Kirkpatrick (1949), notes this unexpected phenomenon and adds interesting comments: In 1949 Clifford Kirkpatrick, professor of sociology at Indiana University, published some findings in relation- ship between religious sentiments and humanitarian atti - tudes....His conclusions were surprising - at least to followers of organized religion. In group after group - Catholic, Jewish, and the Protestant denominations - he found little correlation at all; but what there was was negative. That is, the devout tended to be slightly less humanitarian and had more punitive attitudes toward crim - inals, delinquents, prostitutes, homosexuals, and those who might seem in need Of psychological counseling or psychiatric treatment. In my own research I have found that, on the average, those who identify themselves as belonging to a religious organization express more intol- erance toward racial and ethnic groups (other than their own) than do non-believers - or even communists....Gor- don Alport in his book, the Nature of Prejudice, describes many of the studies that have come up with similar find - ings [but] actually [his conclusions are] not quite accur— ate. While nonbelievers are in fact generally less pre - judiced than believers toward racial and ethnic groups, it does not follow that they are more tolerant in every respect. Non-believers often betray an intellectual arro- gance of another kind - intolerance toward those who dis- agree with them. Alport's conclusion is only valid if by 'prejudice' we mean ethnic and religious prejudice (p. 190). With such speculations it becomes intriguing to wonder if a Sino - BuddhisticIculture would do better in teaching man's love of all living creatures including his disabled and damaged brother, than Christianity 1742 persons were tabulated for religion. Of these, 607 or approximately 80% indicated adherance to Ancestor Worship and/or Buddhism; 86 or 12% to being Christian and 49 or 8% gave no answer, indicated they had no relig- ion, or indicated membership in one of the minor sects of religions. -211- does. Tables 14, 15, 36, and 37 indicate that the more religious person does, indeed, have higher mean scores on attitudes toward the disabled, but only rarely to a significant degree. As in previous cases of other Christian cultures, there is a positive outlook from the more religious, but it is only a mild situation indicating that man is basically similar in various ways including a propensity to minimize his religious teachings regarding actions and feelings toward his fellow-man whether he is Bud - dhist or Christian. Perhaps this PSYCHIC UNITY OF MANKIND (Inkles, 1969) can be construed to be positive by those who really wish to believe in man's basic oneness but one must wonder if the religious teachings of man can not insure more than a mild increase in positive attitudes toward any unfortunate group, then who or what institution can do it. Additionally, there is a possible explanation for this in a 30 year war, and it would be interesting to know how Vietnamese would have scored ' on this 35 years ago. Perhaps a partial answer could be found through the scores of current groups from such places as Thailand or Malaysia. Relating_Attitudes and Demographic Variables:(Variable 21 - Hypothesis 8; Variable 16 - Hypothesis 8; Variable 2 - Hypothesis 10 Amount of education was not generally related to positive attitudes toward the disabled. Only within the teacher's group was there a signif- icant relationship. Amount of education was not a negative factor, but it certainly would indicate that the Vietnamese, as other societies, have not yet found a method to convince those with education to have compassion. It is recommended that such a program be designed and initiated in the state schools on a "low-key'l level. -212- Perhaps if religion has not been successful, one should not expect the government to be successful through education. Yet, certainly the re- cent emphasis in American schools on social problems which includes com - passion for the I'underdog", has had positive results. In contrast to some studies, increasing age also did not bring more compassion or concern. Vietnamese peOple frequently lead a difficult life and the war has increased examples where older persons are looking after widows and or - phaned children, and are frequently attending to the needs of relatives disrupted by the war through death or military service, rather than being attended to themselves in their old age by the younger family members as is the custom. There is no way to tell from these data if this has influ - enced the thinking of the more aged, but for some reason the older pop - ulation is not more positive in outlook than the young and when support is needed for new or continuing programs, the GVN should look to the young, not the old. (It could be, too, that the younger, feeling close identi - fication with the disabled because so many of the disabled are likewise young, have significantly higher scores than normally would be expected, making it difficult for there to be a difference large enough for differ- ences to reach statistical significance). It is considered the woman's place to be the attending helpmate in most societies; whether the person who needs help be a child, an adult family member or an older parent. It is considered especially noteworthy when it is the male of the family who exhibits the greater willingness to attend to the physical or psychic needs of the infirm, more than the woman of the family. If this is a truism in the West, then it is doubly true in the East. Yet, the scores indicate in this study that it is the men who -213- are more positive. This may be because men identify more readily with the disabled because most disab1ed are men, but such findings are not in keeping with Jordan's (1968) study on physical disability. They do sup - port Harrelson (1970), however, who wondered in his study if Germany was the only place in the world where this might be true, although it must be noted that in the present study the difference between the sexes was small. Again, one could speculate as to the effect on man of a civilization process which allows a less "hard" man to develop in the Vietnamese society, than is allowed in his Western counterpart. Maybe this is the Buddhist in- fluence that was not found previously. In spite of the war and in spite of the differing dichotomy expected between women and men in Viet-Nam than in the West, it is undoubtedly correct to believe that the Vietnamese so - cialization process does allow a more compassionate side of the man to ap - pear, than is allowed, at least until recently, in the West. This could be an explanation for the scores in the present hypothesis. Relating Attitudes and Change Orientation: (Variables 27 & 28 - Hypothesis D). Although this was one hypothesis, there were three parts: (a) atti - tudes toward new methods of child-rearing; (b) attitudes toward the use of modern methods of birth-control, and (c) mechanization of work. Hypothesis ll strongly contains the notion that those who score high will be mOdern, innovative, foreward-looking, and especially for those from a traditional society, one of those who is not bound tightly and blindly to the restricting ways of the past. Since these ways of the past in Viet-Nam seem to include a certain alienation from the total society, i.e., one's society tended to end at the edge of one's known friends and relatives, it -214- could easily be construed that those who are rejecting the traditional outlook would also reject this provincial and narrow approach to human concern and responsibility. Harrelson (1970) makes a point that is major to this set of var - iables, however, when he says (of his own study): The result was a rather confusing and inconsistent mix- ture....Since a similar confusing array....appeared in Jordan's (1968) research in which different attitude scales were employed, it would appear that the problem lies prim— arily in the change orientation items themselves rather than in the criterion instruments (pp. ZOO-201). On page 128 of this dissertation, in the discussion of the support for each of the three sections of this hypothesis, it was noted: It is obvious there is little similarity between beliefs in these three areas and attitudes toward the disabled. It can probably be assumed that people's belief in these areas are not unified, in any way or on any level. Yet, statistically, in the multiple correlations the hypothesis was strong- ly supported indicating that those who are foreward looking do indeed ex - hibit more positive feelings toward their fellow - disabled - men, even extending it beyond the boundries of concern for the traditional villager. Another point made on page 126 of this dissertation which needs to be repeated generally and specifically for this hypothesis, is the differ- ence between statistical significance and meaningful significance, for here it appears that at least partially, the statistical significance is enhanced by the fact of sample size; almost 750 respondents. Of the three variables, only child-rearing was a positive predictor of attitudes toward the war-disabled, whi1e mechanization became increas- ingly worse in predicting as the realm of personal action was approached. Birth-control appeared particularly inconclusive. The scores, even with -215- the high multiple correlations, are a jumbled conglomeration suggesting Harrelson's previous judgment, and indicating that it would be unsafe to extrapolate overly in the area of attitudes toward change and the disabled. Relating Attitude to Opinions on Educational Aid and Planning: (Variables 27,_and 28 - Hypothesis 12; Variable 29 - Hypothesisl3) As with previous hypotheses these variables differentiate better between groups than between attitude levels. The teachers and teacher - trainees were the only group with significant differences to any degree and these rejected the hypothesis as the levels approach the personal 1ev- e1. Other groups exhibited a ”hodge-podge" of negative and positive (but not significant) correlations indicating a complete lack of homogeneity. It appears that attitudes toward educational planning does not have a relationship to attitudes toward the disabled in Viet—Nam. Relating Attitudes and Group Membership: (Hypothesis l4) Hypothesis 14 was developed mainly for cross-cultural research and there appears to be little in a direct or immediately useful application for this hypothesis in Viet-Nam, although it IS of interest to those who wish to understand the cultural structure of various areas. However, it is also useful to know which group in Viet-Nam is most negative or most positive toward the disabled. The notion is that various groups will exhibit differing degrees of concern for the disabled, based more or less on factors considered in the previous hypotheses, such as contact, education, religion, etc. Since this hypothesis is related directly to the preceding studies only the four basic groups are discussed and the remaining eight groups are not analyzed. -216- There is another issue involved in this particular study that is not a consideration in studies on mental retardation. The original hypothesis was postulated in a situation where the actual persons being studied were not respondents, and under this condition it was assumed that rehabili - tation workers would be more positive in attitudes toward the disabled than would the actual family members with their ambivalent psychological ties to the particular disabled person. In a study wherein the disabled themselves are able to participate, it COULD be proposed that the order would be different because the "family” group would be more positive than would the rehabilitation-worker group. However, as has been previously noted, the LEAST POSITIVE GROUP of all twelve in the results for the Minor Hypotheses, was group 1, the dis- abled themselves still under-going treatment and family members of the disabled living in Sai-Gon. This is a situation that will receive some speculation later, but it is sufficient to note that on the Content level, while there were no significant or even tru1y meaningful differences be - tween mean scores, the hypothesis must be considered supported since BOTH Content and Intensity scores pattern as postulated in 100% of the cases. In other words, there were no reversals in direction for this hypothesis. Harrelson (1970) speculated on the probability that this hypothesis would pattern according to expectancy in ensuing ABS research and it is interesting to note that at least in the exotic culture of Viet-Nam this has been the case. Harrelson also found in his research that the most favorable attitudes expressed toward the disabled are with regard to how people SHOULD behave, while the least favorable scores are expressed with regard to now both others and the self ACTUALLY feel about and behave to - -217- ward any disabled group. In this study, as can be seen in Table 23, the means increase from the lowest to level four and then reverse as one con- tinues to the action level (6), with scores for level 6 being almost con - gruent with scores of level 2. The most noteworthy difference here are the differences, probably often approaching significance1 to the .005 level, between the groups for Intensity scores. Strength of feeling is very pronounced among the four basic groups and actually increases as the action level is approached! The original notion was that the employment and management group (4) would be much less positive than the other groups. In an action pro - gram it is the action level (6) that really matters when policy for re - habilitation programs or employment of the disabled becomes the crucial factor. It is important to note that on both the Content and Intensity scores it is group 4 respondents that show an extreme drop in mean scores. The rehabilitation and veterans organizations have ample proof here, if the sample is truly as representative as believed, that a strong educa - tional program or strong legislation will be necessary to convince this employment and management group that the disabled must receive more con - sideration. These groups should also note that a strong educational program must be initiated among the disabled themselves, for the employers with the in- tensity of their feelings may well be overly ready to criticize and reject the disabled if the disabled tend to be the LEAST BIT inept and unable as they come to employment, or if they tend to be at all sorry for themselves, 1Due to the nature of the charts, levels of significance were not tabulated and these data can only be surmised. -218- irresponsible, or if they malinger in the least. BOTH groups will need understanding if these scores have the ability to indicate possible pro- blems with any accuracy. There may be another factor involved as well. Since such a high percentage of the p0pu1ation having a disability caused by a war is so commonplace in comparison to disabilities in most areas of the world, there is not the normal problem of employers NOT being acquainted with those who are disabled. The problem MAY be, in fact, one of over-exposure.The pre - viously mentioned demonstrations by the veterans were undoubtedly extreme- ' members of 1y unsettling for the affluent, influential, and conservative group 4. Perhaps the entire educational program suggested here must be aimed at the large group of disabled, indicating to them the actions nec - essary to be considered as acceptable employees to the employers. Of course such a suggestion or program may be greated with jeers and "brick- bats" by liberals and left-wing leaders, but nevertheless it appears a reasonable suggestion. The TV network of Viet-Nam could be used for this. RelatingAttitudes and Simp1ex Structure: (Hypothesis 15) While Hypothesis 15 is of strong concern for cross-cultural compari- sons, it is also of importance to the study itself for it contains indi - cations of a number of considerations that are of prime importance. The 02 score is a measure of Construct validity, not only for the 1It is interesting however, to examine the means for child-rearing and mechanization (ignoring birth-control because a high percentage of the executives and managers can be expected to be Catholic) as a function of conservatism. The members of group 4 score well above the average and on this variable cannot be considered conservative, at least when com - pared to other Vietnamese. -219- instrument but for the methodology involved in securing respondents and questionnaire response as well. If there is a major breakdown in oper - ations or a major faux pas in any of several steps, the simplex is unlike- ly to be met. Groups that are not truly homogeneous; questionnaires that are poorly translated either in vocabulary or in the sociological context; groups that do not care; people who can not or will not c00perate or read carefully; peOple who will not take time to finish; transcribers who are not careful; any of these and more can individually or in combination ne- gate all good and proper workmanship in the balance of the study; causing a failure to achieve the simplex. Because of the importance of Q2 procedures to this study, it is pro- per to again review several salient points of Kaiser's procedure: 1. It is a theoretical model to check the possibility that people have followed the Guttman-Jordan theories of levels of involvement in attitudes, assuming all else is attend- ed to properly; 2. Hammersma's (1969) criterion of the Q2 score needing to be .70 or better before the simplex is considered approximated is a condition of this hypothesis; 3. The "achieved” simplex, not the ”theoretically best”, is the criterion in all cases for rejection or acceptance of the hypothesis; 4. In this study, in contrast to other ABS studies, there were 12 groups rather than the basic four, allowing a much great- er chance for rejection of several simplexes and therefore a rejection of the total hypothesis. As stated on page 140, the hypothesis was strongly supported. Even when scores did fail to reach the .70 level, the lack was minimal; never more than .04. Most of the successful simplexes exceeded the .70 value by .08 to .12. —220- Minor Hypotheses Again, before accepting this section one should reread the section found on pages 102 through 106. This is a new approach to the ABS and is of uncertain validity, even though proper statistically. However, before anyone discounts the section, one should also exam- ine Table 62 which gives all the total-group scores for these special hy - potheses; for it is here that the reinforcing logic of the sets of data be- come apparent. As one reads one will find a REASONABLE patterning to the hypotheses and sets of hypotheses and it becomes more certain that some type of reasonable and logical process was in operation. Actually, the most damaging question that can be asked concerning the meaning of the results from these special hypotheses would center on the relationship between the hypotheses and the questions gleaned from the ABS (such as the hypothesis on Karma) to answer the particular hypothesis in question. These were chosen with care but there was often little more than past experience and intuition used to assess the consistency and wis- dom of the choice (other than the factor-analysis type check run later). Persona1 Fee1ings Regarding_the Affliction: Hypotheses 16, 19, and 27 The very first set of responses totals into a pattern that contin - ues throughout the entire set of Minor Hypotheses; that of a higher mean score by the disabled themselves toward their affliction and possible re- sulting problems, than is held by the non-disabled. There is but one ex - ception to this that will be discussed later in Hypothesis 3l. -221- Since this was the first attempt to create such a score, there is no possibility of knowing what a "good" or I'bad" score should or would be. One can only note whether there is a difference between the scores for the disabled and the non-disabled, check the direction of the score, check for significance, and then comment upon problems centering on the relationship between disability and the question at hand (see Table 62). It is possible that both scores, i.e., scores for both the disabled and the non-disabled, could be considered good or positive, or both could be considered bad or negative. It is for this reason that the COMPARISON SCORE was originated and this score, ranging from .00 to a theoretical 3.166 is divided into “low", "average” and I'high“ as an attempt to classify and compare the results from these various hypotheses. For Hypothesis 16 it is clear that the war-disabled do not feel as much SHAME over their affliction as the non-disabled might expect they would; that their own self-esteem is higher than the non-disab1ed expect them to manifest. This is the pattern that emerges here and continues for almost all the study. It is assumed that this is “good" and that it should be supported in any programs that evolve for the disabled in Viet-Nam. Hypothesis 19 is closely related to 16 regarding shame, for shame and embarrassment are only locations on a long range of feelings toward one's self or others. In design, Hypothesis 19 contained similar but stronger statements than did 16. In Hypothesis 19 it appears that those who have serious disability feel more comfortable in the presence of other disabled than do the non— disabled. This is perfectly logical from a Western point of view. There is one point to make from this, however. It has been shown that in Viet- -222- TABLE 62. -- Tota1—Mean Scores and "Comparison Scores"; Direction of Differ- ence Between Disabled and Non-disabled; Number of ”Question-pairs" from each Level, and; Value of the “loading" or ”Weighting" Factor for Each of the "Special" or Minor Hypotheses. Disab1ed Non—disabled Tota1 + < Hypo - 1 - ‘ - Q") N M cs N M cs N M cs Leve1 - > 1-1 4-3 16 116 27.51 2.50 456 26.39 2.40 572 26.62 2.42 2-4 5-0 + > 3-3 6-0 1-2 4-1 17 126 —10.04 2.01 465 -1o.04 2.01 591 -10.04 2.01 2-0 5-1 - > 3-1 6—0 1-0 4-1 18 132 8.54 2.85 476 8.29 2.76 608 8.34 2.78 2-0 5-1 + > 3-1 6-0 1-0 4-4 19 111 52.78 2.29 429 50.45 2.19 540 50.93 2.21 2-7 5-2 + > 3-8 6-2 1-3 4-1 20 115 10.72 .71 443 10.59 .71 558 10.62 .71 2-3 5-0 + > 3-8 6—0 1-4 4-0 21 122 -16.41 1.37 457 016.36 1.36 579 -16.37 1.36 2-1 5-0 - > 3-7 6-0 1-1 4-1 22 112 28.35 2.03 454 27.49 1.96 566 27.66 1.98 2-2 5-8 + > 3-1 6-1 1—2 4-2 23 114 -6.25 .69 460 -5.46 .61 574 -5.62 .62 2-3 5-0 - > 3-1 6-1 1-3 4-3 24 101 22.29 1.39 451 20.75 1.30 552 21.03 1.31 2-5 5-2 + > 3-2 6-1 1-0 4-2 25 124 10.93 1.82 470 9.54 1.59 594 9.83 1.64 2-1 5-0 + > 3-3 6-0 1-2 4-0 26 114 32.89 2.19 450 31.36 2.09 564 31.67 2.11 2-8 5-0 + > 3-4 6-1 1-0 4-8 27 104 67.68 2.12 415 64.91 2.03 519 65.50 2.05 2-9 5-5 + > 3-8 6-2 1Key: N = Number; M'= Tota1 Mean score for that group; C8 = Comparison Score; Q0P indicates the number Of Question-Pairs used from each of the 6 levels to make up that particular hypothesis; > indicates that the mean of the disabled was greater than the mean of the non—disab1ed (averaged). TABLE 62. -- Continued. Hypo Disab1ed Non-disab1ed Tota1 Q-P + > N M cs N M cs N M cs Level ' < 1-1 4-0 28 126 18.67 2.33 465 18.37 2.30 591 18.43 2.30 2-1 5-0 + > 3-6 6-0 1-2 4-6 29 108 36.70 1.75 437 34.76 1.66 545 35.14 1.67 2-5 5-1 + > 3-6 6-1 1-3 4-0 30 119 -15.08 1.72 468 -14.99 1.67 587 -15.08 1.68 2-2 5-4 - > 3—0 6-1 1-1 4-0 31 113 9.77 1.40 463 10.13 1.45 576 10.06 1.44 2-2 5-1 + < 3~2 6-1 1-1 4-3 32 119 19.67 1.79 457 19.14 1.74 576 19.25 1.75 2-1 5-5 + > 3-1 6-0 1Key: N = Number in sample; fi'= Tota1 Mean score for that group; C8 = Compari- son Score; Q-P indicates the number of Question—Pairs used from each of the 6 levels to make up that particular hypothesis; < indicates that in Hypothesis 31 the average mean for the disabled was less than that of the non—disabled. Nam the fact of disability is almost "universal”. Since this is true, one can expect there will be a constant case of unnecessary discomfort and useless si - lence as the non-disabled mix with the disabled, and everything must be done to minimize this possible and serious source of division and alienation between people who will be having close social and business intercourse for a long time to come. It should be noted that this recommendation is based on Western values. The openness of the society in accepting disability such as harelip has been noted and it may be that embarrassment or not, war-disabilities will be passed over without much problem. However, scores indicate that there is'a potential -224- problem and forewarned is forearmed 1 If the fact that the ”Comparison Score” is high in comparison to the other Comparison Scores means there are positive and/or strong plus feel- ings involved here, then Hypothesis l9 can be claimed as one that not only shows a clear difference between the two groups, but is especially positive . as well. Hypothesis 27 is the third in the continuum of expressions of feel - ing where shame dominated the statements used to construct Hypothesis l6 and feelings of embarrassment dominated the feelings used for Hypothesis 19. In Hypothesis 27 the vocabulary that composed the feelings was espec- ially strong, abrasive, and negative. There were several scores with a significant difference between the disabled and non-disabled. It is presumed that in a case such as this the ideal situation would include N0 difference, either positive or negative, but the results here do indicate the rather unfortunate situation wherein a large portion of the non-disabled population do see the disability as "horrible, disgusting, and/or repulsive" to a degree. This, of course, may be natural, but it is not good in a land where there is so much of it, and it also reinforces the admonition of the top paragraph. However, the Comparison Score for the total is quite high and also is in the "high" range (above 2.00) for the non-disabled indicating a fair- ly high scoring for both groups; indicating that a low percentage of per- sons did actually find these terms descriptive of the disabled. Expectengy for Special Aid_and Services:Hypotheses 17,120.?”9 28 In Hypothesis l7 the non-disabled do not see the disabled as being -225- more willing or demanding for special aids or grants than the non-dis - abled see them. In other words, there is little difference between the two groups perceptions of the situation. There is no way from these scores to assess the probability that the disabled will militantly demand the GVN help (the l970 demonstrations by the veterans probably answered this) but when and if there is such a demand, if this hypothesis is correct in design and interpretation, few people should be too surprised or disturbed. Actually, if low Comparison Scores are a measure of possible surprise, then the most surprised would be the families of disabled with those in rehabilitation centers (both in group l) being next. The least surprised would be those who were from the grOUp employed by USAID and CORDS. Maybe these pe0ple had been near Uncle Sam's pocketbook too long, and were beginning to believe in miracles. Any- way, it is interesting that the lowest group was made up of over half dis- abled and the highest group as well. This does back up current Western re- search on the immediate and long term effects of a serious disability with the initial reaction being one of shock and “mourning" which eventually evolves into more positive reactions with proper support and rehabilita- tion. Hypothesis 20 is closely related to Hypothesis l7 which refers to certain privileges expected. This hypothesis was constructed from "ques - tion-pairs“ which were more general in tone than those used in either l7 or 28. The three hypotheses should correlate and the "comparison score" is of interest as Hypothesis l7 was in the “mid-range” (2.01); Hypothesis 20 was in the "low-range"(.7l); and, Hypothesis 28 was in the "high-range" (2.30) indicating that GENERALLY the expectation is low but as SPECIFIC -226- demands are listed, the expectation rises that such services will be de- manded by the disabled. As in Hypothesis l7, Hypothesis 20 was rejected though not strongly, indicating an expectation that the disabled will tend to see benefits as a right and also that the general population will not be strongly opposed, or at least will not be surprised by the demand. Under such circumstances it would be expeditious for the disabled NOT to alienate the general pop - ulation through destructive methods or unreasonable demands, and also to attempt to secure popular support for demands if it is found necessary to use unity and pressure to secure what are considered reasonable needs. Hypothesis 28 continues l7 and 20 only with a slightly differing terminology and view-point. The results were in support of the other two hypotheses and only mildly supported the hypothesis in question, again in- dicating the validity of this section as well as the entire ABS research. Various Self-Concepts: Hypotheses l8, 30 and 3l While these three hypotheses are not as directly related as some of the other groupings from the Minor Hypotheses, they are reflections of an attitude of expectancy; another check on the "self" and "other" image of the disabled and non-disabled. In Hypothesis l8 evidence is presented that the disabled d9_feel heroic as a result of their injury or at least higher in this emotion than the non-disabled would expect. Whether or not this feeling is unreasonable, fanatical, or even dangerous can not be completely assessed, but in view of the statements in the next paragraph it is very interesting to note that the "Comparison Score" for Hypothesis l8 is by far the highest of all the "Comparison Scores" indicating, with a lack of shame, embarrassment, or -227- .horror, a real feeling of pride over the situation. Perhaps, of course, when one surveys his own shattered physical self, this is all one can have left. Or, maybe, surviving after "looking death in the face”, gives one a feeling of pleased self-assurance and confidence. This last sentence points toward an interesting psychological side- light. War is a terrible institution but as Dr. Theodore I. Rubin indi - cates in a recent article, "What Women Don't Understand About Men"(which also infers that men do not often understand men, either), one of the childhood fantasies that men carry over with them into adulthood is the viewing of war-experiences as a highlight of life. There are data avail- able to support this contention and various Woman's Lib groups and socio- logist-apologists for Western Society, strongly believe that such satis - faction with war-eXploits is merely a societal value forced upon reluc - tant boys. Erich Fromm's l973 article, "Man Would As Soon Flee as Fight", likewise is based on this premise. It is interesting to note then, that among those of a far different culture, one saturated with war for a generation, if the theoretical basis for this hypothesis is valid, that those who have been injured by the war do score higher on heroic-type questions than those who have not been so injured, and the "Comparison Score" for this is highest of the set. Perhaps there is more than an imposed cultural value in operation. Fromm differentiates between “benign or defensive aggression" and "de - structive or malignant aggression", claiming the former is instinctual and the second is institutionalized or culturalized. But the possible quest - ions are interesting. After all, where does "culture" obtain its values which it "imposes"? Can "culture" impose values over long periods of time 1...... “J -228- that run counter to the majority of human needs and feelings? Why, in a Buddhist land should a war-disability invoke this strong positive feeling? Perhaps this is attempting to read too much into a few scores of uncertain validity, but if this process is accepted and further cross - cultural research is attempted, this very question would be worth persu - ing if ever a similar mass-societal dysfunction is studied. In Hypothesis 30, the expectation toward malingering (which perhaps should have been included in the section on work eXpectancy, but was not because an attitude more than an ability was the subject here) indicates results having significant scores evenly divided between those that sup - port the hypothesis and those that reject it. There appears to be strong- ly divided opinion here between groups as to the possibility of malinger- ing and it may be that the major point of this hypothesis is centered on the fact that the group 1 disabled do reject the hypothesis and do see themselves in a better light than the non-disabled who (as always) are their family-member counterparts. In the other groups with a high disa - bility rate (i and k) the hypothesis is likewise rejected, with the "Com - parison Score" being the highest rather than the lowest as for group 1. Hypothesis 31 is unique since it was the only one that was support- ed in the null form. It may represent some realistic and deep-felt hon - esty. There were only 7 ”question-pairs” used to assemble Hypothesis 31, but these reflected a possible bitterness that apparently the disabled felt while answering the questionnaire, quite in contrast to their usual positive self-image. It is clearly a surprise that after projecting a self-image that is more positive than eXpected by the non-disabled, that -229- this set of "question-pairs” would elicit a strong, negative feeling in— dicating a deep resentment and bitterness for what has happened. It could be, of course, that the lack of such an affliction causes the non-disabled to be unable to feel deeply enough to equal the low scores of the disabled on these seven question-pairs, but the data at least infers that for some reason, in spite of the h0pe and positive reactions elicited in most of the other Special Hypotheses, on this occasion and through these question- pairs, a strong, negative resentment was presented. In relation to the latter hypothesis on karma, it would also appear that whether or not people see the disability as a function of karma (and its particular brand of I'punishment"), there is resentment present. Truly, such resentment must be only “natural", and these hypotheses might be suspect were it not for this one reminder of the universality of human feelings and reactions. Karma: ‘flypothesis 2l Karma is a complex concept as found in the Buddhist religion. Sim - plified, it refers to the belief that one's present life is strongly in - fluenced by one's past life or lives, for good or evil. In no way does the ABS DIRECTLY include questions concerned with such a concept, so of the Minor Hypotheses, this one is definitely the most nebulous and doubt- ful. However, what ever was being tested, the groups were in agreement. There is no certain way of assessing, in this case, if there is a real be— lief or disbelief in the concept that Karma is involved. The Comparative Score is in the average range (1.36) indicating middle mean scores, and the factor loadings were negative, a fact currently unexplained other than -230- by considering the question-pairs as poorly chosen. Interpretation from this hypothesis is EXTREMELY risky. Sexual Adequacy;__Hypotheses 22 and 23 Being these two hypotheses represent differing aspects of sex, they are considered as a unit. This grouping has importance for it indicates again that the respondents were answering with care since carelessness would likely interfere with the correlations. It is also important for it is unlikely that persons answer questions regarding sex with indifference. The results of these two hypotheses indicate the positive attitudes held by the disabled toward themselves (in Hypothesis 22 regarding their likelihood to remain sexually normal), and likewise indicates that they feel LESS likely to become adulterers than the non-disabled would expect. This carry-through of logic not only helps vindicate and validate this special section, but again the entire ABS-WD-VN study as well. Working Ability: Hypotheses 24 and 29 The ability of a person to continue to work and achieve in spite of a serious injury is considered in Western Society, due to the Puritan work- ethic, almost basic to a high self-regard. In a land such as Viet-Nam where the ability to work is so closely tied to the ability to survive, it can be assumed that the concept will also be important, if not basic, to per - sonality and self-respect. The fact that this feeling exists and that it is important even to those who are not economically je0pardized by the dis- ability is less certain in Viet-Nam, but it probably can be assumed. There- fore, this set of hypotheses should have importance in any attempt to assess the feelings of all people toward those who are disabled, in spite of aver- age (l.3l and 1.67) Comparison Scores. -231- In Hypothesis 24 there is a clear picture of difference in belief between the disabled and non-disabled; with the disabled being much more positive than the non-disabled. Other than through the Comparison Score referred to above, there is no way to assess the level of these scores, i.e., assess whether the non-disabled view is negative or just lower than the disabled score with both being reasonably high. Nonetheless, it does appear that the non—disabled have less faith in the ability of the dis - abled to perform on the job, than the disabled have of themselves. Again, this is an important area for public information programs, and a know - ledge of these points could be of use in designing such a program. Hypothesis 29 used question-pairs that referred less to vocational positions and more to the general ability to be able to "do things". The results should be expected to corroborate the findings of Hypothesis 24, and they did, almost to the same degree. Also, the Comparison Score for the two, as mentioned, was near the mid-point of the average range. This is another confirmation of the ability of this section to test a concept with trustworthiness. Expectancy of Burdonsome Worry_or Mental Anguish: Hypotheses 25, 26, and 32 This set of hypotheses attempts to examine the mental-health "self" and "other" concept toward those with a war-disability. In keeping with the previous hypotheses which indicate a more pos - itive self—image by the disabled than is expected by the non-disabled, the disabled see themselves as being less troubled or perhaps less incapaci - tated by worry or mental problems than the non-disabled see them. The strength of rejection for the hypothesis indicates a clear feeling and dif- ference of feeling that is profound as far as worry is concerned. -232- Hypothesis 26 is an extension of Hypothesis 25. It would be assumed that if the disabled would not be expected to worry excessively, then they would not be expected to withdraw excessively from life because of their affliction. This concept too, was supported, though not as strongly as Hypothesis 25, and as before it is the disabled who are most positive. Hypothesis 32 asks the ultimate question concerning mental illness. The results nearly duplicate those for hypotheses 25 and 26. Again, it is significant that a logical pattern emerges. The Comparison Scores are of interest also, with Hypothesis 26 being the highest (2.ll), Hypothesis 32 being second (1.75), and Hypothesis 25, the mildest of the three, being third (l.64); all quite logically placed. Additional General Remarks and Recommendations Not Directly Associated with the Majpr or Minor Hypotheses Typicality of the Four "Basic” Groupg One of the striking features easily noted while glancing through the various tables, centers on the number of instances that the basic four groups contain four or more significant differences vs. the other eight groups. Table 63 summarizes this: TABLE 63. -- Number of Significant Differences Found Per Group in Tables ll through 30. Number Found 1 2 9 3 0 0 l 0 0 O O 1 1See other Tables for group identification. -233- Table 63 indicates that there are l7 cases where there are FOUR or MORE significant differences per group. Of these l7, l5 are from the four basic groups. There are two possible reasons for such significant differ - ences: (a) they are especially large samples (see p. l26), or (b) they are in fact deviant. It appears that although group 3 is the single largest group which may thereby explain some of the nine significant differences in Table 63, there are other groups that approach group l in size and a number that sur- pass grOUp 2, yet, do not exhibit four or more significant differences in one table. For this reason it is postulated that the four "basic" groups do NOT represent the country of Viet-Nam. These four basic groups were originally chosen, however, only as the "interest groups" affeCting the welfare of the disabled. They were not re - garded as being nationally representative! IF studies desire to generalize to the nation at least one additional group is recommended for future stud- ies; one comprised of a "general” population sampling, perhaps similar to group 'L' of this study (see page 235) Group '1' Table 27, Appendix G, indicates that from the special hypotheses, group '1' had the lowest mean scores of all l2 groups eight times of a pos- sible l6, and that ten times of the l6, group 'l' fell in the lowest group- ing of two or three, for the mean scores. There are other groups with a high percentage of disabled. Group i has been noted a number of times with speculations as to why it falls with- in the high group five of 15 times. Just having a large percentage of dis- abled is not the answer since groups 2 and k also have a high percentage -234- of disabled and k is the HIGHEST eight of l6 times. There is no way with the existing data to assess recency of disability (see recommendations for future ABS demographic item additions), but it can be assumed that re- habilitation workers who are disabled, and CORDS employees who were dis - abled at time of employment, have been disabled longer and have obviously made some start toward a satisfactory adjustment. But this provides no explanation for the Viet-Cong who are discussed later. For some reason the disabled in rehabilitation centers have the low- est degree of self-esteem. This observation is not based on one single hypothesis, but is the result of data from each and every special hypothe- sis of the Minor Hypothesis section. One of the studies referred to in Chapter II, Siller, et al (1967) contained a quote that may be salient: A person with a handicap reflects prevalent socia1 atti - tudes of se1f-depreciation and se1f-hate. In the newly disabled, on the other hand, negative attitudes previous- ly focused on members of a devalued outgroup, may refbcus on the self with devastating results (p. l). The special hypotheses indicate that the attitude of the general popula - tion toward the handicapped is less positive than the attitude of the dis- abled themselves. Table 29 indicates this. It has been assumed previous- ly herein that those in the rehabilitation centers are more recently dis - abled than those who are employed at the time of the survey, and it can be assumed that the newly disabled now in centers have held such negative views toward "other" disability as referred to by Siller, until their re - cent injury. In fact they may have gone through a long period of agoniz - ing ambivalence, subconsciously acknowledging such feelings, yet knowing that such an injury was quite possible for them. Such a situation could -235- allow these negative feelings to be suddenly unleashed upon one's self, leading to the low self-esteem scores as found in this study. Also, during the period of rehabilitation there must be another agon- izing period of self-pity, self-doubt, and anger as one attempts to adjust and learn to use the various mechanical necessities which will later enable him to re-enter into society. Group 'L' Table 6 provides evidence that the group entitled "General Popula- tion" does not appear "general”. This could indicate that none of the ll other groups are typical of the country, but such would have to include the unwarranted speculation that group L IS representative. The scoring pattern of this group is a puzzle; one currently without explanation. However, it does again reinforce one general finding of this dissertation; that Vietnamese are individualistic and not monolithic in culture; that Vietnamese are not homogenious in feelings, beliefs, and/or actions. Mass Phenomenon Appect of Disability This phenomenon has been referred to in several places, but could constitute a major psychological aspect of this study. It was one that was not considered before or during the study. While the fact of war-dis- ability is definitely common in Viet-Nam if the statistics of this study are correct, never during the 8 months that this study was being conduct- ed did any person even slightly reflect the possibility that such an as - tounding percentage of the general population might be found to have a war-disability, i.e., in the range of TO to 20 percent. -236- TABLE 64. -- Agreement (+) or Disagreement (-) With the Minor Hypo- theses by Group and Total. Group1 H 1 2 3 4 e f g h i j k 1 Total 16 - + + + + + + + + * - + + 17 - + - + + - + - + - + - 18 - - - - - - - + - - + — 19 - - - - - - - - + - + - 20 - + - + — + + + - + + - 21 - + + - + - — + - + + - 22 + - + + — + + + + - - + 23 + - + + + + + + + + - + 24 + + + + + + + + + + - + 25 + + + + - + + + + + + + 26 + + + + + + + + — - - + 27 + + + + + + + + + - + 28 + + - + - - + - + + + + 29 + + + + + + + + + + - + 30 - - + + - + + - + - - + 3] + - + - - - - + - - - - 32 + + + + - + + - - - + 1See other tables for group identification. *No disabled in group j (U.S. Based Viet-Nam Graduate Students). -237- In the U.S., Germany, and many Latin American countries where the ABS has been used in some form, there is almost no disability that would approach the magnitude that the war-disabled has in Viet-Nam. The point is that when such a large portion of the population is suffering from a sim - ilar disability, differing psychological forces must be in play than are in the usual disability situation. There is no hint in this study as to these forces or the differences they might make. A comparison with other ABS studies might provide some answers. A new study might be productive and would appear worthwhile. Class Structure1 Tables 45 - 62 for the Special Hypotheses indicate the number of dis- abled in any particular group. Naturally the first group contains a large percentage as it was consciously designed that way. The Viet-Cong contain a large number and this is not surprising due to the nature of their sit - uation and occupation (perhaps they were even captured because their dis - ability made it more difficult to escape). But of the remaining groups, up- on the observation that one group is totally free from war-disability while another has even a higher percentage of disabled than group 1, with others inbetween, an interesting result of social class structure appears. Why, for example, does the group of graduate students contain no dis- abled persons? Who goes on to graduate school in Viet-Nam? Who is or was able to keep out of the army? Why, among the U.S. employed Vietnamese are there so many disabled? Why are there so few among the teachers? What is 1This section was generated by colleague Zbigniew Tyszkiewicz as he ques - tioned some raw data on the disabled vs. non-disabled. -238- the significance of the fact that so many rehabilitation workers are also disabled? Such questions and others beg for investigation and study. Rehabilitation Workers, Disabilityg_and Attitude On page l89 Harrelson (I970) hypotheses: Experienced special education teachers....wi11 have more positive attitudes toward [the disabled] than will inexperienced....teachers.... His results were negative and the hypothesis was rejected. The question here is, would there be any hypothesis that could be adapted or designed from Harrelson's study that would allow one to gather data from the study at hand or any other easily gathered data that would be of immediate aid to newly initiated programs? Teachers were very homo- geneous as far as attitudes were concerned toward the disabled, both by sex and by "disabled vs. non-disabled", although there were times when sig- nificant differences were present in the special hypotheses. Should there be special classes for the disabled taught by disabled teachers? Is it good to have disabled working in the rehabilitation centers? Should more be recruited....or less? Are disabled workers likely to be more empathic toward other disabled....or less? Frequency Column Count - I There are three points to be made from the FCC-I that are too salient to the present study to be left unmentioned. Tables 66a-u (Appendix D) carry the FCC-I data and level 6 is the source of this discussion. Buddhism has rejected the soldier from its beginning (see p. 26). Cur- rently the GVN soldier can represent many things in Viet-Nam and it can be suspected, as referred to elsewhere, that the average person responding to -239- the ABS-WD-VN had a disabled GVN soldier in his mind when answering ques- tions that did not specifically exclude him (i.e., such as a reference to disabled children or women). It is very possible that to many respondents the GVN soldier represents a government frequently accused of "belonging to the United States." He does represent a government strongly opposed to the present unification of the two Viet-Nams. He represents anti-commun- ism. He is the agent still directly fighting and killing the "liberating“ Northern troops and occasional Viet-Cong. In short, he represents what could be and often is construed as a power Oppressing the common people, and if this concept is accurate then it could be assumed that a lot of av- erage people would be quite willing to ”let the GVN soldier hang"! Such is not the case! In question after question, it is apparent that a large majority of respondents felt it pr0per to reward the disabled ex-soldier. Rehabilita - tion programs, aid programs, retraining programs for these pe0ple were wel- comed with sometimes as much as 75 to 80 percent of those answering in the most positive manner. It would appear that generally the respondents of the present study did not exhibit strong negative feelings toward the disabled soldier in l97l. For disabled children, the people felt most warm and were willing to pay all education and medical costs all the way through high school. It is true the Vietnamese people do hold their children as especially dear, but it is a poor land, pe0pled by "non-family" others, and still the feeling of care for the disabled children is strong. It would appear that proper organ- ization and active fund-raising programs might be able to serve the unfor - tunate children of the orphanages currently in the U.S. news, with their in- -240- ability to provide sufficient food and services for the children in their charge]. It would appear that the feeling is there, just waiting for di - rection. The last point from FCC-I is the apparent fact that much of the neg- ative feelings exhibited toward disability must be an emotional manifesta- tion; not the result of experience. While a tremendous number indicate that their friends, relatives, bosses, co—workers, and/or best friends are disabled, still few of these report the actual experiences surrounding these relationships as being neg- ative. It is usually less than 5 percent that indicate a negative reac - tion. Yet, basically, on level 5 there were a number of people who did ad- mit to feelings of "loathing, disgust, hate, etc.," toward those with dis - ability. Just as with racial prejudice, there appears to be a large resi- due of feeling involved that is not the result of experience, but is based on the seeds of prejudice, fear, dread, the need to feel superior, the need to justify past deeds, etc. The Viet-Cong Why do the Viet-Cong fight. How do they keep going? What do they want? How do they see the desired world? Do they represent the people? Such, and other questions would be very useful, even yet when peace comes. Perhaps there are now volumes of classified studies completed on this very subject, but if not, this study clearly indicates that the Viet- Cong are NOT typical Vietnamese. More study and a larger sample is indi - cated. 1A March 1974 letter from Nguyen-thi-Tuyet referred to the large scale pro- gram organized with success to aid the victims of a devastating flood. -241- RECOMMENDATIONS For Future ABS Studies: Form Chapges 1. Continue work to reduce the number of question-pairs so as to reduce the total length of the instrument; . As previously suggested in the body of the text, there should be a variable present that will locate the respondent's main home area; . It is suggested that to further define the questions on religious adherence, question 97a become a permanent portion of the ABS. This question contains two purely religious, two purely social, and two combined reasons for attending to a particular religious function. This trichotomy is believed to be valid and does dif - ferentiate religiosity and define it more finely. . Groups should be kept as similar in size as possible within field circumstances and the nature of the problem at hand, to attempt to avoid the significance variation caused by group-size varia - tion as was the apparent case with group 3 of this study. As more than four groups were involved, this becomes more important. The fact that group 3 did have the preponderance of tables with four or more significant differences (Table 64) is certainly in part caused by the fact that group 3 is twice as large as any other group. Such a condition is again apparent through the fact that often the total sample had significant differences when no single group of the total did. . Due to the number of times there was a significant difference be- tween the disabled of group 1 and the non-disabled family members, it would appear it is an error to place them together as a single group. Yet, it appears good to include the disabled themselves when this is possible. Perhaps two separate groups is the answer. . It is recommended that in the demographic section the following variable, or one similar, be included: If I have the disability being studied, I received it during my lifetime as follows: (a) I was born with it. (b) Before my memory. (c) Before school age but within my memory. (d) During school years (i.e., between 5 and 17). (e) Between ages 18 to 35. (f) Between ages 35 to 50. (g) After 50. -242- There are questions which assess the disability of wives, hus- bands, friends, neighbors, fellow-employees, yet there is no such regarding family relatives, parents, or children. It is recommended that these three classifications be added. Level 6 questions provide fine examples of the point herein, as to many others. The respondent is often asked to rate an experience with a certain person, especially when this refers to just one individual such as a "best friend", and then rate the experience. The assumption is that the disability this certain person has is being rated, when in actuality it MAY be the person himself that is being rated, quite independent- Some method should be devised to delineate the difference be- tween an unpleasant person or personality and the disability In examining the frequency column count, it can be noted that the intensity answers especially, fluctuate greatly for a few questions before they "settle down" to a pattern. It is recom- mended that the first four or five questions be “dummy" ques - tions, and be eliminated in the actual study. They should, of The findings of the present study indicate a great deal regard- ing the nature of Vietnamese society. One of the most reveal - ing centers on the individualism present, which is in sharp con- trast to the conceptions of many people. From appearances, one would judge that the Chinese and especially the Japanese each have a society that seems to be even more monolithic; even more homogeneous than the supposed homologous Vietnamese society. The Japanese have within their society two groups that are the recip- ients of strong prejudice or bias; the Ainu and the Buraku-min. It is proposed that an ABS~study in Japan regarding the subject of prejudice toward these two groups would be exceedingly inform- ative, both to the prejudice at hand and in regards to the structure of the Japanese society itself, through the continua- tion of some of the societal points indicated in the present 7. 8. ly from the disability. being examined. 9. course, appear to be on the subject. Future ABS Studies: New Proposals l. study. 2. In Hong Kong likewise, there are groups that are the recipients of prejudice and/0r bias: the Hakka (the name means "guest“ and refers to peoples who came from the north generations ago); the Chiu Ch'ow (who are the major Chinese narcotic agent families) and; the Shanghainese, are three, for example. An ABS study in Hong Kong as noted in Japan would continue the societal study as well as indicate attitudes toward the outgroups. -243- 3. Often the Vietnamese teachers and soldiers were close to agree - ment with the Viet-Cong. Further study of general attitudes of the Vietnamese people might be of use to the GVN, especially if there was worry that the teachers might be too radical. 4. An ABS cross-cultural comparison of attitudes toward the Chinese in any South East Asian country would expose a number of feelings toward the minority who are really the majority of Asia, and ex - pose the societal structure as well. For Future ABS Studies: New Methodology Basically each Minor Hypothesis, the new addition to ABS research presented in this study, consists of a "mini" ABS, except for the fact that there is no attempt to equalize or balance the number of Question-Intensity pairs from all six levels. The fact that the apparent complete logicality of results from this new section of the ABS study indicates the strong probabil- ity of validity through the answering of specific and single hy- potheses with the development of new "mini" ABS instruments. The present results indicate that it would be possible to take items from existing ABS models and use them without reference to levels, using the statistical system developed for the present study. However, it would appear to be even better when desired to develop a miniature instrument, to design "mini" ABS's with all six levels through the writing of very selective Question - Intensity pairs, using the standard Jordan-Guttman statistical methods. It is recommended that this be attempted by 50me future research- er. It would be justified if it only succeeded in reducing the length of the present ABS. We live by human links, and it matters more to us that > others share our beliefs than that they be true. (The Identity of Man, p.106) BIBLIOGRAPHY ~244— REFERENCES American Council of Voluntary Agencies for Foreign Service, Technical As- sistance Infonmation Clearing House (TAICH). South Vietnam: as- sistance prpgrams of U.S. non-profit or anizations. New Ybrk: TAICH, 200Park'Avenue, 10003, MarchTTB .' American heritage dictionary. Davis, P. (Ed.). New York: Dell Publishing Company, T973. Allard, M. Let the machines processyour resegrch. Washington, D.C.: Marvel Allard, 2l2l P Street','N.lE',El967l Anastasi, A. Psychological testipg, (2nd Edition), New York: Macmillan, l96l. Bain, C.A. The Vietnameseupeasant: his psychological world and means of com- municatipp, (N0 printing CVEdltS) Hand stampedfil7—Dec'l968lv"’ Bales, F. Personality and interpersonal behavior. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, l970. Barker, R.G., Wright, B.A., Myerson, L., & Gonick, M.L. Adjustment tophy- sical handicaps and illness. New York: Social Sci8hce ResearCH‘f‘ Council, l953-l960. Barry, J.R., et al.'Personality and motivation in rehabilitation!‘Exception- al Child Research. Bay Fines, Florida: January, l967. '7 Baxt, R. Survey of employers:practices and politics in the hiringof phy - sically handicapped impared workers. New York: Federation Employ- ment and Guidance Services, l959. Beisheuval, S. African intelligence. Johannesburg: South African Institute of Race Relations, l943. Brodwin, M. A facet theory analysis of "What's in a name"; black versus white. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State Uni - versity. l973. Bronowski, J. The identity of man. New York: Natural History Press, l966. Buttinger, J. The smaller dragon. New York: Praeger, l958. Cadiere, L. Croyances et_pratigues religjeuses des Vietnamiens,_Vol l. Sai- Gon: Publications degle Societe des Etudes Indochihoises, l958. Cady, J.F. Southeast Asia, its historical development. New York: McGraw- Hill, l964. Cessna, W.C. Psychosocial nature and determinants of attitudes toward edu- cation and toward physically disabled persons in Japan. Unpub- lished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, l967. -245- -246- Chalmers, R.G., & Irving, J.A. (Eds.) Meapjn of life in fjvg great re_- lifliQflé; Philadelphia: Westminster ress, T§€§f‘ ' '*+~ Ch'en, K. Buddhism in China. Princeton: Princeton University Press, l964. Chesler, M.A. "Ethnocentrism and attitudes toward the physicall disabled," Journalfof Perspnality and Social Esyphology, 1965 2(6 , 887-892. Chesneaux. J. Contribution a l'histoire de la nation Vietnamiene. Paris: Editions Sociales, 1955. """" r~ --- Chigier, E. & Chigier, M. "Attitudes to disability of children in the multicultural society of Israel." Journal of Health and Social Behavior, l968, 9(4), 3l0-3l7. 7“ Clark, J. Manual of computer programs. East Lansing, Michigan: Research Services, Department of Communications, Michigan State University, l964. Colman, A.M. "Social rejection, role conflict and adjustment: psychologic- al consequences of orthopaedic disability." Perceptual and Motor Skills, Dec, l97l, 33, 907-910. I Columbus, D. & Fogel, M.L. "Survey of persons reveals housing choices." Journal of Rehabilitation. l97l, V 37, Mar-Apr, 26-28. Cowen, E.L., Underberg, R. & Verrillo, R.T. "The devel0pment and testing of an attitude to blindness scale." Journal of SocialPsychology, l958, 48, 297-304. Cussac, G."La situation du catholicisme au Vietnam." Missionaires d'Asie, l950, Paris, Mar-Apr. Dell Orto, A. A Guttman facet analysis of the racial attitudes of rehab - ilitation counselor trainees. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, 1970. Dong, Gen. P.V. War-veterans, invalids, widows & orphans in Viet-Nam. Sai- Gon: The Vietnam Council of ForeignRelations. (Printed exerpts from a speech to the Lions Club, 8 December l9 l970. Dow, T.E., Jr."(Letter to the Editor) on the reaction to disability." _Am_- erican Sociological Review, l964, 29, 277. Down, W.J. Fate and the Power. Book in process, l973. Down, W.J. Ho Chi Minh. Book in process, 1973. Eberhard, W. Sin andpguilt intraditional China. Berkeley: University of California Press, l967. -247- Edwards, A.L. Experimental design in_psychologjcal research. New York: Holt, Rinehart KTWihston, 1966. Epstein, T. & Shontz, F.C. "Attitudes toward persons with physical disa - bilities as a function of attitudes toward one's own body." fig: habilitatioanounselingBulletin, l962, 5, l96-20l. Erb, D. Racial attitudes and empathy: a Guttman theory examination of their relationships and determinants. Unpublished doctoral dis- sertation, Michigan State University, l966. Fall, B.B. "The political-religious sects of Viet—Nam." Pacific Affairs, Sept. 1955. XXVIII(3), 235-253, - ....... - Family Weekly. The Family Weekly poll results: how the Americans stand on today's stormy jssues. The State Journal, Lanéing, Michigan. 6 January l974, 4-5. Ferm, V. Engyclgpedia of Religion. Patterson, New Jersey: Littlefield, Adams & Co., l959. Feinberg, L.B. "Social desirability and attitudes toward the disabled." Personnel and Guidance Journal, l967, 46(4), 375-381. Fishel, W.R. (Ed.) Vietnam: anatomy of a conflict. Itasca, Illinois: F.E.Peacock Publishers, Inc., l968. Fox, T. "The cross and the b0 tree: a review." Commonweal, 18 September l970, p. 467-468. Frechette, E. Attitudes of French and English speaking Canadians and West Indian immigrants toward each other: a Guttman facet analysis. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, l970. Fromm, E. "Man would as soon flee as fight." Psychology Today, August, 1973, 35-45. Gallager, J. An investigation of selected non-intellectual and personality variables, and their relationship to heroin addiction. Unpublish- ed doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University (in process), l973. Gard, R.A. Notes on Buddhism. (Mimeographed paper of complete definitions), No credits. l5 September l963. Garrett, J.F. & Levine, E.S. (Eds.) Psychological practices with thegphysi- cally disabled. New York: Columbia University Press,fil962. Giap, T.V."Le bouddhisme en Annam, des origines au XIIIe siecle." Bulletin de l'ecole Francaise de extreme orient, l932 XXXII (l933). -248- Gheddo, P. The cross and the bo-tree: Catholics and Buddhists in Vietnam. Newmo-Ohfifih-------I---_-Wfi,,h,w Goodman, N., Richardson, S.A., Dornbush, S.M. & Hastorf, A.H. "Variant reactions to physical disabilities." American Sociological Ref view, 1963, 28(3), 429-435. ' Ill ” "‘ '* T77 Gottlieb, K. A Guttman facet analysis of attitudes toward the mentally re- tarded in Columbia: content, structure and detenninants. Unpub - lished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, l973. Guidelines to basic rights for war-veterans and victims of war. (Draft). World Veterans Federation, 30thlmeetinglof the'Council, Document 30/C-5, 17 November l97l. Gratch, H. Twenty-fiveyears of social research in Israel. Jerusalem: Jeru- salém Academic Press, l973. Guttman, L."Faceted definitions of varieties of racism." In Schuarts, B.N. & Disch, R. (Ed's.) White Racism, New York: Dell Publishing, l970. Pp 467-473. Guttman, L. "Order analysis of correlation matrices." In Cattell, R.B. (Ed) Handbook of multivaraite Experimental Psychology, Chicago: Rand, McNally, l966. Pp 438-458. Guttman, L. "The problem of attitude and opinion measurement." In Stauffer, S.A. (Ed.) Measurement and Prediction. Princeton: Princeton Uni- versity Press, l950. Guttman, L. "A structural theory for intergroup beliefs and action." Amer- ican Sociological Review, 1959, 24, 3l8-328. ' Guttman, L. The structuring of sociological spages. Technical note No. 3, Israel Institute for Applied Social Research, Contract No. AF 6l (052) - l2l, United States Air Force, l96l. [GVN] Ministry of War Veterans. Four year actionplan of the Ministry of War Veterans. Mimeographed and'Xeroxed. Translation: CORDS/WVDzADMIN. Sent by WRF. 27 October l97l. [GVN Ministry of War Veterans]. [History of the department]. Untitled, un.4 signed, undated. Mimeographed sheet in English sent by Ministry of War Veterans, GVN, l974, from Sai-Gon. [GVN] Ministry of War Veterans. l974 national rehabilitation-reconstruction & development program pro'eCtslof the MWV Imillibnpiastreslglre - visedpr0posal forll974).llypedlcarbon copy dated 29 January . lfénslation:7USAIDEADRR:ADMIN. Sent from Sai-Gon by WRF, 1974. -249- [GVN] Ministry of War Veterans. Reconstructionyplan: war veterans. Mimeo- graphed and Xeroxed. Translation: ADRR:USAID:ADM. Handwritten date; 1973. Sent from Saigon by WRF. [GVN] Ministry of War Veterans. Transmittal letter: 1973 draftplan -com- munity reconstruction and deve10pment - war veterans attachmgnt. Mimeographed. Translation:USAID:ADRR:ADMIN, 5 September 1973. 17 April 1973. Sent from Saigon by WRF. [GVN] Ministry of War Veterans. Two year activitypro ram; 1970-l97l. Mimeographed and XeroxedTlNo date. Sent By R from Saigon. [GVN] Quan nien childao vé cdu Chjén-BinhyLOfficial guidelines of the Ministryof War Veterans]. Mimeographed in Vietnamese; translated by author- Sai-Gon: 127,-0u6ng Doan-thi-Diém, Viet-Nam cang-Hba. 1968. Hanks, J.R. & Hanks, L.M., Jr. I'The physically handicapped in certain non- occidental societies." Journal of Social Issues, 4, 1948, p4. Hammer, E. Vietnamyyesterday and today. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1962. Hammersma, R. Construction of an attitude behavior scale of negroes and whites toward each other using Guttman facet design and analysis. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, 1966. Harrelson, L. A Guttman facet analysis of attitudes toward the mentally retarded in the Federal Republic of Germany: Content, structure,‘ and determinants. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, 1970. Harrelson, L.E., Jordan, J.E. & Horn, H."An application of Guttman facet theory to the study of attitudes toward the mentally retarded in Germany." The Journal of Psychology, 1972, 80, 323-335. Hickey, G.C. The village in Vietnam. New Haven: Yale Universities Press, 1967. Hirsch, A.M. Attitudinal differences between Vietnamese and Americans. (Mimeographed lecture), Sai-Gon: November, 1967. Hoa Hao story, the, prepared (mimeographed) by 9th Infantry Division MAAC Detachment, Sa Dec (Viet-Nam), 21 March 1964. Hoskins, M.W. Building_rgpport with the Vietnamese. No printing credits. January 1971. Hoyt, C.J. "Test reliability estimated by analysis of variance." In W. Mehrens & R. Ebel (Eds.), Principles of Educational and Psycho - logical Measurements,, Chicago, Rand McNally, 1967. -250- 'Ingwell, R.H., et a1. "Accuracy of social perception of physically handi- capped and nonhandicapped persons." Journal of Social Ppychology, 1967, 72(8), 107-116. Inkeles, A. "National character: the study of modal personality and socio- cultural systems." In G. Lindsey and E. Aronson (Ed's), The Hand- book of Social Psychology (2nd ed.), Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesle , 1969, pp 418-506. Irvine, S. Racial attitudes of black and white ministers: A Guttman facet theory analysis. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, 1974. Jabin, N. "Attitude toward the physically disabled as related to selected personality variables." Dissertation Abstracts, 1966, 27(2-B), 599. Jacobson, S.A. & Bors, E. "Spinal cord injury in Vietnamese combat." Para- plegia, 1970, 7(4), 263-281. Jones, R.L., et al. "The social distance of the exceptional: a study at the high school level." Exceptional Children, 1966, 32(8), 551-556. Joiner, C.A. Survival or disintegration of South Vietnam: stress toward en - tropy of apolitical system. Speech at Michigan State University, mimeographed copy. East Lansing. August, 1973. J0rdan, J.E. Attitudes toward education and physically disabledgpersons in eleven nations. East Lansing, Michigan: Latin American Studies Center, Michigan State University, 1968. Jordan, J.E. "Facet theory and cross-cultural research methodology." Ab - stracts: 1st International Conference for Cross-Cu1tura1 Pstho- logy. University of Hong Kong, 22-26 August 1972. Jordan, J.E. Attitude-behaviors toward mentally retarded persons in seven nations: a Guttman facet analysis. Book in process, 1974. Jordan, J.E. & Chigier, E. "Attitudes toward the disabled in Israel and eleven other nations." The Middle East Journal, 1972, 26(3), 326-331. Jordan, J.E., Maierle, J.P. & Dell Drto, A.E. "A Guttman facet theory par- adigm for research on attitude-behaviors toward disability, racial and cultural differences." Proceedings, American Psychological Association,» 1970, 723-724} Jordan, J.E. 8 Maierle, J.P. Guttman facet analysis of attitudes toward mental illness, mental retardation, and racial interactionJPaper presented at the 8th World Congress of Mental Health, Washington, D.C., 18 November 1969. ~251- Kaiser, H.F. "Scaling a simplex". Psychometpjka, 1962, 27, 155-162. Kelly, H.H., Hastorf, A.H., Jones, E.E., Thibaut, J.W. & Usdane, W.M. "Some implications of social psychological theory for research on the handicapped.” In L.H. Lofquist (Ed.), Psychological Research and Rehabilitation. Washington, D.C.: American Psycho- logical Association, 1970, 723-724. Bhikkhu Khantipalo. What is Buddhism: an introduction to the teachings of Lord Buddha. Bangkok, Thailand: Social Science AssoCiation Press of Thailand, 1965. Khoi, L.T. Le Viet-Namg_histoire et civilisation. Paris: Editions de min- uit,ll955. ‘ Kinnane, J.F. & Suziedelis, A. Sources of interpersonal anxiety in the physicallyyhandicapped. Washington, D.C.: Catholic UniverSity Press, 1964. Kirkpatrick, C. "Religion and humanitarianism: a study of institutional implications.” Psychological Monographs, 63 (entire issue), 1949. Kramer, C.Y. "Extension of multiple range tests to group means with un - equal numbers of replications.” Biometrics, 12, 1956, 307-310. Krech, D. & Crutchfield, R.S. Theory andyproblems of social psychology. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1948. Kuder, G.F. & Richardson, M.W. "The theory of the estimation of test re - liability." Epychometrika, 2, 1937, 151-160. Kux, E. La Chine et le Vietnam, un problem pour la conscience Chretienne. Salvator: Mulhouse, 1968. Lingoes, J.C. "An IBM 7090 program for the Guttman-Lingoes multidimension- al scalogram analysis - I." Behavioral Science, 11, 1966, 76-78. Lingoes, J.C. A general survey of Guttman-Lingoes nonmetric program series In R.N. Shepard, A.K. Romney & S.B. Nerlove (Ed's.) Multidimension- al Scaling - Vol. 1. New York: Seminar Press, 1972. Pp 52-68. Lukoff, I.F., & Whitman, M. ”Attitudes toward blindness: some preliminary findings." New Outlook Blind, 55(2), 1961, 39-44. Lukoff, I.F. & Whitman, M. ”Intervening variables and adjustment: an em - pirical demonstration." Journal of Social Work, 7(4), 1962, 92-101. Maierle, J.P. An application of Guttman facet analysis to attitude scale construction: a methodological study. Unpublished doctoral disser- tation, Michigan State University, 1966. -252- Mann, C.W. "Menta1 measurements of primitive communities." Psychological Bulletin, 37, 1940, 366-395. McGuire, W.J. "The nature of attitude and attitude change." In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Ed's.), The Handbook of Social Psychology,(2nd. ed.), Reading, Massachusetts: Addison Co., 3, 136l3l4. McGuire, W.J. "The Yin and Yang of progress in social psychology." Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1973, 26(3), 446-456. Meng, in R.B. Barker, B.A. Wright, L. Meyerson, & M.R. Gonick, Adjustment to physical handicap and illness: a survey of the socialgpsyghfilo- gicalyproblems of physique and disability. New York: Social Science ResearCthouncil, XVI(54), 1953, 44. Mehta, J.L. A political and cultural history of Viet-Nam up to 1954. New Delhi, Jullundur: Venus Publishing House, 1970. ‘ Method for living presented by the Buddha, the. Mimeographed; no credits. 16 May 1966. Minh-Mang, Emperor, Edict. Hue, Viet-Nam: 1851 (See letter from David T. Ray at end of Bibliographical section). Minister of War Veterans, [GVN]. A history ofyproblems (speech delivered on Viet-Nam Veterans Day, 9 July 1973). Mimeographed in English; sent by the Ministry of War Veterans, GVN, 1974 from Sai-Gon. Mitchell, R.E. Religion among urban Chinese and non-Chinese in 6 South East Asian countries. Tallahassee, Florida: InEtitute for Social Re- search, 1972. Mole, Commander R.L. A brief historical review of Vietnamese Buddhism. Washington, D.C.: Personal Response Project, Chaplain Corps P1an- ning Group, Bureau of Naval Personnel, 1967. Morin, K. Attitudes of Texas Mexican-Americans toward mental retardation: A Guttman facet analysis. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, 1966. Mukherjee, B.N. ”Derivatives of likelihood-ratio tests for Guttman quasi - simplex covariance structures." Psychometrikag_3l, 1966, 97-123. Nam-Thanh, The historical struggle of the Buddhists. (A present to R.L. Mole by the Venerable Tam Giac, dealing with the crises and over- throw of the Diem government). 56 pages. Nguyen-Dien. List of foreign voluntary agencies operating in Vietnam as of February 1974. Mimeographed: VOLAG, USAID, Saigon. February, 1974. 6 pages. -253- Nguyen-van-Thai. & Nguyen-van-Mung. A phprt_history of Viet-Nam. Sai-eon: Times Publishing Co., 26 Duong Gia-Long;*1§§8.-V-, Nguyen-van-Thieu. President's office law 8/70. (Signed 26 September 1970). Mimeographed copy dated 9 July 1970. Sai-Gon. Nguyen-van-Thuy. Proposal for a model core curriculum for the first two undergraduate years in institutions of higher education in Viet- nam. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State Univer - sity, 1971. Noonan, J.R., et a1. "Personality determinants in attitudes toward visible disability." Journal of Personality, 38(1), 1970, 1-15. Olav, J. "Viet-nam, carrefour de peoples et de civilisations." France-Asie, 155, 1961, 1645-1670. ' '7 Orne, M.T. "On the social psychology of the psychological experiment with particular reference to demand characteristics and their implica- tions (i.e., demand characteristic means, saying what is perceived is expected)." American Psychologist, 17, 1962, 776-783. Outline of Cao Daism. (Mimeographed pamphlet). Long Than, Tay Ninh Province, Viet-Nam: Holy See, (no date). Plaza, G. (Secretary General of the Organization of American States). Speech, Annual Conference of the President's Committee of the employment of the handicapped. Washington, D.C. 4 May 1973. Reprinted in: Amer - icas, 25 (6-7), June-July, 1973, 42. Poortinga, Y.H. "Cross-cultural comparison of maximum performance tests: Some methodological aSpects and some eXperiments with simple audi- tory and visual stimuli. Psychologia Africana, Monograph suppli - ment, 6, 1971 (entire issué). Popper, J.R. The logic of scientific discovery, New York: Basic Books, 1959. Proverbs as a clue to Vietnamese attitudes. Vietnam: JUSPAO Field Memo, 36, November, 1968. Refugee attitudes toward resettlement, return to village, urban migration, and occupational change. lDraft copy for final report)to MAC-CORDS/ RAD. Sai-Gon: The Pacification Studies Group, Headquarters, MACV, May, 1970. Richardson, S.A. "Age and sex differences in values toward physical handi - caps." Journal of Health and Social Behavior, VII (3), 1970, 207. Richardson, S.A. "Children's values and friendships: A study of physical disability." Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 12, 1971, 253-258. -254- Richardson, S. A, Goodman, N. ,Hastorf, A. H. & Dornbush, S. M. "Cu1tura1 uniformity in reaction to physical disabilities. " AmericanSSoc - iological Review, 26(2), 1961, 241-247. Riley, L.E., Spreitzer, E.A. & Hagi, S.Z. Disability and rehabilitation: A selected bibliography. Columbus, Ohio: Forum ASsOCiates, 1971. Religions of South Vietnam in faith and fact, the. Washington, D. C: (Bur- eau of Naval Personnel) Department of Commerce, Institute for Ap- plied Psychology, 25 May 1967. Robinson, R. H. The Buddhist religion: A historical introduction. Belmont, California: Dickinson Publishing Co. , 1970. Rokeach, M. Beliefs, attitudes and values. San Francisco: Josey-Bass, Inc., 1968. Rubin, T. I. "What women don't understand about men." The Ladies Home Journal, September, 1973, p 24. Ruble, W.L., Paulson, S.J. & Rafter, M.E. Analysis of covariance and anal- ysis of variance with unequal frequencies permittedlin the cell -- no interaction effects.(LS routine--temporary): Stat. Series Des- cription No. 115, Agricultural Experiment Station, Michigan State University, 1966. Ruble, W.L., Keil, D.F. & Ball, F.J. Calculations of basic statistics when missing data is involved (The MD-STAT routing), Stat. Series Des - cription No. 6, Agricfiltural Experiment Station, Michigan State University, 1966. Ruble, W.L., Keil, D.F. & Rafter, M.E. One way analysis of variance with - unequal number of replications permitted_(UNEQL routine),lStat. Series Description No. 13, Agricfiltural Experimentation Station, Michigan State University, 1967. Sanders, R.M. & Niewoehner, G. Survey of rehabilitation needs in the Re- public of South Vietnam. Bulletin: College of Education, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 62901. October 1973. Schecter, J. The new face of Buddha: Buddhism and political power in South- east Asia. New York: Coward-McCann, l967. SEADAG Reports. Tenth panel seminar on South Asian development:ggals 1980. Southeast Asia Deve10pment Advisory Group of the Asia Society, 505 Park Avenue, NYC 10022. 8-9 June 1973. Semmel, M. I. Connotative meaning of disability labels under standard and ambiguous test conditions. Washington, D.C.: Office of Educatifin, February, 1968. -255- Shah, S.I.A. Viet-Nam. London: The Octagon Press, 1960. Shontz, F. Rehabilitation andpersonality, Asilomar, California: American Psychological'Association Tasklforce, October, 1970. Siller, J. et a1. Studies in reaction to disability,XII: structure of attitudes toward thephysicalldeishbled'{diEEbility_fhctor scales -- amputation,blindness cosmetic conditions. Washington, D. C. : Social and Rehabilitation Service, November, 1967a. Siller, J. et a1. Studies in reactions to disability XI: attitudes of the non-disabled toward thpjphysically disabled. ‘New York: Jerome Siller Press, 1967b. Siller, J., Chipman, A., Ferguson, L.T. & Vann, D.H. Attitudes of the non- disabled toward the physicallydisabled - XI. New York: School of Education, New YorklUniversity, May, 1967. Siller, J., Chipman, A., Ferguson, L.T. & Vann, D. H. Attitudes of the non- disabled toward the physically disabled: studies in reactions to disability. Newllork: New York Univers1ty Press, May,19677 Siller, J. Ferguson, L. 1., Vann, D. H. & Holland, B. Structure of attitudes toward theyphysically disab1ed: Studies in react1ons to diSability. NEw York: New York University Press, November, 1967. Silvey, J. "Aptitude teaching and educational selections in Africa.“ Rhodes- Livingston Journal, 34, 1963, 9-22. Smith, H. The religions of man. New York: Harper Colophon Books, 1958. Smith, H.H., Bernier, D.W., Bunge, F.M., Rintz, F.C., Shinn, R-s., Teleki, S. Area handbook for South Vietnam. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Print- ing Office, April, 1967. Smith, W. A facet analysis of racial attitudes in the United States and Africa. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State Uni - versity (in process), 1974. Snead, B. "A touch of love - and more." War on Hunger (USAID publication), 1974, VIII(3), 23-25. So, H-p. Oracles and prayer. (See letter from David T. Ray at end of bib - liographical section). Sources of Chinese tradition. Vol. 1. de Bary, W.T. (Ed.), New York: Co - lumbia UniversityPress, 1960. Pp 6-7. Southerland, D. U. S. -Saigon refugeeyprogram criticized. Christian Science Monitor, January, 1974. -256- Suchman, E.A. "The intensity component in attitude and opinion research." In S.A. Stouffer (Ed.), Measurement andyprediction. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1950. Sully, F.,(Ed.). We the Vietnamese: voices from Vietnam. New York: Praeger Publishers, 1971. Tenny, J.W. "The minority status of the handicapped." Exceptional Children, 153, 1965, 260-264. Tran-van-dinh (former acting ambassador of the Government of Viet-Nam to the U.S.; U.S. representative of Overseas Buddhist Association). "Catholics and Buddhists: their troubled history in Vietnam." National Catholic Reporter, 10 April 1970. 'Truyen, M-t. "Le bouddhisme au Viet-Nam," in R. De Berval, (Ed.), Presence ge Bouddhisme, Numero special de France-Asia. Saigon: France- sia, 959. Urie, R.M. & Smith, A.H. "The effects of peer contact on attitudes toward disab1ed college students." Journal of_Applied Rehabilitation Counseling, 1(4), 1970-l, 24-32. Vella, W.F.,(Ed.). Appects of Vietnamese History. Honolulu, Hawai'i: The University of Hawai‘i Press (Asian Studies at Hawai'i # 8), 1973. Veterans of Vietnam era: attitudes and expectations. Washington, D.C.: Medical and general reference library, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, December, 1970. War veterans,_widows, orphans, and dependents of deceased military person- pgl, Saigon: Ministry of War Weterans(sic), noldate, 5 pages. Ward, J.H., Jr. "Multiple linear regression models." In H. Borko (Ed.), Computer applications in the Behavioral Sciences. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1962. Wax, J."The inner life: a new dimension of rehabilitation." Journal of Re- habi1itation, Nov-Dec, 1972, 16-18. Weir, J.J. The workstudy program of the Harry E. Wood High School, No.1. Indianapolis, Indiana: Indiana Department of Public Instruction, 1967. Whitman, R. Attitudes of psychiatric patients toward the mentally ill: A Guttman facet theory analysis of their content, structure, and de- terminants. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, 1970. -257- Whitman, M., & Lukoff, I.F. "Attitudes toward blindness and other phy - sical handicaps.” Journal of Social Psychology, 66(1), 1965, 135-145. Whitman, M., & Lukoff, I.F. ”Public attitudes toward blindness." New Out- look Blind, 56(5), 1962, 153-158. Whittaker, J.O. Research in Vietnam: psychological studies in a crisis environment. Symposium paper for American Psychological Assoc- iation, Washington, D.C. 1967. Williams, W.S. Attitudes of black and white policemen toward the oppo - site race. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Michigan State University, 1970. Winer, B.J. Structural principles in experimental design. New York: NC- Graw-Hill, 1962. Wilson, E.D. & Alcorn, D. l'Disability simulation and development of at - titudes toward the exceptional." Journal of Special Education, 3(3), 1969, 303-307. Wolf, R.M. "Construction of descriptive and attitude scales." In T. Husen (Ed.), International Study and Achievement in Mathematics. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1967, 109-122. World Rehabilitation Fund. A Program to assist the government of South Vietnam in the vocational rehabilitation of disabled war victims. Saigon: USAID, January 1973. [World Rehabi1itation Fund, Inc.] Vien Quoc:gia Phuc-hoi(Nationa1 Rehab- ilitation Institute). Bulletin issued by the institute, Sai-Gon: 70, Duong Ba Huyen-thanh-Quan, Summer, 1970. Wright, B.A. Physical disability -- a psychological approach. New York: Harper & Bros., 1960. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale CARBONDALE, ILLINOIS 62901 September 28, 1973 Center for Vietnamese Studies Trung—tdm Vié‘t-hoc Mr. Jack Down 2510 Haslett Road East Lansing, Michigan 48823 Dear Mr. Down: I have your letter of September 11, l973,in which you request certain bibliographical information for your dissertation and book on fatalism, viz: 1) you have referred to a book by the founder of H05- Hao which goes by the name of Oracles andpprayers. 2) you cite an edict issued by Emperor M1nh Mang on the extermination of the Roman Catholic religion in Vietnam. The Morris Library has the following book: Huynh—phu-58,1919-1947. SAM GIANG THI VAN ToAN 136. Saigon, 1966. This title, which might perhaps be trans- lated as "Complete text of poetic and prose oracular preachments", is a chronological irrangement of the ‘wr'tin s of the founder of H05 Ha who 13 here styled -Ddc Huynh Giéo-chu. The greater part of this text is in verse. It is perhaps the book referred to in the U.S. Navy publication THE RELIGIONS OF SOUTH VIETNAM IN FAITH AND FACT, (NAVPERS 15991), p. 53, which sa 5, "With con- vincing zeal and eloquence, [Huynh phu] S proclaimed his doctrines, and later wrote them in his book SAM GIAN (translated 'Oracles and prayers')." From reference to the original it appears that the U.S. Navy publication is incorrect on several counts: the author' 5 surname is Huynh, rather than Huyen or Huyéhh, the abbreviated title ‘would be Sam giang instead of"Sam gian", and the translat- ion "oracles and prayers" is a dubious rendition. The reign title (nien hi u) of Empenpr Minh Mang covers the years 1820- 1841. Accord1ng to Nguyen-phut-Tén, A HISTORY OF VIETNAM (1802- -l954), Minh Mang died on January 20,1841. On p. 168 of his history, Nguyen gives a partial English ‘translation of an anti-Christian edict of Minh Mang dated January 6,1833. On p. 261, of the same source, Nguyen says -258- -2- I "From 1851 to 1858 Tfi-Bdc issued four [anti-Christian] edicts: March 1851, September 1855, June 7, 1857, and July 1858." All five of the edicts referred to (together with a number of others) may be found in French translation on pages 446 80.474 of the following book: Adrien Launay, LES TRENTE—CINQ VENERABLES SERVITEURS DE DIEU:k FRANCAIS, ANNAMITES, CHINOIS, MIS A MORT POUR LA FOI‘ EN EXTREME -ORIENT DE 1815 A 1862 DONT LA CAUSE DE BEATIFICATION A ETE INTR DUITE EN 1879 ET EN 1889; BIOGRAPHIES AVEC UNE ETUDE SUR LES L GISLATIONS PERSECUTRICES EN ANNAM.ET EN CHINE. Paris, P. Lethielleux, 1907. 7It seems quite pro- babde that a search through the 257 quyén of the-Dai-Nam héi ién sd lé, which is a compilation of Nguyen Dyansty officia1 edicts, would produce the original Chinese—language texts Of I these five anti-Christian edicts issued by Minh Mang\and TdiDdb. At.phe moment the Morris Library's edition of the-BaiNam.hOi dién su lé is at the bindery. ‘ Very truly yours, 7 A _, c /) /fié:%1J/:r//" David T. R:;7 Librarian ~259- -260- PERSONAL CITATIONS In the course of the chapters several individuals were cited for references who were not authors of definitive information on the subject. It was suggested that it would be proper to give brief qualifications of these people in order to better justify quoting from them. There were nine of them, listed alphabetically by family name: 1. DIEP-THI-LIEU: Former USAID secretary in Vinh Long who writes with some regularity, incidentally keeping the author posted on living con- ditions and problems in Viet—Nam. Now working for a U.S. company still in Viet-Nam as a secretary-interpreter. 2. DENNIS LISHKA: Recommended by Dr. Minrou Kiyota, Professor of Buddhism, University of Wisconsin, as being a person who could and would make intelligent comment on the subject of Buddhism. Also cited in the pre- face as an assistant in the publishing of the book THE BUDDHIST RELIGION: .A HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION, by the late Dr. Richard H. Robinson. Mr. Lishka read the entire manuscript from the author's Fatalism study, from which some of the data for the first chapter was taken, page by page and commented via tape recorder. Many of the original footnotes were his. 3. Professor NGUYEN-DANG-THUC: From the University of Sai-Gon, recommended by Dr. Nguyen-huy-Giao, graduate of Berkeley and now Head of Department of Psychology, University of Sai-Con, as being one of the best sources of information in Viet-Nam regarding Vietnamese Buddhism. Professor Thuc read the Fatalism study and made comment, page by page through notes thereon. Some portions of Chapter one reflect his thinking. 4. NGUYEN-THI-TUYET: Vietnamese female about 30 years old. Brought up in the rural environs of Rach Gia on the gulf of Siam without formal education. She accompanied the author when he was dealing with rural officials and civil servants where her simple dignity and o enness allowed her to meet with such individuals on a mutually friendly asis which encouraged cooperation and reduced suspicion. 5. Dr. NGUYEN-VAN-THUY: Graduate of Michigan State University's doctoral program, official in the GVN Department of Education. Materials in the short education section partially came from his dissertation. ~261- 6. Dr. ALFRED B. SWANSON: Doctor of surgery of the hands and joints, developer of neoprene joint replacement for arthritic joints(with numerous presidential citations and the subject of several short articles or references in the Reader's Digest because of this) who worked for years in Viet-Nam to upgrade the medical services of the disabled. He has made several dozen trips to Viet-Nam. Director of the Foundation for the Dis - semination of Knowledge which partially funded this research. 7. ROBERT SWEETLAND: Recommended by Dr. Herbert C. Jackson of the Michigan State University Department of Religion, as being one of the more astute recent students of religion, and especially Buddhism. Mr. Sweetland went over the manuscript on Fatalism and Buddhism, page by page with the author and when in doubt consulted with Dr. Jackson on points therein. Credit should be given Dr. Jackson, too, for early developing a course for the author to give him a background in Buddhism, that was the basis for the beginnings of the Fatalism study. 8. Bhikku THICH-MINH-CHAU: NO introduction is needed for this man to students of Vietnamese Buddhism. President of the Buddhist Van Hanh University in Sai-Con; this well known Buddhist was interviewed by the author and occasionally writes regarding facets of Buddhism. 9. TRAN-KIM-PHUONG: Recommended by the USAID Employment Office, this Vietnamese female, about 26 years old now, is a high school graduate who spent four years with the U.S. Intelligence translating Viet-Cong doc- uments into English. Her translative abilities were phenomenal and she acted as the final translator for both the ABS and the author's Fatalism study, as well as secretary and personal interpreter in the field. She also made frequent comment upon sociological aspects of the study. Brought up in the city, her aplomb and sophistication allowed her to meet with the male Officials in the city and province with ease and suavity. APPENDIX A GroUp Information -262- -263- TABLE 43.-Structure of Each of the 12 Population-study Groups. Group Original Number Sample name and/or location Total 0f 12 Group # N 1 12 6 Can-Tho Rehabilitation Center-Patients 33 25 World Rehab. Fund Center - Patients 24 44 Sons of Veterans-SGN 36 16 Da-Nang Rehab. Center - Patients 2 13 13 Can-Tho Rehab. Center - workers e, 34 2 World Rehab. Fund Center - Staff - 35 13 Da-Nang Rehab Center - Staff ‘78" a 3 4 158 Vinh-Long Teacher Training School(Su Pham) ‘ 5 2 Teachers from above school 11 2 V-L High School Teachers (Tong-Phuoc-Hiep) 162 43 7 58 V-L Governmental Administrators 16 6 Private Employers of Vinh-Long 20 7 SGN Chamber of Commerce Personnel 22 1 SGN Rotary (Jose Alejo) 23 8 SGN Rotary (Huynh Hong Giao) 80 e l 20 Students Buddhist U-SGN (Van Hanh) 8 21 Students Tech. Sch. V-L. (Ky Thuat) 10 43 Students H.S. V-L (Tong Phuoc Hiep) 14 20 Students Semi-Public H.S. (Ng-Thong) f 3 18 Vinh Long Navy Base 6 42 Vinh Long Based ARVNb 17 18 Vinh Long Area Popular Forcesc 78 g 7 58 Vinh Long Gov't Administration ‘58—" h 19 11 Employees GVN Labor Office-SGN l9 gBasic study group for ABS cross-cultural disability studies. Army of the Republic of Viet-Nam. cLocal villagers armed by the GVN to protect their villages. -264- TABLE 43. -- Continued. Group Original N Samp1e name and/or location Tota1 Group # N i 2 52 CORDSa employees - Vinh Long 21 6 USAID Personnel Office - SGN 26 3 U of Florida Project employees 61 j 40 10 US based VN Grad Students 37 5 Mich. State U-VN students k 18 23 Chieu Hoi (Viet-Cong)- Vinh Long 23 l 27 45 Hamlets surrounding Vinh Long 32 41 SGN Catholic marriage group 38 5 Families living near Ng-Kim-Phuong ‘ (SGN) _ 9| aC0RDS.See footnote, p 124. TABLE 44. -- Group Structure for Urban-Rural Comparisons. URBAN RURAL Group Description N Group Description N 34 World Rehab Staff 3 27 V-L Hamlets 45 19 SGN Labor Office 11 16 V-L Employers 6 20 C of C Office 7 ll . V-L Teachers 2 21 USAID Employees 6 22 Rotary 1 Total 53 23 Rotary 8 24 SGN Sons of Vets 45 38 Phuong's Friends 5 32 SGN Church 41 26 Florida U 3 Total 183 APPENDIX B Correlations Between Variables Tab1es With Those Having A Significant Difference to the .05 Level Circled ~265- 266 E i i i u...- .....v Immun- 7“]. I- mum I'll!- “xii- . -’ f .: .: 3 E’E i'Z- E ............................... 267 .. ... .- ... 0. ... r. I. .. ... 2 . . . .n 0.. 0‘ o.- .- 0.. .. ... a. as. .w =- .4 0.. .. ... .. ... ...... :1. c— 0.. . ... c In. o O.- . z... .0... at... on a. 9.... .4... u e ... .2.- . ... .. .- u.v.o and, on... .-.. .._ . . z a a» o. .... ...... ..n... ...... n. .. I. .._.a / ...... u... ..... 8... an... ...... 0.... .- ~ 3... D .~... .0... 00... 9.... On... . 0.0 . ...... a“... a. o. o. . 2... . ... 2... ...... .2 . ..... ..... .0... 0. us ...... .o .u. ...... .n... no... as; a C.- on . .. no... a. a .. 1a. {... g... n. so .1. .11.. :2 .1... .. a... ... a. .1... a v n ‘ ...: ...: ... .. no... t... 2... ...; ... .o t... ...; 8.... ...: ...; 2... .9... L... ...: S... .9... op... no... .. o. O. o. o. o. o. o. o. an ...: ...... 3... I. 0.. .. a .3 a” . ..... ..... a. ... .00.. .6... 0.1.. In... on...- .._-o ....- .o. . ....— .- .0... .0“.— I.... O 0.. .- .- . ..... ..... ..... o ...... ...... ...; . o. .. ...... .1... o...- .....- ... . .._... ....- s.... o»... .. .n 09“.. '0...- ;. .. : ...... =.... to... ... ...... a . .1... =5. .. o. . .e .. s. . ...... ... .. . . ...; ...; ...; ...; ...; .- . . ..na. . 9.. . .._ p. o . . .. .. .. .~ .. o- o. .H“ a on. n v... ...... ...... 5... $1. ....u 0..... ...... .- ... ODD-.0?“ p.900- oulh... . in... ... .- .. . o .. ...... . ... 8 to. ...: ..... .9... ... L. z ...... .-—.. .h In. ..... .... ... ... . ...? .. t L 0* .. .... L... L .. .0... I.“ c. p . .. .. . / ...., ..... .. ... . .ou._ ..... .a . Z .L , .. . m I a. a. I a. .. .. ru... .2: C ... . .. 2... ...... ...... .3: 5.. 3.." .. . s... ...; 2. . ...: . ... .. ...... .2." :1. . ... ... . ...: _ .. . .. . .. .. .. . L L .. 1 v. p. : ... 1. ._ .. ... ... .. ....- ...... . . ...-... ....o ... n v» 0: \ix ... ../..... ...... ....» .. .u a... ...: .s .. . 2...... o...» .... o...m ....u o. 2 , .._ _. ...... l ... mflnvv 1; n. A.h.7/ ..... ..... ...: . .. . z z / l. , t .. L :1. .... .\ ... a ... tic/.....v ....n .....n 2 ... . _ - ... . p. ....p a. I.- . ... .0... 3... ... .u a 1... ...... ... 3 ... . . o .2 .. .0..- .~ .~ 9. on n. on . 213/ L... co... :- . =1. .. ... .u... .. u. o. . ...... I... .. ... ... r .0... o. .- ..... .5 .. ... ...; ....u s. .- ..... ..... .... . o. .. ...... .0. .5... - 31.3.71. 3 2 .. .... o..... .2.- ....u .. u: 03......u. L . :42... . . .. . . ...- an. m a. L... .. ... c. ... .. ... um In. .. I.- . 1.. . ... . ... . ... o I . . ..- . ... u .0. - .....o O‘u 55...... ‘0. .5... ‘ ‘iW-l 1.. ’i', II 268 .. 2. .. 2. .. ... ...... .. ... L ... : ... 1.... ...... .. ... ...: .- ... I... .. ... .. ... .. ... .. ... ... ... : ... 2... .. ... L ... ...... ...: ...: L... 1... : ... 2 ... . ... . 2. . ... . ... . ... . 3. . ... . ... . ... ...... .. J ...; I... new n. .0. no. :2. ...... ...; ...... 3.... ado”. am... am... nu... o...» o...“ ... ... .... ... :— ~.... «a. ...... .... 3 ... ...... ...... a3; ...... .0..- .o... v...- ... ... ... ...... ...: ...... 00... o. 0.. on... ... . ... ... ..... ....- .1... .._; .... ...; x../ ...; ... ... ... ... ...... 3... .... 9.... .. ... ...; .3 , ...: GO. . —.—. 80¢ - ... . ...... ...... .- I: .0... 3... 9o... . ... .... ... :— no. ... ...; ...: ...; . 8 o: .. . .... ...; ...: 9.... .... ...? .... 2... .... .._. . r. .2. ... .... ... ... .... .... ... .... ... 2... ...... a...“ ..... 3... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... . ... 0..... .. ... I... 4.. .2; v. .... ....n on... ...; ... .._ ... ...... ...... ..... a. ... ...... no... an s. ...; ...; .2 . I... a... ...: f. 3... ....r v .. ...... ..., ....» .. ..'.u_..5.. .._ ~... .2 ... ... .1 ... .... ... m: «r. ~.. a... :— an”. ..... ...... Lu... 2... ...... ...... .... ....“ .... 1... . .... L... .. ...: .... ...... ... ... .. A: a. ., “.2311 . .. . . ,C.(7 pa}: 1.... .. ... . 2.1.19.3 ...... $6.! ...-2.. . . ...! .._. 3.: a _ .... \ - fix; ...: .. . 2. ...v‘ 2.... 1 ... II! .1 ....u .n... ......s C .../.1." — .0... H , . .. l . ..z . ... ...“. .. . ./ ...... ..u \1.../. . 1%.”. . 3.... l .13». I; ”a“. ~.,. %\ ./ ”... Wm”? /_.~".. I/ . .../... .\ fix ANT. / ..Ib .. ... ../... ... (...c/Z ... .. ... ll .. ,. .1 , . . t -u i . I 1 £2 7...... A.. 4...»... . .. . . . _ . . 7n..7r...... .. .. . . .... . . . . ... C. ...../I.,.o\. reg. \.l-a~. . . . . . . . /o..b oer 1%.1: 3 an cc. 1.! . I. \ i . . . . . ... . , . -_.0 1 , .. 9.... . . , no u. n. .... .... ...... 2... .o on o... I .v , Iiiv LP»... .... o. 3. . 7. ‘1/ 274.2... A. 361%? . . ... . m: 1.... ..,. .. . .u .. 0.. l .’:\ .. ,IT- :7. ....u '6.” . ......u , ... z t: .1.— .... “1 /.n.n.. run... u-.. ... ~1u.n cu... u“ 0.. ,. «ml/71417., . a. . .n/.... .40... ... In. ...J E.A. ... a. . ....U .2.“ ....16 .~ 3. .... a; z... ...! ... .1 no. ...... ....a. ... . .— ... no. .0... o9» . ... ... ...... .... z... ....../ . ... ... ...... .._.W .. ... _— r .... .... .r ....- ....p ...; A...” , ... .1 ., .1 ...... 3... / ....“ ha lab .. ... o . .....r . ...-out .u.,-u.. noun...- . . 0..... S ... .... . H ....4./.;..- . .4. so. ... .... -4 ... 2.. .a w.... -. ... a... no. on .4. 0 IO. . In. 3:05.; ...... ...f. ...... 3...... ...-.... . . ...... 2...... a... .3... . oOh.. I-w.— 0. '—..Oo .4... 0.4.. .u 0. .~ .- ..... ... . la .9 o-—_« a....- o . .. .. ...... on... ..... ..... .. a. ...... .._." uplcu”."a o to... 0......O-On. ...-9- ..aaon tuna-oou . ' opus. ...-.... tun. ..... 269 o: ... o. ... .— cc. ~. 0.. .. cc. r. ... .q n.. on ... .- ... .c ... ow ... .. ... .. ... .- ... -. ... .. ... .. ... .— ... .. ac- c. ... 1. ca. .- ... .- ... .. ... .. 5.. u. ... o no. . In. . c.- . ca. . .4. . .4. a 0.. . ... . ... ...". ..... ..... ... . . ..... ....» ..qu/ ... . ....- ..... .. ".... .. ..... ..... ... . ... . .n”.. ..... ..... .a... . .. . . o . . c. . O. . . . . . . . . o o. o . .. o o ... .. c . ... .. ... .- ... .. ... .. Inna . ... .. ... . ... . ... .. ... ...... ”.... ..... ...... ..... .... ... 0.... ...... “.... 0..... ...... ...... won-u I. nan.— . a...” n 0 — . .. “.... ..... ..... . ... ..... ..... ..... ..... . .. . .. .. ..... ..m.. m. . ..... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ...... .u.... .u.... . .. . .u.... .m. . .».... .v.... .. ..... ...... .m.... .M.... no. . .“w.. or... ....» coau- oOn - 9.. o 96... ....o ....m o.... ..... .. ..... .... ...... .u..... .u..... .u..... on... . .. ....... .u..... m..... .H._... vuu.. -“-.- .uu.. .u. a an” . .uw.. .0... ..... ..... av... a»... on... 0.... co... .9... no... .0... ... “..... ..... ..... ...... ..... ... .. ...... c.... .N.... .n.... . .. .u.... .. .. .- ..... cc... .0. . ....- on... p. .- 0..... .0... .un.. ... on... ..... .0... .o .. ...... .. [/1 ..... ..... ..... .. .. . ....o ..... ....o ....n .0... ..... n o. r. 90 .- u...-0 -—.-u ...-.0 v ... ..~.- ...33... ...... ..... ....u on... o. . u u u'—.— u not.» nu... .O—no .. .. .. . .._ .. . ...... ..... ..... ... . .. .. ...,. ..... ..... l' v- o...- ....- .....c ...... - o. oo.... ~0...- .. ..... . . ...”11/ o. r. _ .. .. ..... .....z no... o...- .n... ma... .. o. ..... ... - -.... .4 . ... ‘mmwfl/J_uu.. 1M. . .~.u. ..... .. ..... ...; . . . . . c. c o. o . ..... r,nuu.uu ... ..lr. ...._ ...... ..... ".... .w” . u.... .Hu.. ..... ....n .. ....” . ..... ...." ...... u .- .- ...... nu... ..... E. /o ...“ ....n .9... o...» o: .- o.... u- ..o.- pun-c . .. .. .. ——..- 0..... ..n.. u ....r "I . .. ..... ....- ll \ u .p‘..- ....u.. noun ... . . ...ur .... ... .nu- ..-.. .. ...anca In. I‘- 270 .1. .30.: ...... .u‘d c pol... . no... ... ...: ....» . ... . . . u: . ... .3 no. . Z. .. .... .... ... . ...... .9... .0... ...... o. 3. .0.- --.r v-.. a». . .n u: o . 3. ...; .1; ...... ...... v2... ‘. 2 S. ..... .0... .0. 9.... . .. ... a: on. a: '0"... -o.. ...... on... cu. . o... . .. ... ..-. o .. ...... ...... an... 2...: no... u in.” a . . . .... .. . .. .... 3 .. . .. . . ... z. . . a: a. a... co. . .9. u .....u ...... can... o...“ ~u... ...... .... =0.- ..... .... or... ... . ... ... ... ... . _ .2. ... 1... a. 3.... o .... ...... ...... .3. . .2... 3... ...... .0... o. a . ...; ...; .... . ... ... ... ... a. on. 2... .. at... . .. ... ,.. . .. : . ... ..... ... ...... .... ...... v.1. ....o .0... 3... ....o ...... ... ... .... ...». . . ... .... .~ .0... . . . . . . .. o . .. a . . ... ... .. ... . .2 7 .... ...... a. .... P... .0... .. . . I...“ n o o 3.5, . .. .32 .32 .3”. 1... 2... ...; .... 1 .. .... .. .. . . . . ... . _ o . . . ... . .2 . .2 .. ...; ...... 2... 2... .. ... ...... ..o.. co... ... n: ..- ...... ...... 3... L... . .V. .2. ... ... ...... ....- ....— ... av. .00 .... . ... .u .- .s.... 5.... ...... . pa. ” ... ... ..... 1..“ .. ... .. . . ooo.. ~a..//.. no... 0.. . . H/ ., W ...... , v: I... . . ... 0: cc. co. ”9.. . o. .. on. .. /....v.L .0. no . ...... . can... can ...... 4.:;.u .2 T a“ u. r. I . |I\‘D/ . .. . a. / ... .... .. 2. .. 1... ... .. an .n 1/ - . ...... ..n.- VI; ..r. p»... .... .2...- o... n...“ 1... ~—. ... ...... .... - a... a n ....u ...... .... o..... . n . gs... ... ... ... .._ ... ... ... .... . 2.... . .. .- u .- 3. .0... .... 0:... ...—u .... ...... .... .... . ..... 9'... .o .. 4. .. ... ... ... .n. on. 2... c - ...... ... .... .~— .1 ...... .0... C 0.. nfi. I ... v. cam.ol a. . .14... .....w ...u? ...- ...ohJ. . . an“: . 1.....1 ,{.¥| .....n ....- .. ... . ... .... .... ...." ...... ... . O»... 9?...- .n. ... ...: ...... ...... lh.o « 1. ... . ... I... ._ co. :3. .... cc. o o . ...m. o: ....c . o . haio ......n/ 1 r... ....u (..h . . .. .42... c . . ... 7...... . 0.00. . v‘: ...: ...: SI. SI. .... :8. :2. . o a: . I. .3. . q: . a: . on cc. ... to. o. o. t o on 0.. 1... c. I: on - ... .- ... o- to. .- ... .u o . o. 0.. .- ....w us... ‘ r.. ooo.. .u... . ... -.-.. ....o at o no... on... n. . ~. . .. .. o o. o. o. a. o. o. ... a ... . ..... .. ..... ...... . .. .. ..... ... .. ...... ...a.. ..... ..... .0... .o—.. on... as a. on... ... cc... en... 00... a. no u. ouu - ...... .._... .._... ..... ca... .0... 9.... ....- .o a. s. : on..-. ...... -¢... ....u . ... ..~.. —. o. .. ..... ....y. ... .0.» you; O. .- ...... ....- 0‘... n: .- a. ran-- ....o nor.- ..... .. . ... . .. . . . . as . -"n up 3‘“ r a no. u. no. .. coo... v.. a ... so .._... 90—... ca... 03.. ‘. .- uo... -¢... o.o~. o...— n. t a. u on... ..... ...u. ...u. a. a. .- nan.“ :3. 0:.- on... .. ..uu. . a nu a... --.- ...-n. ... ..~.. co... cuo.- on... . -o.u on... no 7 a. up up up .09... .019 tau.» .0“ - $.93. u. a no... an... .9» . ~. 0 .- I. no. 0 1.... ..u... ...... - ac... . a . .. .0... o. n. “I 0”" .- ...... ..... ..... o~—. - .2”. n. no..— -. ...... .....- c...- o...— u. a .. no... 0. n ”O ....o cc... on... ..... .0. c .. _u~... ..... _ ... .q... L ..o.. ...u. .0..— . n. u no a» ....g ..... ...... ....r ....c o.u.. ....- aao_u .‘... —a.qu nan.” mac." u.... o; o. o a. .- ....a ..a.m .._.u ..n.- o...— .wg a...» . ..... ...“. u~—.o .- 0.2.1... . . . ...." .._.. ...u. .. u.p 0 an. ... up . I.uo.. u >~m.-. o«n.r nvaocu —o-.on ...h. .‘.H. ....r ~.... . ... ..... .~... ..... ..a.. a...” on a. . _u o. _- oo... :o .0 pt... '9..- ~..p ‘. 1/ no... ....o on.oo .. J . o. o. a. [Inmwhh\ /......v//z .o.... pw.‘. ...... 1o; ... a... 0.... n“:- .o p . ..u. .~... o-... A. ...».u. a...“ .. .9 .u. us... Q: ~..... . . — a-.o u ... o o. » ... to»... can; «...... .~_.- ....o ".... can; 271 can”. o.... ..n.. .. ...... 0...- co 0. rec... .~_..- .. .3”. ..... on... .n..— cos.— .. .. ., u.. . c - cc... ca... 0. o. >n~.. p...»- on... p 0. ..v.. .L. .- w.... .- ~u... ‘¢. .. ..... ,n- ~/ A. .. ... a v.4.nou:5. 21‘ ....|\ y .. a u. .a .u... / \wnw.ur, AJuu-mlx ....u .. . .‘ A .. . . . ., us... a.~.- - -. ..~.- on». ...4. . n3.- . J.A. . . .._.. ....— v . .raun- .ux .py...a.. :33: . . o8: a. .- o‘ .4. an. h Enlnrwl. .- 272 .8...10..ao 90.00I .15.... as. ...u. .0 00... .- ... on 0.. o. I. .. ..p .. ... .n 3. 3 ... 3 ... .- ... on... 9.3. 3... o. 3. .. ... .- ... on... o. .3 o. 3. o. 3. ... 3. .. ... 3... L... .. ... .. 3. .. 3. .. ... .. ... . .3 . 3. . 3. . '- . .— o 3. . '. a 3. . I3 .... . . . . .. . .. ... 3... 3... ...u. ...». , 3... 3... .3. 3... 3... 3... 3.... .3. . ...; 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... .. u. 3... .. .... .... . 3... oo. ....” . £1“. .uf . ..m a .un3 . . ..n .m. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 .. .o 3 3 3 3 .o J. . a“ 3 .u- u .0 3 O“... ‘0 I... 00$ -.n.. '"O—oc. ...-n 0.... ...uoo .0... ...... 0“... OO.... ...... 0..... 0“... .0... v.4... 0..... .0—.. ....o n:- o. .M... u on... ...-O 0.... ....- 9.... l.... .O... ...-Q .0... a... s... O... C d‘... .. ...: 3... .3: 3... 3... 3... 3.... 3.: 3... .3... 3... 3... 3... 3... .2. ."u; 3... .... .n" 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 3 .o 3 3 .. .fl... .1 no... .0... 0.... .... 3... 3... ... 3 .. 33. 3... 3... 2... ... .3. 33. .. .... . 3.. oo... ... o. o. .... .n o. 3 o. .o. a“. ..— .. cu“ cu on. .34 .oo . 0.... ...... .0... o...- ..... .0... r0... .0... .2.- oo..- 0.... .0... no... ....- ..o.. ...—c ..... ....n 0..”. on... ...-o .0... .0... .0... o.... .0... .9... i... 3... 0:.- I’d-1 .0... !.O 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... .0... .o... 3... 3... 3....- 3... 3.. 8... 3a.. 3... .0... 3 . 3 3 3 3 3 3 . . . . 3... ...: 3... 3... 3... 3... 8... .. 3... I... 3... 3... . , ..n . .uu . .u» . .U . fl: o. 3 3 3 3 3 3 J” 3 3 3 3 . 3 .1. .13 Jon: 3 J... . S... ...: 3... 3.... ...: ...... ...... 3... ...... ...... ...... 3.... 2.... 3.... ...... ...... ...... ...; 3... .3... ...... ...... ...... ...... .31.. ......a. .... ... .. .... .. J“... ...... .o. 3... ...... . . . . 3 3... 1... 3... 3... 3... 3... .33 3... ...u. 3... 3... 3... ...; 3... ...... .... . 3... on.- .... . . 3 .. I... .. 3... .. .. . .3 . .nu . .0" . .u” . .u. . z 3 .. .. 2 .. x .. .. .. . .. . t .. o. .. .. a ... . 8 .8 8 b .. .5 A. 3... ...... ...... ...; ...... 3... 3.... .3... 3... 3... 3... 3... .3 . .3 .. 3.: ...; ...... 313.33.. 3... ...... .3. 3 3.. .. 3.. .. 3.... o... a. 3... ...... I... 3.... 3.. no... .0... . . ...: z... ...; . ... 2... 3... . ... ...: . ... 3... ...; .. .. ...; ..n . 3 3 3 r 3 o. o. u. 3 L 3 3... .0... 3... ...... ...; on... no... 3... .... . vo... ...; .33 ....- o3... .... . nu... $3.. . 3. . go"... o o. no a. a. Do an ...... :2. ...... ...... 31...: . ...? ...... it? :1 ...J 3... ...; 3... 3... ...... 3”; 3"; .3. .... 93......3... .o .n .o ...-3 ...... ...... 313...... ...... ...-... ...............:... ..... .31....3 .35.... .3. . . ...! 3... 3... .0... ... . 0.. - o”. a a"... 1"“. a on“ ..u o o. o. I. .- O. .... .. J3... 2... 3... 3... ...... Z... a... ... . an... ... . o. o. no 3 ...o. I C I I . d.- o oo oo o. 3 a. $3“ . . on .o .o. . finé go”... .“u u o. 3... 3... 3.... 3... 3... .....g o...... .... .. .3. . o.... . ...§ .3... H3”... .... .- ... 3... .... ...: ...... 3... .u... o"...- 3... ...; 3... 3... ....- 3... 28... 3... .... ‘..- ah... ...o. .09.. .0... :1. :1. 3... 8... . 3... ..1. 3... ...; ...; ...: ...: 3... .3; ...; 3... . . . ...; .... £3... .._... g“. .. 3... 8... ...... u»... I... ."o. 3 o. 3 o. 3 on 3 3 3 .o o. 3 3 . o. . . . . o .- ..... ..u.. ...."v .0... oz... 00.... ...... ...... ...... 0..... .....o ...... ....- o.. a. 9.. c. o: .. ooo .- ... .. ...... ~.... Dru-og .. I”:. .g .0... no... a 0.... .30... 0..... 00-... .5... o... a .- . . .... .... 1... 3... .0... .0... ...n. .0... .0... o o.. 3... ....o ...n . .0” . ... ... .. .. .. o. 2 8 .. .. . a. . .34. ...: ...... ...: ...; ...: z... .... ...... 2... 3... 8... ... .. ... . 3 3 o. 3 of... I 3 6.1.1:... 3... ...... .3... J8... ..... .. .... .. .3. o. .. ...; 31...... 3... 3... I... .... . £3... 2... . ...... . ... S... 3... . 3 . .. . ...“. .. 3... .. o. .. 3... . .. . .. . .. .. ..u a a; .. .u .. .u a .. u .. o... .. 3.... .. ...: . 3... ...... 3... on... ...; 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... ...... ...... .... . .... . 3... 3... ...... on": 3... 3... S... 3... .1... .33 on; oN.... [~33 . .. ".... .....3 313.32.. .M.... 3... ...—... .u... ... J3... £3... ...... $3....“ o3... 3... .. J“... “mo”; 3...... ....u ...... 3... 3... 3... .33 .3. 3... .0"; 3... $3... 3... gt... .3. . 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... .0... .o... 81.. .3. . .... . .0... 4.... 3 .0 3 3 .o .o 3 .o .. .o 2. .. .o . 3 .0 .o o 3... ...... .u... .. 3... ...... ...; .32..§............§3.:...3..1... 3... .3... ...... ...... 3.... .3”. .3... .3... 3... 3... 3... 3... . . . .3.— 3. o 3... .0... .... :3. 3... 3... .3.- 3... 3... ....- 3... ....- .0... . oo o. o. .. .. 3 3 o. .o o. .o oo ...... ...... ... . 3... ...... ....... ..3. . ..... .21.. ...... .31.. .... .. ..... . ...... ...... 3... 3.... ...... ...... ...... .3... 3... 3... .3... ...... 3. ......./.\.....l ...: . .... . ..L. 3... .._... ...; 3 3 3 3 .. .... o. ... .. ...... ....“ ...... .. .... ... ...... 0..... ...-o .0... ...... ...... .....l. c. or o. o. .. o. 1 7... .3.- .3... I... . .... 2... .... ...u 2... «.... ...... ....» 3... ...... .. ... .. .o .o I. .- .:.. 3... 3... ...; ...... ..... ... ...... ...q. 5.... ....u ...... .... .— .. .o o. o. .. ...... 3... .33, .... ...... ... ....» 3... 3... .3... ....- .. .- .. 3 3... I... .3.— ..... 3... 3. . ...... 3... .. .. o. ...... ....n o... n..." ....n In... no o. O. .o... z... .o. .NN . .u o . . 1... .... ...: 3.... 3... . ... ...: 3... 3.“. 3 . ... u. .. .. . .. 3... 3... I. .. a. 3 3 3 a. 3 o. 3 .«u n. .3 L a .o o. oo... ..n; .01.. ...... 0..... no... .0... n..... no... ...... ...... ...... 0..... on...- .O...¢ 0:... no... 0....- 000 .- O. oau:¢4aouou 000.9- .wfiuno. ....uno‘ ...... o a ...o... .0 or... on... 0.... 0.... .U .00.... an“... I .. ...: .3... 3... .3... ....o. .3... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... 3.... 3... 3... 3... .... o3 .. .. o. 3 o. o. 3 o. o. o. 3 .o o. o. o. 2. ...... ...... ...... ..u... ...... ...... ...... on... no... ...... ...... 3.. ...... 3... .... ...; 3... ...: I... ...u. ...: ...; ...n. 3... 3... ...; .11.. ....n i... 3... 3... 3... ... ...”. ...; .u... 3... .33 7... 2... .8. 3.." ...: -. . o. . .. . .. 3 3 3 . .. .. 3 o. 3 8 o. 3 . S... .3 . 3... ...... ...... ...... 3.... .3. 7... ...... ...... ...... .3... 3... .3... 3... 3... .3.- .¢.. .... ..... .... 3... ...... 3... 3... ....... 3.... 2... _....."//..... 3... .3. ....» .... 33. .. .. 3 3 3 .. .. 3 3 . .. 3 .- .. 3 o. . . .. 2... ...... ...... ...... ...... .....- ...;- ...... ......- ...... :1:/......e. ...... ...... 0..... 0.....- o..... ...... ...... ...: ...: .... 3... ...... 2... 3... . ... ...... ..... .. 1].. ...... . . . .. .. ...... . ... .. .. 3 3 .. .. 3 o. u. .. o. .. 3 ».. on 3 r .. 3... .... ...... Z... 3... .... ...... o... .3... ....o 3... ... a 3... .3. on... 0.. to... .... ... M1 ...... ; .. ...: ....- .3. 0.... .0... ... .... .. .. . .. . .m .. .. .. . .. .. m. . .. .. .. .. .... . ...; ...... 3... 3.... 3.... 311...... ...... ...; 3... 3.... =3. 2... .3; .... ...... ...: 2... .33 3... ... .0... ...n. ...3 ....» .33 3... 3... 3... on; on... .. .. .. o. 3 o. .. 3 3 .. .. 3 3 o. u. 3 a .._-a "...... ...... :0... :3. 0.... 0..... 9.... .0... ...: a... on... ..o... on... Do... an... at... .... ... u ......u 3... ..... .«3. a... 3... ..o.. ...”. .u... .0... an... 1.... I“; ....u .0... out. o. a. or oo .o co on o. a. u o. on on 0o .- ...-... 3... I... ...... o.... 43.. ooo.. v”; .1o .... ....“ ...: z... 3... 3... 3... 3... . ... 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... .. 3... . ... . o. o. .. .. 3 c. 3 3 u. o. o. 3 o. 3 on” .o r on .. ...... .3... 2... 3... ..... 3... ...... ...... ...... ...... .3... 3.... ...... .... .0... 3.2 3... 8... 3... ...; ... 3... .... ... .3: 3.. 3... 3... . 3... 8... . o. 3 ... .. 3 . J. 3 3 . 3 8.. 3 o. d. 3... 3.... ...... ...; ...... 3.... 3.... 3... 3... 3... ...... ...: 3... .3... J“. 3... .1... J"; .3: on": .33 .1"; n”: $.82.- ..m..... “”6””; .=.. .36 do. ...... out; .... .. 3... 3... 3.... .... 3... 3... 313... 3... 3... 3... .0... 3... 3... 3... .0... 3... .31. 3... .... o...- .«o... 3... no... on“. 30".. .- . 3 3 3‘ 3 3 3 3 o. 3 3 .- ... .. ...... ...... .3... 3.... 3... 3... ...... ...... .3. .. 3... ...... .3. .. .3236 .3... . d3... 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... 3... .3. . 3... $3 .3. . 81.23.... 3 o. oo o. oo .- $.13 . .3"; 3... ...... ...... 3... 2... ...... .... . 3... ... . 3... ......e . :. ..., .83... ...n ...; ...: ...J 3... 3... ...... 3... .1... S... .. 3... .u. . ... . ...u. . J”: 3 3 3 o o. . 3 3 ...... ...... ...... ..... .. .... . 2. .. 21.....3. t... 3... ...... ...o. 3..... .3... $3... 3.. . 1 .. . .....1....:“.. 19 .3. 3... .u; .«n. J". Jr... . 0.. . .. :1... 7: 3... .... u... 3... ...: :1. ...... Aim 3A.)... $.34 1... /..... . 13./L... (.... .. 1.... . 3... 1 .. ...... /.... .. ...: . ... . ,1.. .... @132; 31...... 2... 1.3;: 3... .... ...... .—... 3.. . .n _ .1,4u” ”.1, poem. . . or“: .... ..\ ..... .16 1.. ... ... . .... .193... 31.1”“... . .n... .... . .... . .... . ... .,..1..... .7...»....'.\.. .. .. 1...... . on: . .9... . o. . c . .... Xx. . . 1.. 1... .13.... ...; .... . a .nn. 3... do. a. .mo. . 3 ... .3... .3. . .... 3... 3... .._; .. .... . 3... 3... ...... ... do. / 3 3 3 .. . ...... 3... 3.... 3... 3.. so... o3... ...... ...... 3... ...... 8... 8... 3.. . ...: JP. J.- J.... .fl: 32... 2... ... .... .3. . 3.... .2; on. ...». 3... .3... ...... ..... .... .... .... .... no... ...... oo... 3.. $9.... .3 3... 'l‘. ....- .. I. o. I. .4 l: 32:41.». it. if! 1.....- ._.: . . .. ... .- ... t :- : I. = S. 273 : ... .. 5...: ...... : :- .3.— .3: ... I... z... . a. 7:... \ 7!.» ...L: 5‘0... '52:!- Lr , auto-u: in." . y 57. ”It 274 ‘m'. “I. {mItI'IIII . ...h % IIaaoI-VIIDI'II -‘ 5 xi 5‘§5‘§5.=E§. .‘ .' o 7 I f. 5‘3 5‘§5‘.‘. 3 .5 . 3 1‘» 5 .:5 .s5 :2. 55...: 3:: ' u .. if)! 5‘?- 5‘3- . 5 5‘? 5‘§ 5‘§ 5' 5“! 5‘? 5‘3 5 5‘3 5‘?- 5‘5 5‘3- 5“: 5‘3 n;-£§.:::§:::£:x:£in;c 3 :. : .... 8. = .3: 5 :- Ef:.j’§!_:§:;3=q=.3:iug;§§ 3 -..... :n: . :.:.:-: .5 .=: .:= .n .:: .3! .3-6 .I: .5: .=: :- :3.”.3.-=: §::'_.:§'.'§:;:'.::. g. :_‘_ - I 7 -.23-3 _ f 5‘2 5 .-. 5“: 5'.- 5‘2- 5‘:- 5‘5 5‘3- ; . ;_-. ..; ,- ,- ...-‘- ‘.'. ‘ "5“- 5‘5 5‘5 5“ 5‘3 5‘5 5“.- 5‘5 5‘3 5‘3. g 32$.” ,3: -:: .:: .2: .2: .:2 .II J: .:.- -5: -. :---:-=;::=.z::::::.~:.- - . . .5 . 3‘ 9' 3‘ 9‘ .5 .- .' a:E 0:5 «'5 0:; -:E 0:: :‘s 0:; '3': ‘35 0:! .33 —:§ .33 3; g;:.::;:_.':;;:,:;::.,:=_::.:g;:.:§: . ’.'.'.f.?.2‘?."?§?§?:'_'_1_ 2.:- .:: .::...:: -:.-... 8. ..:: :2- .5: ..-..-E...:-:_..:...qt;;:..~g’:§f.'§:=§_;§:i_:.g; . . . C - - . g . . . . . . .. .5 .z .: .: - I -° .3 ‘ ...... 5': 5f: 5:- 5'.- 5_‘3 5}.- 5‘5 5".- 5’5 5‘§ 5‘5 5‘5 5‘35.- ‘ :n‘..—n-A~.-‘.- : - : : C : C , '.' . . _=::_ :3. :3? :33. :3. :35. 3:33;. :35. :32 2' 5". :32. D OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO .‘ ......e.-.=. : - - . 5.5.5.5.“. :~... ...... ..:-.‘,- . .: .5: .5: J: .: . .x: .3: .3: :2 :z .: .... :E:::-:H‘;E:3§£33:5:5:.ia£.‘ I ' .; .' .' - .- .- ,- .' .' ,- .‘ .' ............ 5“ 5‘? 5‘5 5‘§@5‘§ 5‘3 5‘? 5‘5 séwaflfi :? o. - ...~---.J.£’J.£. ‘2' f 3 7'..'. -0' o. E -3}. 53355:” =3 a“. .1“. 5"“. 2"". :3" :‘- 9% 191.9553. 3:“- I“. Z. ' ' = .' .5 .2. 3 .- ' ' .- .. , 33%. i” 33.1.: g... d ._... :3. a.: E3! 3:? :3! :5‘ =5! 3.: ii 3-... :.:-:-n-.‘-7:IIVC”--:-:-:-. ..... : E .- 22‘ ~': ° ...: .: - ' ' .. 5 ' =33; 5‘2 5‘5 5‘5 5"5'5 5'5 5‘5 . .. 5" 5“ 5“. 5 ' - ; .' .' 5 .. t . I III I II IIIII III I II III" III II IIIII I II III” I III IIII II In" I Q" II “I I III'I III I III I III I III I III I III I III 0 III“ IIIII “III «on III|I Il||I II... III" “III "III “III mu IIQII IIIII II.“ II... IIIII our «III I00]! In.” "I” III" "III IIIII III II I II. I I I I II: . .3- I III II I III H. II I III III II I'III .., ‘I I II ”III Q'I I . ‘I ,‘ . , ::~ 1. L? I I. II I. II I: III II “I" I III II ..." '. II III II I I” " II I I! I III I O. I. OH”, 0.. .. .".."... .. . .. "3'3 :7: .5: ..... .z :_5 : -.'_ _ :_: '~ . .. _t.‘ ' :2 g; 53% fig $5‘35‘E—5‘5 . 55.5 55‘555 :55 55 =5 :55 55.5.. « =,.-_5,_, 5_ .-; 2's, _5:=-:=‘5:5:=‘ . ’ — - : 5.2.:.= '. '_ .- ' _-_°-:__':.' - I :_°.° ‘ . - =.‘-‘= 5‘3 5‘3 5‘5- 5‘3 5‘3 5‘5 5‘3- 5‘5 5“- 5‘-‘=5 =2“- 5‘5 5‘5- 5“ @5‘3 5‘3 5‘3 5‘5- -. 2 a -‘: I =.:_- I - I =- s.-_':_ .- :_I 2.2 F a.“ $3553.“??? 5‘55‘3 5“=~. i.e.-$352555“ :.":- a“?! 5‘35‘2 5‘3 * ::- -::- -' :::::--.- - 1’5. “:5 ~35 4'; “5‘5. '3? 4.5. 673/: -: ~ .235. fig :1:=;°.::§ ‘5 73.5 -‘.i 3’3 3:5. *5 -.- -:-'-I3=.33.-‘-‘:'-' 23?‘§"---1-G°~'1-2~-.-'.'1-1'=.'°.‘-':"’:“'.-=.= 1 ---1 -2- -,.;=--5-:--- :- 5% 5“- 5‘5 5‘5 5“. 5‘5 5‘: 5‘? . -- («115% 5‘5??? 5‘5 5‘5 5‘5 5“- 5‘? :-_‘E- :_ .- 5‘3 5‘5 5‘3 331-: :_‘3 0. 5‘3 5‘5??? 5‘3 5‘3 5‘3 5‘3 5‘3- 5‘? gig; :;:;;.:':§~-:%:;;tg;=§'5:§";gé:;.;§:§;:§ 5:5. éggiégégggégg'aggié £3! kg 5:; _a a. .5 5 5_ .5_ . _5 ‘_' 5 5 =_5 5.5 = 5 5,5 5 5 5_ -.- . ‘. -. ° _2 ' ‘ 5.: 2 -. ‘,' ° 2 ‘ 9.:.‘ 5- _: 1- " 5‘f5‘i5‘iu5‘55‘f #3535145??? 15“.: 5‘?5‘§..~-.~5“.-5":- 5“.5‘§'..~5‘§5‘§.55‘§5‘§5‘§5‘5 5‘3 . s a .-. =,5_5_5 5,5 5 5 5 5.5.- ' 5.5.5 5, _5 = 5 5,5 5 5 5 5. 5‘; 3‘5? 5‘5 5,": 5‘3 5‘5 5‘5 5‘3 g‘E 5‘5 g‘i {:- g'i 5‘2 3‘3 5‘3 3‘: 5‘: §°§ 5‘:- §‘.‘. 5‘5 5‘3 5‘:- g‘i {5 5‘5 ._g‘i ‘5 e? @fifi 5‘3- 5“- ;“- 5“? 5‘3- 5‘3 5‘5 5‘3 5‘3 5‘§~5‘§ 5“ 5‘3 5“. 5‘:‘- g“- 5‘3 5‘5 5‘5 5“; 5‘§ 5‘.- _- -_-2'-':-5° _':".?'2?.21222' 93 g 1}! 5‘5, 5 3‘3 5‘2 ,‘3 f! ,"5: 5‘! 5‘? 5'? 5‘! 5‘! 5f! 5 .5‘! 5f! 5‘! 5‘3 5'. 5‘! ._‘55‘§ 5‘E‘5‘ig‘ig . If! g‘ig‘iflg‘! 5‘! §¢".“?"‘122"?"?"’?"2 -I--' II - u- - ' ' " ‘ . 3 ‘3 S 3 '- 3 = =- ‘g 3 S 8 3 ‘ g 8 "- $ ‘ 3 8 I 3 S 3 g ‘ ‘ ,gg55555555555555555555555555555555555 i I la“ .1 1. .1 1 . 1| («I111 I \ 275 on 0.. o. o . ._ o . ». “a a a no. ca no. >- u .. ... o. ..7 a~ ..v nu - ch co. .w . o. ... .a 0.. .. ... .. c . a. a . .— . o . u .u. . ... . c p o o a . . ,. . u . — -¢. . an... o. .4 ...m mo~wn o ..n W11 ua~uu no..m ca... o“n.o on... c." on,.. u ..q. ..-.o o...- ..um ....m —on “ ouu.u - .' co n. o. o. o. .. c. n. a. n— .. u a o“ o“ a. a c— .» -.... ...." ..p.. ..u.. ...... .... wuw .,.. ...... ....» ..... ... . .~.... u.... .._.“ us“... ..... ....c .. .. ..... on. . ...,u. ..~.. .. ... ..n.- ... a...“ ".0.“ 0.“.— .on.. o u no... ...._ ».. nu... —-... .... ...._ .u... ..... ...-p ...H. ...J «c... ...u. .. .. a...” ....— o v— .— .a n. .. a. a. v. u a o. .— c. c. .. .u o. c— a a. o o a. v- 3... a"... 3.." ... n fl. “an; no... 03.. o. J .o .24 :1. :1. - ..u .2; ...... . .3 .0. . ... no... a...“ co 2 o. no... no... ... no... _- .~ ....— . .... 5.... no... r... c...— om.m oo.o oo.o NN.OO um mm 0N.h w N N o NN N MN N N o o n. w m z m NN.N 0N.« NN.N 00.Nv NN.0N 00.0N NN.N NN.N NN.N No.N NN.NO 0N.NN NN.N w . v m mm oN on N m m N no oN n 2 H - pm hocpo Nmoomu umfiam amigo oumoo . in“: Ii nmm :oNummSUN ceawaaox 5 <7 hwmom 306:5 >..no chflm vamhhmz <2 -9 . : - ill .IIJ-n flew :oNumusoU maumum HmuprZD mach 350% UNE macho .3 ”wcowumsumm am“. 38 stiff [r a o -28'| - .hoznga am mamms <29 .N030Nm Mom NN oNnmh mums oo.N Nm.vv 0m.mN NN.ON NN.N No.N 0m.vN NN.NN NN.NN «N.m mv.0N vm. N n «mm mNN NNN No mN omN moN mmN mo mmN N NumuNNNm uNzaaNmoaoo Now u::ou xv:m:vou m .. .umm mNm<~ -282- .IlII .Nnaoum you NN oNpmb new: mw.mN mm.ov MN.mN 0N.n vn.N NN.N mN.wN mm.Nm mm.0N 0N.N « nNN we» mNN mm 0N he NNN OMN NNN m NaHQ.) D/N/ III --umlh .Nu .c? Nwm mosdv wwouamuu< omcmzu NN xmao 30: muncho .NmuOF van QSOHO xm choNudsuNm 0NNN 0cm IV,‘|..|" l.‘ I. I I I. I'll. II- ‘0': Q! I... nl 'l’ 'l’.|I. lit", ‘1' ['l'] . 1 1| llludlnllllluln' 'IIIII‘-’ . II - .IH II I . I. A NoauNNNm .uNznaNmoan you panou Nucoscopm .. .mmm mNm 3N% NQmQONm NNNUSND mxd3N< nucosyoNN-n «284- .HozNaw mm manna <2 0 .Nasopm NON NN NNnaH momm m0.mN 0v.Nm N.NN Nm.vN v0. «v.0N No.NN mN.Nm NN.Nm Vm.N a NNN NNN NNN NoN N NN NNN ovN NNN oN Nuomno 30> on mmsoau 65d ancho Am ”mcoflumzuflm om“; ncm l.||.lu['|l "-. 5.-.! ‘11 II. ".‘.'n .Aumodwmm .Uwzadumoemo pom ucsou xUCmscmum l'l'l .'. I... II 'IIIII. u I I 'II1III.' Iii II! II u .cmm mamwmmmHHm AHuzuHHm )Hrcouuo mecowum xHuzmHHm xHuzmHHm mecouuo Hmcouum dz -tlthMfi.coHumoJlemnmo> OOH 0>HH edu ad? mHH :oHumonwv fivam om :wu xuho>oxn MQSCLU I A .I ‘ .. ..h u !..I. HIHII 0..-II: . Illllfl|u'||"llll|v I“ [If I . IIII’ ‘fvll V‘ ,1-.I ‘l'-| . I .6 . :(h .NN. I .N. ) In 0 H ~00 and a?) D xm .mrnHumauHm oHHH naa >umaHmw; qum0H00502 how undou xocosropm .. .xnm mHm0.H mH.HN mm.0m vm.mH 0m.0 no. « 00H 00H 00m moH 0 mmH ohm ovH No m H4000 00.0 mm.HN ~0.¢m oH.mm 00.0 mm.mH mN.nv 0H.vN 0H.mH 00.0 N w 0N Hm Nm 0 «H we NN NH 0 2 H 00.0m 00.0N 00.0 mm.v 00.0 Nm.0m mH.0m 00.0 mm.v 00.0 N m o N H 0 mH 0 0 H 0 z x mm.mH 00.00 00.00 00.0 00.0 mm.mH 00.00 No.NN 00.0 00.0 N N 0 0 H 0 N 0 v 0 0 z N no.0H m0.mH mn.mm Hm.0n 00.0 Hm.mm om.mv mm.oH om.w 00.0 N NH HH 0N 0H 0 0H mm 0H m 0 2 H m¢.mv 00.0 NN.NN nm.nm 00.0 «o.m0 0H.mH 00.0 00.0 00.0 N m 0 m m 0 N N H H 0 2 g mm.mH mm.mH NN.Hm VN.NH 00.0 wm.0H 00.00 00.mH 0H.m 00.0 N 0 0 om 0H 0 0 H0 0 N 0 z 0 nw mm.rH mn.HN mH.ov vm.HH 0m.N MN.0H 0v.nv mm.nH 0m.mH 00.0 N mm v” 0H 0m 0 N mH mm 0H NH 0 z m . H0.v om.mN Nv.mm 00.0N N0.H mN.0H 00.mm mm.oH mn.o N0.H w m mm Hw on N N mm NH 0 N z o mN.HN mN.HH mN.Hm mN.oH 00.0 ms.mm 00.00 mN.HH 00.m 00.0 0 0H m Hv mH 0 0H mv 0 v 0 z « mm.mH mH.mN 0H.Hv mm.0m He. 0m.mH um.0m 00.0n mH.0 H0. m N H0 no mm H mm mm vv 0H H z m vH.n 00.mm mv.cv mv.Hm 00.0 mv.Hm om.mv nm.mn vH.r 00.0 e N n mH 0 o 0 NH 0 m 0 a m mMWmH Hmen HMmmm mm.mH mm.N mv.om vm.0m N.0H 00.m mH.m w mmuwnnHa @000 x- a 0H o 0H 00 NH 0 N 0 mecoan. xHumeMMm NHNHWMWHmMHn NOMMMMH mourn/N. OPHmd. {Webmmeo 0‘30 fl "unmwwmewmmdmwmmwa owcanu.uwcmu\comwm“amw HHNcOHHm NHNHNHHN NHuzmHHm HcmmmmH0 .Hmun0 and a- I :ILHHMHMHMMHH[ HNHHV Eoon upmmvo 0x0? :02 we ogum Q<1 SOHO sam HmCOwUmJHHw OJNJ a! ..‘v L CUCOHUW Q o. 0cm Noaunmu .qunaHm “ :Jnanunuunnnuu: 0 =0H0 . 0:00 How was :nnuauuuufluuuu ll, .mmsonm Now HH oHnmk 00mm 0-.NN 00.00 0H.NN 00.0 00. m0.0N No.00 NN.NH 00.0 N0.H N N0H 000 NNH Nm N NNN «NN N0 om 0 H0H mo. any on annuamficmfim 09m 90:9 momcommmy mo 909532 a .QEdHou many :H Houumn no H0>0H mo. 0:9 on unm0fimflcmfim was away momcommon mo mmmucouuom m NH\N NH\N NH\V NH\N NH\N NH\N NH\m NH\N NH\N NH\N NH\o NH\oN NH\N 94 NH. No. mm. No. am. N0. N4. mm. NH. No. om. «w. NH. «N a moon; Amoco“ So. ooo. ooo. A803 @ Amoco“ Amoco.» m3. NH 8m. NR. . NN.N. NNo. 3m. 9 m2. SN. 30. Z I . . u 48. 6 mt. m2. N.E.. @ moo. 9:. S m ”cm. So. NNo. wmv. NNN. m m. 02.. ® mNN. 0mm. NNN. N _ Nmo. Sm. So, 2.... EN. N 3 5 .... HNH. 0H0. Hmo. Mao, Amooow ooo. o Ammo.” £0. NNN. HNm. 6 3m. m 3 as. 30., m2. ... m 8 N8. 93. m m. $3 ONN. ooo. 3H. m2. N 8%. 6 RN. Nmm. mmm. H 2 NH 2 S m N N o m ... m N H ¢\N m\N 4\H x\H “\H N\H ;\H N\H m\H m\H Q\N m\H N\fi macho . .nOHUHwU 09m Houuom 90 mo. um omocb .MBHWEWHRH 0:0 Bzmszou How mam>0q mm< o 0:» :0 .mcwoz @3090 Gomzuom mocmoflmflcmflm mo H0>04 :1 .mm m4m<9 .casHoo mHsu :H Houpon Ho H0>0H mo. 0:“ 0p unmonHcmHm ohm umn“ momcommoh mo Honaszo .qasHou mHsu :H Houuon Ho Ho>oH we. can ou unmonHcmHm ohm Hosp momcommoa mo ommncoonomn .mQSOHm pom HH oHan 00mm NHNN NHNOH NH\oH NH\m NHNOH NHNQH NH\N NHNN NHNV NH\m NHNN NH\N NHNN NHNm UN ysu91u1 A; nuanuog mN. NN. em. mN. NN. «N. NH. mm. mm. mN. mN. NH. NH. N4. HN mHN. $8on Amooow NH mmH. omo. HH NHN. Nmm. NmN. mmo. oH 2m. HmN. NNH. 2%. g a NNN. mom. HHo. oeo. NNN. N . NNO. on. Now. mew. mew. mmm. NNN. mNm. oNN. on. N 4 5 3 _ mNH. AmOQOV ooo. o AHHHVH owe. m w m mum. wow. H3. N Nam. Nmm. mmm., H NN 0N mN 4N HN NN HN 0N mH NH NH oH mH NH HNM :\m NNN N\m o\n «\m HNN H\N n\N H\N ;\N NNN N\N mNN mmsogo .voHOHfiU ohm Houuom Ho mo. um omosb .MHHM2MB2H was &2MB200 How mHo>oq mm< 0 0:9 co .mcmoz @3090 coozuom oocmowmficmflm mo Ho>oq .voscfiucou :1 .mm m4moH mo. can on pamonmncmnm 0nm umcu momcommon mo nonsszo .5330 mi? 5 nouuon no 353 we. on“ on agonmncmnm onm ”EH3 Noncommon mo ammunoonom .mmsonw now 2 033. comm n NHNN NHNN NHNN Non NHNN NHNN NHNN NHNH NHNN NH\N NH\N NHNN NHNNH NHNN 0N NH. NH. NN. No. NN. NN. NN. mo. oo. NH. NN. NN. NN. NN. NN NHH. NNN. NNN. NNH. NNN. @ NHN. NNN. oHN. NNN. NNH. 3H. NH NNN.. NNH. 6 NNN. NNN. H8. NNH. NNN. N3. 6 HH 1 u 1.. NNN. HNN. NNN. NNo. NNN. oHN. NNN. HNN. 0H m T... NNN. NNN. a .HHN. HNN. NNN. NNo. N ,m. NNH. NNN. a NNN. SN. HNN. NNN. N _ NNN. NHN. NNN. NNN. NNN. Hmm. NNN. NNN. N % Q-u NNN. NNN. NHN. NNN. NNN. NNN. NNH. NNN. N HNN. NNH. NNN. NNN. NNN. NNH. NNN. NNN. m D O NNN. 6 NE. N8. H. w 9 U HNN. NNN. 6 NN.N. 6 NNN. N a. NHN. NNN. ONN. Hom. NNN. NNN. N mom. oHN. NNo. e NNH. NNN. NNN. NHN. Noo NNH. H HN ON NN NN NN NN NN NN NN NN HN om NN NN ;\o N\N NNN HNN H\N n\N H\N ;\N N\N NNN NNN HNN H\N n\N manage .vofionnu onm nounom no Ho>oq mo. may um omonH .nsHmzmnzH dam nzmnzoo now mHo>oq mm< 0 0:9 :0 .mcmoz moono coozuom oocmonmN:Mnm mo Ho>oq .voscnucou 1. .mm mam0H mo. 0:“ on pcmonmncwnm onm pony momnommon mo nonezzo .:E:Hou sumo on nouuon no Ho>oH mo. map on unmoancmHm onm umn» momnommon mo ommucoonomn .mmsono nom HH oHan 00mm NHNN NH\N NHNN NH\H NHNN NHNN NHNN NHNNH NH\H NHNH NH\N NHNNH NHNN NHNN 0N NN. NN. NN. No. NN. NN. NN. NN. No. No. NN. NN. om. om. NN HNN. A32; NNN. NNH. mooo NNN. NNN. HNN. NNH.. 6 NH NNN. NHN. NHN. NNN. ooo. ONN. NNo. NNH. HNN. HH .1 u 1 NNN. NNN. NHN. NNH. NNN. NNN. NH m S T? NNH. NNN. NNN. NNN. mom. NNN. N .m NNN. NHN. Noo. NNN. N NHN. NHN. NNN. N NNN. 9 @ NNN. N NNN. HNN. m D m v 1 9 m N NNN. NNN. NNN. N @ Q . mm H\N em n\N Nm H\N Nm NNN Hm me om NNN NV n\N “V :\m NN NV NV NN NN N\N H\N H\0 n\0 N\0 masono .UoHonnU onm nouuom no Ho>oq mo. nom mHo>oq mm< 0 can :0 .mcmoz Adono cooZHom cosmonmncmNm mo Ho>0q 0:3 no omonn .NEHWEMEZH flaw BZWBZOU .voscnucou nu .mm mamoH mo. can on HomonmNcmnm Noncommon mo nonaszo.o .3on no nesHoo mnnu an .nopnon no Ho>oH mo. map on ucmonmncmNm momnoomon mo ommncoonomv.n .mmsonm now HH ensue 00mm NH\N NHNN NH\N NHNN NH\N NHNN NHNH NHNN NHNH NH\N NHNH NN NN. NN. NN. NN. om. NN. No. NN. .NN. NH. No. NN NNNNN HNN. NNN. NNN. NN.... 6 NNH. NH NNNHN NHN. NNN. NNH. NHN. NNH. NNN. NNN. HH m. 1. NN\NN NNN. NNN. NNH. NNN. NNN. 3 S m T. NN\NN NNN. NNN. HNH. NHH. NNN. HNN. N h NNNNN SN. 6 NNN. NNN. NNH. EN. N . NN\NN NNN.. 9 NNN. NNN. NNN. NHN. N 7 5 Q... NNNNN HNN. NNN. NNN. NNN. 6 NNH. N NN\HN NHN. NNH. NNN. NHN. NNN. NNH. N 3 0 NNNHN NNN. NNN. NNH. HNN. NNN. NNN. N w 9 u NN\NN NNN. NNN. . NNN. NNN. NNN. NNN. N 1 NNNNN NNN. NNN. NNN. NNN. HNN. NNN. NNN. NNN. NNN. NNN. NNN. N NNNHN NHN. NNN. 6 a e NNN. NNN. NNN. NNN. NHN. H NN NN NN NN NN HN ON NN Nm NN NN UN NN H\x H\N NNN H\H NNH n\H HNN N\N N\N H\N H\N NNNONN .NmHonHu onm nouumm no Hm>oH No. one no omonn .nnnmzmnzn Nam nzmnzoo now mno>oq mm< 0 0:9 :0 .mcmoz anono coozuom cocoonmncmNm mo Ho>oq .vo3:nncou|u .mm mqmNH .NHN NN.N ON.H NNNN NN.H NN.N NN.N NN.H NN.H NN.N .>NO .ONN NN.ON NN.N- NN.NN NN.NH- NN.OH NN.ON NN.N NO.OH- NN.NN z .NHOOOZ NN.NN NN.N- NN.NN HN.NH- NN.OH NN.NN NN.N NO.OH- NN.NN z ONHNNNNO . NO.HN NN.N- NN.NN NN.NH- NN.OH NN.ON NN.N NO.OH- NN.NN z HNHOH m E. ONN NNN NNN NNN NNN NNN NNN NNN z .3252 HOH NHH NHH NNH NHH HHH NNH NNN NHH z ONHNNNNO NNN NNN NNN NNN NNN ONN NON HNN NNN z HNHOH mnoom NN NN NN HN ON NH NH NH NH NNNNNHONN: .mwmmnnoazz NNNOmam co Locwz msn Lon mmnoom NNNON com mpnmn :ONNLNNEOQ I- .m m4mmH .mwm mN.N w¢.H No.N NN.N NN.N 0N.N dm.¢ NN.— .>oa .upm NN.N” mN.oN NN.N”- NN.NN Nm.mH Fo.NN mm.Nm NN.N z uNnmmNncoz NN.NN NN.N NN.NH- ON.Nm N0.NN NN.NN mm.mm mm.o— z umpnmmwo mm.m_ N0.0N No.NH- NN.Nm m¢.mH om.mN NN.Nm mm.m z Nmuon mmq NNN NNN va NNN mHN omw CNN 2 upammwccoz NNN mNN NHN wo— NNN No— NNN NNN z vanmmNo NNm NNN Nwm mum Ham NNN «mm «mm 2 Hanan «Loom NN HN ON NN NN NN NN NN 33.30%: .umacwucou n- .m u4mm Honoz .O ”w T... u HH on nopHm N N Om ow on noun Nv cum Nxm ON on nopHHN Nv H OO . ON o>Humenoz .w r1 ON on nouHm N cum VIN mv on nonHm N H OO 1 ON onNnoononm .N w 6 [PF lllll (IL-1|lilllftlllllltlrllllllf[IIIIIIIIIIIIllllfllllfllllllllll. lllll [Ir-[ll.lllllIIIIKIIIIIIIIIIIIII 03 _ NN on nouHm O u ON on nouHm He ervH ONTNH wN on nouHm mm m ON I ON coHuo< .0 no mm on nouHm H mHuNH NHumH cm on nonHm wH m OO . ON mmcHHoom .m m 1.. OH OH nopHm O m m OmH on nonHm HNH HHTOH «HTNH wN on nouHm Nm N ON 1 ON HmoHnonuomN: .v N} V 1+ OHH on noHHm Hm OuN HHum Om on nouHm NH N ON . ON :oHumsHm>m Hmnoz .m "H 1 OH 3 NNHHN N N m ON on nouHm Hv cum Num wN on nopHm ow H ON 1 ON o>Hpmenoz .N .1 mm on nouHm H «In N-N «w on nouHm O H ON 1 ON onNuoonoum .H z> HNcN - NNVENHH ommm omma cadHou N Onmu omcmm nonasz omcH mm< omcH ZNH onoom paw oHannm> omNH .OEOHOO NON ONNO ZNH Nm .HNHH NHONHNN> OHNNN z>-oz-mm< -- .NN NHNNN -368- Nd NN NH NN NN N N .. H 3253 SE .NN mm 1 I. NN NH NN NN N N - H NN.N H9550 :_Om .NN mm D. l NN NH NN NN N N - H .8388» H83 "NNN .NN a m .... NN NH NN NN N N .. H .5533 HSHHHHON .NN P HN NH NN NN N N - H :OHHNNH:NNON2 .NN mum. ON NH NN NN N N - H Honocou NHNHN .NN w m m. .w p.m NN NH NN NN N N - H NNHHNNN NHHNO .NN N. NN NH NN HN N N - H NNHNHNHN .NN NN NH NN ON N N - H coHHNOsON .HN NN NH NN NN N N - H .HNN No NucapnomeH .ON .u 9 m NN NH NN NN N N - H :OHNHHNN .NH .m 9 NN NH NN NN N N - H HNHHNNz .NH MW T... O NN NH NN NN N N - H NNONHzoqx .NH NN NH HN NN N N - H NNN .NH HN NH HN NN N N - H NNN .NH NNH OH NNHHN NOH ON NN-NN NO on NNNHN NN N NN - N :H: NUNNHNHN .NH .A B NNH 8. .HBHN NOH ON NN-NN NN 8. NNHHN HN N NN - N ..O: NONOHNNN .NH m. mmVEouH owmm ommm .z> Hmcm cesHou lennu omamm nonesz coHumEnomcH mm< :oHumenomcH ENH onoom Ocm oHannm> omNn .NNHHcHEOO .. .ON 59:. -369- HNH HH V NH N N N - H NcHHUNNn .NN .IWM ON NH , NN NN N N - H HOHEOO finHN .NN m m. NHH ,N . OH . NN N N - H Hennaou HHNHN_.NN ---- - -HN - - - [mm -- -mH- - - NM - - N N - H New NO mmHnmwnO-nNa .NN T. N-N NH NNN .. H 395: 38.33. .NN mm ON N-H N - H Hopes: NHNO .HN ..mm . N-H N-H NN - O NNNeac Nsonu .ON - NOW -NH NN NN N N - H NNOH mo NOHONO .NN NOH NH NN NN N N - H NEOONH NO HNNOHNN .NN ”v NOH NH NN NN N N - H NocoHnNNxo sOnH :HNO .NN m e HOH NH NN NN N N - H ammo oocaNHo>< .NN HM OOH OH ON NV N m s H mocoHnomxo mo ncsos< .mm m NN NH NN NN N N - HNNNHN oocNHHNNxN NNN: .NN m NN NH NN NN N N - H NHHHHNNNHO NO NNNN .NN ..... mm---:--------m-------u:--------W-----:-:...::-NH------...memwwmmwmm--..---- NN NH NN ON N N - H NNHsn NaHonHON .HN NN NH NN NN N N - H NNO:N>NNNNO .NHHNN .ON mmOEouH omma ommm :ESHou N undo z> anHmcm omcmm nonesz cownmenovcH mm< COHmenomcH ZNH onoom paw oHannm> omNN .ONOOHHOOO -- .NN NHNHN -370- TABLE 67. -- ABS-WD-VN Basic Variable List for the Special Hypotheses. Type Variab1e and Score 13% Info ABS Info Number Ranger Card gfitolumn Eng.Page VN Page Item(s) 49. Propensity for 1-3 1 4O 4 4 35 Shame 1-3 1 56 6 5 51 1-3 1 6O 6 5 55 1-3 1 64 6 6 59 1-3 1 66 6 6 61 H - 1 6 1-3 2 32 9 8 101 1-3 2 38 10 9 107 1-3 2 48 11 9 117 1-3 2 62 12 10 131 1-3 2 64 13 10 133 1-3 2 72 13 11 141 50. Problem of too 1-3 1 36 4 4 31 Much Pride 1-3 1 44 4 4 39 3 1-3 2 20 8 7 89 8 H — 1 7 1-3 2 6O 12 10 123 .5 1-3 3 32 16 12 15 8" ———————————————————————————————————————————————————————— H-H-H nnnnnnn 3‘ F. 51 Heroic Pride 1-3 2 32 9 8 101 .2 1-3 3 14 14 11 157 8 H - 1 8 1—3 3 56 17 13 39 (53). ................................................................ ...-.... 52. Embarrassment 1-3 1 46 5 5 41 Over Disability 1-3 1 48 5 5 43 1-3 1 54 5 5 49 1—3 1 56 6 5 51 1~3 1 6O 6 5 55 1-3 1 64 6 6 59 H - 1 9 1-3 1 66 6 6 61 1-3 2 12 8 7 81 1—3 2 14 8 7 83 1~3 2 16 8 7 85 1—3 2 18 8 7 87 1-3 2 32 9 8 101 1-3 2 36 10 8 105 1-3 2 38 10 9 107 1—3 2 48 11 9 117 1-3 2 6O 12 10 129 1—3 2 64 13 10 133 1—3 2 74 13 11 143 1—3 3 8 14 11 151 1—3 3 18 15 12 1 1-3 3 20 15 12 3 1-3 3 58 18 14 41 1-3 3 60 18 14 43 ~371- TABLE 67. -- Continued. Type Variab1e and Score IBM Info ABS Info Number . Range Card # Column Eng.Page VNPage Item(s) 53. Expected 1—3 1 36 4 4 31 Privi1eges 1-3 1 42 4 4 .37 1—3 1 44 4 4 39 1-3 1 50 5 5 45 H - 2 0 1-3 1 58 6 s 53 1—3 2 10 7 6 79 1-3 2 20 8 7 89 1-3 2 22 9 7 91 1-3 2 24 9 8 93 1-3 2 26 9 8 95 1-3 2 28 9 8 97 1-3 2 3O 9 8 99 1-3 2 46 10 9 115 1-3 2 50 11 9 119 1-3 3 6 14 11 149 54 Karma 1-3 1 14 2 3 9 1-3 1 20 3 3 15 1-3 1 18 3 4 23 H — 2 1 1-3 1 36 4 4 31 1-3 2 10 7 6 79 1-3 2 20 8 7 89 1-3 2 26 9 8 95 1-4 4 51 28 20 107 1-4 4 53 28 20 109 1-4 4 57 28 20 113 1-4 4 59 28 20 115 1-4 4 63 29 20 119 55. Probable Sexua1 1-3 1 40 4 4 35 Problems 1-3 1 62 6 5 57 1-3 1 66 6 6 61 1—3 2 34 10 8 103 H - 2 2 1-3 2 7O 13 10 139 1-3 3 18 15 12 1 1-3 3 22 15 12 5 1-3 3 24 15 12 7 1-3 3 30 15 12 13 1-3 3 32 16 12 15 1—3 3 36 16 13 19 1—3 3 4O 16 13 23 1-3 3 46 16 13 29 1-3 4 18 20 15 75 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J I I I I I I I I I -372- TABLE 67. -- Continued. Type. Variableuand. Score IBM Info ABS Info Number- Range Card'# Column EngIPagef VNfiPage‘Item(s) 56. Infidelity 1-3 1 12 2 3 7 Problem 1-3 1 18 2 3 13 Possibility 1-3 1 62 6 S 57 1—3 1 68 6 6 63 H - 2 3 1-3 1 7o 7 6 65 1—3 2 46 10 9 115 1—3 2 66 13 10 135 1—3 2 72 13 11 141 1—3 4 18 20 15 75 57. Job and Work 1-3 1 24 3 3 19 Inadequacy 1-3 1 26 3 4 21 1—3 1 38 4 4 33 1-3 1 52 5 5 47 g; H - 2 L; 1-3 1 58 6 s 53 3 1—3 1 66 6 6 61 .fi 1—3 1 78 7 6 73 8. 1-3 2 10 7 6 79 5? 1-3 2 4O 10 9 109 _‘ 1—3 2 50 11 9 119 .3 1—3 2 S4 12 10 123 8 1~3 2 56 12 10 125 5? 1—3 3 6 14 11 149 1-3 3 22 15 12 5 1—3 3 32 16 12 15 1—3 3 64 18 14 47 58 Financial Worry 1-3 1 38 4 4 33 1-3 1 62 6 5 57 1-3 1 66 6 6 61 H - 2 5 1-3 2 30 9 8 99 1-3 2 38 10 9 107 1—3 2 46 10 9 115 1-3 2 7O 13 10 139 1—3 3 10 14 11 153 59. Possible With — 1—3 1 6 2 3 1 drawal and/0r 1-3 1 4O 4 4 35 Mental Illness 1-3 1 46 5 S 41 1-3 1 50 5 5 45 1—3' 1 54 5 5 49 1—3 1 S6 6 5 51 1—3 1 62 6 5 57 1-3 1 64 6 6 59 -373- TABLE 67. -- Continued. Type Variab1e and Score IBM Info ABS Info Number Range Card 3 Column‘Eng.Page VN Page Item(s) 59. Continued 1.3 1 66 6 6 61 1—3 1 72 7 6 67 H - 2 6 1-3 2 34 10 8 103 1—3 2 36 10 8 105 1-3 2 38 10 9 107 1—3 2 48 11 9 117 1-3 1 48 5 5 43 60. Possible 1-3 1 46 5 5 41 Disgust over 1~3 1 48 S S 43 The Disability 1-3 1 54 5 5 49 1—3 1 56 6 5 51 1—3 1 60 6 5 55 1~3 1 62 6 5 57 1~3 1 64 6 6 59 H — 2 7 1—3 1 66 6 6 61 m 1-3 1 72 7 6 67 8 1-3 2 12 8 7 81 6 1-3 2 14 8 7 83 1:. 1-3 2 16 8 7 85 a. 1H3 2 18 8 7 87 i? 1~3 2 32 9 8 101 .. 1—3 2 34 10 8 103 .2 ins 2 38 10 9 107 8 1—3 2 48 11 9 117 6% 1~3 2 52 12 10 121 1~3 2 58 12 10 127 1-3 2 64 13 10 133 1—3 2 7o 13 10 139 1~3 2 72 13 11 141 1-3 2 74 13 11 143 1—3 2 76 13 11 145 1.3 3 8 14 11 151 1-3 3 18 15 12 1 1—3 3 20 15 12 3 1-3 3 22 15 12 5 1—3 3 3o 15 12 13 1~3 3 34 16 12 17 1—3 3 46 16 13 29 1~3 3 6o 18 14 43 1H3 4 18 20 15 75 61. Expectation of 1~3 1 42 4 4 37 Aid Programs 1-3 1 52 S 5 47 163 2 20 8 7 89 'l' JV, -374- TABLE 67. -- Continued. Type Variab1e and Score IBM Info ABS Info Number Range Card # Column EngIPage' VN Page Item(s) 61. Continued 1-3 2 22 9 7 91 1—3 2 24 9 8 93 H - 2 8 1-3 2 28 9 8 97 1-3 2 30 9 8 99 1-3 2 so 11 9 119 62. Expectation of 1—3 1 6 2 3 1 Inability and 1~3 1 20 3 3 15 Helplessness 1~3 1 58 6 5 53 1-3 1 62 6 5 57 1—3 1 66 6 6 61 1-3 1 78 7 6 73 H — 2 9 1-3 2 1o 7 6 79 m 1—3 2 12 8 7 81 8 1~3 2 32 9 8 101 .2 1-3 2 38 1o 9 107 ‘8 1-3 2 40 1o 9 109 E: 1-3 2 44 10 9 113 3: 1-3 2 48 11 9 117 '3 1-3 2 54 12 10 123 S 1-3 2 56 12 10 125 8. 1-3 2 74 13 11 143 ‘” 1-3 2 76 13 11 145 1-3 3 6 14 11 149 1-3 3 8 14 11 151 1-3 3 16 14 11 159 1-3 3 32 16 12 15 1-3 3 64 19 14 47 63. Expectation of 1—3 1 6 2 3 1 Malingering 1—3 1 24 3 3 19 1—3 1 26 3 4 21 1—3 2 10 7 6 79 H — 3 0 1-3 3 22 15 12 5 1-3 3 26 15 12 9 1-3 3 32 16 12 15 1—3 3 34 16 12 17 1—3 3 64 19 14 47 I I J I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -375- TABLE 67. -- Continued. Type Variab1e and Score IBM Info. ABS Info Number Range Card # Column Eng.Page VN PagefiItem(s) 64. Expectation of 1—3 1 32 3 4 27 Being Bitter 1-3 1 76 7 6 71 About the Dis - 1—3 2 6 7 6 75 ability 1-3 2 18 8 7 87 1-3 2 26 9 8 95 H ~ 3 1 1-3 3 22 15 12 5 m 1-3 3 66 18 14 49 m HHHHfiHa---fiH----fi—~fi ------- n ------ H --------------------------------- a”; “g 65. Emotional 1-3 1 4o 4 4 35 g: Instability 1-3 2 10 7 6 79 :1: 1-3 2 14 8 7 83 .3 1-3 2 78 13 11 147 -3 1-3 3 10 14 11 153 8. 1-3 3 12 14 11 155 U) 1-3 3 18 15 12 1 1-3 3 20 15 12 3 H ' 3 2 1-3 3 28 15 12 11 1-3 3 34 16 12 17 1-3 3 50 17 13 33 0 or 3 4 28 22 16 85 1~5 4 29 22 16 86 TABLE 68. -- Procedural Table for Major Hypotheses; H-I Through H-15. Hypo Procedure Specia1 IBM Column Numbers Card Code # H-l Positive correlation between a 51 through 68 4 'a‘ and 'b' scores. alternating to 78 1 alternating to 78 2 alternating to 78 3 alternating to 22 4 O‘O‘OO‘ 7 alternating to 79 1 7 alternating to 79 2 b2 7 alternating to 79 3 7 alternating to 23 4 -376- TABLE 68. ~- Continued. Procedure Hypo Specia1 IBM #'5 Card Code # H-2 Omit H-3 Positive correlation between question #100 d 44 4 (d) and b2 H-4 Omit H-S If question #101 (e) has a higher correlation e 45 4 with question #100 (d), then high scores of (d) will have positive correlation with (b) H-6 Negative correlation between question #86 f 29 4 (f) and (b) score. H—7 Negative correlation between question # 96 g 39 4 (g) and (b) score. H-8 Positive correlation between question # 87 h 30 4 (h) and (b) score. H-9 Positive correlation between question # 82 i 25 4 (i) and (b) score. H-lO Higher positive correlation between women j 24 4 than men toward (b) score. H-11 Positive correlation between questions # 89, m 32,33,34 4 90, and 91 (m) and (b) score. Variab1es: 23,24,25 H~12 Positive correlation between questions # 93 n 36, 37 4 and 94 (n) and (b) score. Variables: 27, 28 -377- TABLE 68. ~- Continued. Hypo Procedure Specia1 IBM #‘s Card Code # H-13 Positive correlation between questions # 95 o 38 4 (o) and (b) score. Variab1e: 29 —-----———-H———-—--—----_—--—--------------q-------fl-—-----~—--------fl--" H-14 Rank order with (b) totals from groups: Grouping VN Groups1 In Order 1 - 12, 24, 33, 36 2 - 13, 34, 35 3 — 4, 5, 11 4 — 7, 16, 20, 22, 23 1 See Appendix A Hgfinfifl-fifi-n-H-—---_-"--..--..-.—p-“--—--—---'-—-~-----—-~-—-----fl-~-------~- H~15 Formation of the theoretical Guttman Simp1ex. -H—H-—-~~n_--—-~——H-H—H—--—~H_----‘—-..----~---——~--—---—--—-~---~-------~ APPENDIX I A ABS-ND—VN Tabulation Sheet -378- 331-G011, Viet—Nam. ABS-JD -379- JACK norm - 1430/8111 Sept 1970: March 1971 Michigan State U. Male Group Code '0' means NA ( No answer ) Female Responlcnt number Section 1 Sgotion 2 If 89.118n 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 1 2 41 42 81 82 121 122 1 2 41 42 3' 4 43 44 83 84 123 124 3 4 43 44 5 6 45 46 85 86 125 126 5 6 45 46 7 8 47 48 87 88 127 128 7' 8 47 48 9 10 49 50 89 90 129 130 9 10 49 50 11 12 51 52 91 92 131 132 11 12 51 52 13' 14 53 54 93 94 133 134 13 14 53 54 15 16 55 56 95 96 135 136 15 16 55 56 17 18 57 58 97 98 37 138 17 18 57 58 19 20 59 60 99 100 139 140 19 20 59 60 21 22 61 62 101 102 141 142 21 22 61 62 23 24 63 64 103 104 143 144 23 24 63 64 25 26 65 66 105 106 145 146 25 26 65 66 27 28 67 68 107‘ 108 147 148 27 28 67 68 29 30 69 70 109 110 149 150 29 3O 69 70 31 32 71 72 111 112 151 ~152 31 32 71 72 33 34 73 74 13 114 153 154 33 34 73 74 35 36 75 76 115 116 155 156 35 36 75 76 37 38 77 78 117 118 157 158 37 38 77 78 39 40 79 80 119 120 159 160 39 4O 79 80 Demographic Ques. ‘WD Life Sit. Extra 81 82 98 99 105 106 1 2 83 84 100 101 107 108 3 4 85 86 102 103 109 110 5 6 87 88 104 111 112 7 8 89 90 113 114 9 ‘ 10 91 92 115 116 93 94 117 118 95 96 119 120 97 973 121 122 123 124 APPENDIX J Guidelines to Basic Rights For War Veterans and Victims of War World Veterans Federation -380- WORLD VETERANS FEDERATION Document 30/C-5 30th Meeting of the Council November l7, l97l DRAFT] GUIDELINES TO BASIC RIGHTS FOR WAR VETERANS AND VICTIMS OF WAR PREAMBLE The moral obligation of a nation to care for its war veterans and victims of war has long been recognized, but the acceptance of the total implication of this obligation has not yet been universally achieved, nor have the basic principles of this care been fully established. The purpose of this document, drawn up by the World Veterans Fed- eration, is to provide guidelines for the solution of that problem regard- ing those who suffered disablement through acts of war so as to improve the economic and social conditions of those war veterans and victims of war in the world. It contains recommendations based upon the experiences of member associations of the World Veterans Federation, and upon the discussions of an International Conference on Legislation Concerning War Veterans and Vic- tims of War held in London in April l967. It outlines the basic principles that should be adopted by individual Governments and the fundamental pro - visions that should be maintained as a prior social obligation. Article 1 DEFINITIONS The fundamental provisions and recommendations outlined in this document should apply to the following persons, referred to hereinafter as "War Veterans and Victims of War", namely: 1.1 All those who served in the forces of a nation in armed conflict and suffered disablement; 1.2 All those who, in pursuance of the orders of the Government or of other measures of preserving or regaining national in- dependence, suffered disablement; 1.3 All those who, as civilians, suffered disablement and are recognized as victims of war in their national legislation; l.4 The dependents (widows, orphans, parents) of persons killed in acts of war or who die from their service-connected dis- ablement; 1 . . . . The organ12at1on was contacted and a copy of the final resolution was re- quested, but the request was never acknowledged. -38l- -382- For the purpose of this document, "service" should be interpreted as any of the functions defined in para. l.l and 1.2 above, and “service- connected disablement” means disabilities including physical or mental im- pairment due to or resulting from such service, or, for civilians, from acts of war. Article 2 COMPENSATION, PREFERENCE AND PRIORITIES All Governments should ensure that their war veterans and victims of war receive a proper share of national resources. The special protec- tion afforded by Governments to their war veterans and victims of war ' should guarantee the following minimum rights, in reSpect of their service- connected disablement and its effects, viz: 2.l All necessary medical treatment and care with hospital pri - ority as a direct charge upon the Government; 2.2 The provision of medicines, prostheses and ortheses as a dir- ect charge upon the Governments: for those with severe loco- motor disablements which limit their mobility, the provision of means of transportation to enable them to enjoy normal am- enities of life, and especially where such provision will as- sist in obtaining or retaining employment; 2.3 The provision of the opportunity to undertake courses of re - habilitation, education and training for employment apprOp - riate to his or her capability and, because of his or her en- titlement to employment, a guaranteed preference in submis - sion to vacancies and retention in employment; 2.4 Priority in, and assistance in, the provision of housing fa - cilities, especially in respect of adaptations within the home to facilitate a normal life in spite of disablement; 2.5 Entitlement to compensation to be: a. based upon a medical assessment of the degree of disabil- ity, making a comparison between his or her conditions, as disabled, and that of a normal healthy person and with- out taking into account earning capacity in any particular occupation or other individual factors; b. assessed also on the deterioration of his or her condition both due to time and advancing age; 2.6 Entitlement to receive adequate protection and/or assistance by way of supplementary allowances intended to relieve spec - ific hardships and difficulties; 2.7 Allowances during his or her lifetime for the following de - pendants: a. the wife; b. the unmarried dependent living as his wife; c. the child or children, particularly for their education and training; d. the parents or foster parents, where the son or daughter was helping to support them. -383- The rate of allowances should be determined by each nation in the light of the circumstances. Article 3 SPECIAL ALLOWANC ES In order to meet the special needs of war veterans and victims of war arising from their service-connected disablement or its effects, Gov- ernments should also grant the following allowances, in addition to the basic assessment of compensation: 3.1 3.2 3.3 a special allowance in respect of the personal nursing care and attention necessitated by severe disablement (Constant Attendance Allowment); a special allowance to be payable where the attributable dis- abilities are major factors in the person concerned being un- able)to obtain or maintain employment (Unemployability supple- ment ; a special allowance to be payable to those who, because of their disablement, are unable to fulfil the conditions of eli- gibility for the normal State social service benefit, with a view to ensuring that the compensation they receive for their attributable disabilities is not less than the assured minimum level of the Government social service benefit. Article 4 REVIEW AND TAXATION The rates of compensation and supplementary allowances granted to war veterans and victims of war should: a. b. be subject to continuous upward review within the general frame- work of the develOpment of the social programmes and the econ- omy of the country and in accordance with article 8 below; be free from taxation and be disregarded for the purpose of cal- culating the resources of the person. Article 5 SCIENTIFIC PROGRESS AND INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION 5.1 The benefits of scientific investigations into the continu - ing effects of service-connected disablement and the conse - quential effects of war strain and privation should be made available for the treatment of war veterans and victims of war in individual countries. Such investigations should be encouraged and supported with the highest priority. .. J "r. ...-..l —384- 5.2 Governments should take steps to stimulate conoperation in DEPENDENTS 6.l 6.2 the pooling of information and experience in the development of, and improvement in, prosthetics and orthetics, and the transmission between countries of aids for disabled war vet- erans and victims of war should be free of trade tariffs and/ or restrictions. Article 6 Where a war'veteran or victim of war dies either during acts of war or as a result of the service-connected disablement, compensation should be paid to the following dependents, who thereon become victims of war as defined in Article l.4 above: a. the widow or widower; b. an unmarried dependent who was living with the deceased as his wife or husband and was maintained by him or her; c. orphans, where the child of a person who is killed or dies as a result of service or acts of war; d. parents or foster parents, where the son or daughter was helping to support or would have done so had he or she survived. Where a widow has given long personal nursing care and atten- tion to her seriously disabled husband, the Government should recognize this service in assessing her compensation. Article 7 RIGHT TO APPEAL AND TO ORGANIZE 7.1 7.2 War veterans and victims of war should have the right of appeal to independent tribunals or similar courts against the Govern- ment's decisions on their entitlements and/or assessments; War veterans and victims of war should never be denied the right to organize themselves in order that their special inter- ests may be effectively safeguarded, and those organizations should be recognized as representing interests of direct re - sponsibility of the Government. Special Committees should be established by Governments to facilitate legislation or to ad - vise on particular problems or needs of war veterans and vic - tims of war. Such Committees should include amongst their mem- bers representatives of the organizations dealing with the special needs of war veterans and victims of war. 1H.-- . l .. 4 , .I . IIIIII A?